TW201241099A - Coloring composition for color filter and color filter - Google Patents

Abstract

Provided is a coloring composition for color filter containing a coloring agent represented by formula (1), a binder resin and a solvent. (R1 to R13 respectively independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an alaaline acid and a metal salt thereof, an alkyl ammonium salt, an phthalimido methyl group, or a sulfamoyl group, and groups adjacent to R1 to R4, R10 to R13 together may form an aromatic ring which may be substituted.)

Description

201241099 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a coloring agent for coloring used in the manufacture of a color filter used in a color liquid crystal display device, a color image sensor device, or the like, and coloring a composition, and a color former formed thereby. [Prior Art] A liquid crystal display device is a display device in which a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between two polarizing plates is controlled by a light amount that controls the amount of light passing through the first polarizing plate to control the amount of light passing through the second polarizing plate. At present, the type using a twisted nematic (TN: Twisted Nematic) type liquid crystal is the mainstream. The liquid crystal display device can be used as a display color by providing a color filter between two polarizing plates. In recent years, this has been used in televisions and personal computer displays, and the value of filters and color filters has been compared. The requirements for high brightness and high color reproducibility are raised. The color filter is formed on the surface of a transparent substrate such as glass by two kinds of microstrip (striped) color filter segments having different hue in φ, in parallel or in parallel, or by a fine smear segment. The vertical and horizontal fixed arrangement is configured. In general, color filter segments of three colors of red, green, and blue are formed in a plurality of fine portions each having a micron to several hundred micrometers, and each color tone is arranged neatly in a fixed arrangement. In general, in a color liquid crystal display device, a transparent electrode for driving a liquid crystal on a color filter is formed by vapor deposition or sputtering, and an alignment film is formed thereon so that liquid crystals are aligned in a fixed direction. The transparent electrodes and the alignment film may have sufficient properties, and the formation thereof is generally carried out at a high temperature of 2003⁄4 or more, more preferably 230 324055 4 201241099 °c or more. Therefore, the color filter is required to be used in the manufacture of a coloring agent excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. In the manufacture of the color former segment, a yellow pigment is used for the coloring agent for coloring, and in the point of having high light transmittance, c. 丨. Pigment Yellow No. 138 is often used. However, the c. Pigment Yellow No. 138, although having a better brightness, is preferably more preferred. In addition, in recent years, the demand for high contrast of color filters has become stronger, but C. 颜料. Pigment Yellow No. 138 has a problem of low contrast. ® A phthalocyanine compound is known as a pigment dispersant which stabilizes the dispersion of c. Pigment Yellow No. 138. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a quinophthalone compound containing a % acid, and Patent Document 2 discloses a quinoline yellow compound which is added with a quinone iminium group. Using these pigment dispersants, the dispersibility of C. I. Pigment Yellow No. 138 can be improved, but the comparative values have not yet achieved the desired characteristics. In Patent Document 3, a pigment composition which improves the temporal dispersion stability by the following compound as a starting material is disclosed. .,_ Compound (1)

In Patent Document 4, it is described that a compound which is excellent in coloring power, vividness, and the like can be obtained by using a compound which is dimerized by using a quinophthalone structure. However, when the coloring agent containing these phthalocyanine compounds is used as a color filter, the current situation is that the contrast value and insufficient tinting strength cannot be completely improved. Patent Document 5 discloses a phthalocyanine compound having a naphthalene ring in terms of coloring of a polymer material. However, these 01-lin yellow compounds are used for the purpose of coloring plastics, and the suitability for use as color filters is not clear. In addition, it is known that an anthraquinone aluminum pigment can be used for the coloring composition of a green color filter segment (Patent Documents 6 to 12). When using the phthalocyanine pigment, it is necessary to use a yellow pigment in combination. However, since the yellow pigment is known to have a problem as described above, it is not sufficient in terms of the contrast value and the coloring power of the color filter when used in combination. Further, in order to achieve high luminance of the color filter and high contrast, the pigment contained in the color filter segment is subjected to miniaturization treatment. However, simply by making the pigment fine, the pigment is generally easily aggregated as the primary particles or the secondary particles are refined, and although it is desired to stabilize it, it is extremely difficult to obtain a stable colored composition. Further, it is also known that the pigment which is subjected to the micronization treatment is extremely difficult to stably disperse at a high concentration in the pigment carrier, and causes various problems in the production step and in the product itself. Therefore, a pigment dispersant is usually used in order to maintain a good dispersion state. Among them, the pigment dispersant is composed of a structure in which a pigment adsorption site and a portion having a high affinity with a solvent as a dispersing solvent are combined, and the performance is determined by the balance between the two components. In the case of the pigment dispersant, various materials are used in combination with the surface of the pigment of the dispersion 324055 6 201241099, but a pigment having a surface close to an acid is generally used as a dispersing agent having a basic functional group having electrostatic adsorption therein. In this case, the basic functional group becomes the adsorption site of the pigment. An example of a coloring composition for a color filter using a basic pigment dispersing agent having a basic functional group as an amine group is as described in Patent Documents 13 to 17 and the like. However, these are substances having a certain degree of dispersibility, but they are not able to be dispersed and stabilized as a coloring composition for color filters as a desired ultra-fine refining treatment pigment used for high contrast. Chemical. Therefore, a coloring composition for a color filter is proposed, which is obtained by reacting an isocyanate group of an amine phthalate prepolymer having an isocyanate group at both ends with an amine compound to impart dispersibility, fluidity, and Excellent preservation stability (Patent Document 18). However, even if the dispersing agent described in Patent Document 18 is used, the dispersing ability of the quinophthalone pigment is not sufficient, and it is not possible to have both high contrast and φ dispersion stability. Further, as an index indicating the display performance of the liquid crystal display device, a voltage holding ratio can be cited. When the liquid crystal-based material having extremely high insulating properties is dissolved in the liquid crystal cell by the polar compound remaining in the coloring composition for the color filter, the voltage between the electrodes is lowered, and the voltage holding ratio is lowered, so that occurrence of display spots occurs. Poor alignment, etc., causes a decrease in performance of the liquid crystal display device. Therefore, the coloring composition for a color filter is required to be insoluble to liquid crystal. Patent Documents 19 to 21 disclose a green coloring composition for a filter and a color filter containing various structures of 324055 7 201241099 phthalocyanine pigment and phthalocyanine. However, these color filters use a green coloring composition, but have problems of insufficient brightness, heat resistance, and light resistance.

Patent Document 22 discloses a green coloring composition for a color filter, which is a means for improving brightness, and includes an anthraquinone zinc-based pigment and a quinoline yellow-based dye. However, the anthraquinone zinc-based pigment is easily extracted in the liquid crystal phase layered on the color filter layer because of its high acidity, and thus may cause a decrease in voltage holding ratio, generation of display spots, and poor alignment. A problem that the performance of the liquid crystal display element is lowered. [Prior Art Document] Patent Document Patent Document 1 Patent Document 2 Patent Document 3 Patent Document 4 Patent Document 5 Patent Document 6 Patent Document 7 Patent Document 8 Patent Document 9 Patent Document 10 Patent Document 11 Patent Document 12 Patent Document 13 Japanese Patent Publication No. 2002 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Bulletin 324055 8 201241099

Patent Document 14: Patent Document 15: Patent Document 16: Patent Document 17: Patent Document 18 Patent Document 19: Patent Document 20: Patent Document 21: Patent Document 22: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-213898, JP-A-2001-240780 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. In the embodiment of the present invention, a coloring composition for a color filter comprising a coloring agent, a binder resin, and a solvent, and the coloring agent is a general formula ( 1) The coloring agent shown. General formula (1)

In the formula (1), R1 to R13 each independently represent an argon atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, -S 〇3H, -COOH, and the metal salt of the acid group from 1 to 3 324055 9 201241099, an alkanolammonium salt, a sulfhydryl methyl group which may have a substituent, or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent . Wherein, the adjacent groups of (^ to R4, and/or ... to RU are bonded together to form an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. That is, at least one adjacent group of groups from ^ to p, And/or R1. The radicals of at least one adjacent group of R13 are bonded to form an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. The coloring agent represented by the general formula (1) is represented by the general formula (1A) The coloring agent selected among (lc) is preferred.

Wherein, among the general formulae (1A) to (1C), R14 to R28, R29 to R43, and R44 to R6G each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituent which may have a substituent, and an alkyl group which may have a substituent An oxy group, an aryl group which may have a substituent, -S〇3H, -C00H, and a monovalent to trivalent metal salt of the acid group, an alkanolammonium salt, a fluorene imine methyl group which may have a substituent, Or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent. The coloring agent may further contain a coloring agent selected from the general formulas (8A) and (8B) of 324055 10 201241099. General formula (8A)

Among them, in the general formula (8A), 乂! Each of X4 independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, An aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Υ! to Υ4 each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydrazinium group which may have a substituent, or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent. Ζ represents: hydroxyl group, gas atom, -0P (=0) RiR2, or -〇-SiR3R4R5. Wherein ' Ri to R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, The Rs may also be bonded to each other to form a ring. Mi to πΐ4, ηι to ru each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and mi + ni, m2 + n2, m3 + n3, nu + ru each represent 0 to 4, which may be the same or different. 324055 11 201241099 Formula 8 [B) σ·)*η· (Χ·)^

:Ί

(Χ|«)Α|〇 wherein, in the formula (8Β), Xs to χιζ each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, A heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent.丫5 to Υ1Ζ each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an optionally substituted fluorene imine or an amine group which may have a substituent. L means:

SiReR? 〇'-O-SiReRT-O-SiRsRg-O-' ^-〇-ρ(=〇)ρ10_〇_ ; 匕 to Rl° are each independently represented: hydrogen atom, secret, and may have a substituent An aryl group, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aryloxy group. M5 to! Flu, ns to mountain 2 each independently represent an integer from 〇 to 4, ηΐ5 + η, 5, m6 + n6, m7 + n7, me+ne, mg + m, mio + nio, mil + nil, Π 112 4- n >, inch,, [—2 each means 0 to 4, which may be the same or different. From 2 = agent', it may further contain a dispersing agent. The dispersant may be an hydroxy group of a vinyl polymer having a hydroxyl group of 1 and an isocyanate moiety, U), and an isocyanate group, which is formed by reacting an isocyanate group of (^) § (B), having an acid ester group at both ends, and a pigment dispersant obtained by the reaction of a base reaction of a meta-cyanide "乂& polyamine (C) of a prepolymer (E) and a secondary amine 324055 12 201241099, wherein The ethylene polymer (A) may contain at least one ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al) having an ethylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain in the copolymer composition. The coloring agent may further contain a coloring agent represented by the formula (6). General formula (6)

Wherein, in the formula (6), each of r6 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted dilute group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or -〇_ R7. Wherein R? represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. φ However, it is not the case that Ri to R6 are all hydrogen atoms. The embodiment of the present invention relates to a coloring composition for a color filter, characterized by comprising a coloring agent, a binder resin, and a solvent, and the coloring agent contains a coloring agent represented by the formula (6). Further, the coloring agent may contain a coloring agent selected from the group consisting of the general formulae (8A) and (8B). The coloring agent may further contain a coloring agent represented by the formula (7). 324055 13 201241099 Formula (7)

Sub, halogen

Wherein, in the formula (7), R, to Re each independently represent: hydrogen, - atom, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or -0 ~~RU. Wherein ' represents an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Among them R7 to Ri. Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted group. a heterocyclic residue, -S-R12, -〇-r12, or _c〇〇_r12. Wherein r12 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Meanwhile, the embodiment of the present invention relates to a coloring composition for a color filter, characterized in that it contains a coloring agent, a binder resin, and a solvent, and the coloring agent contains a coloring agent represented by the formula (7A). The coloring agent represented by the above formula (7A) may be a coloring agent represented by the formula (7B). 324055 14 201241099 Formula (7A)

General formula (7B)

Wherein, in the general formula (7A), RjR6 each independently represents a nitrogen atom, a tooth atom, a substituted or unsubstituted base, and a county in which money is not substituted,

Alken or unsubstituted aryl, or -0-R". Wherein Ru represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituent. Among them... Each independently represents: a gas atom substituted for j unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, carboxyl, substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino, substituted or unsubstituted hetero A cyclic residue, -S-R12, or -〇_Rl2, or _c〇〇_Ri2. Wherein Ri2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. However, at least the last one of R? to r1() is. Wherein in the formula (7B), R13 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Wherein 至 to Rn each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or -0-R,8, or -COO-Ru. Wherein Ris represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted dilute group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. However, at least i of 'Ru to Rn' is _〇_Ri8. Meanwhile, the above coloring agent may contain a yellow coloring agent. Among them, the yellow coloring agent is selected from the group consisting of: CI Pigment Yellow No. 138, c. I. Pigment Yellow No. 139, c. I. Pigment Yellow No. 150, and CI Pigment Yellow No. 185. 324055 15 201241099 good. Further, the coloring agent may further contain a coloring agent selected from the group consisting of a green coloring agent, a blue coloring agent, and a red coloring agent. The coloring composition for the color filter may further contain a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator. The embodiment of the present invention relates to a color filter comprising the color filter segment formed by the coloring composition for a color filter described above. The present invention relates to the following embodiments I to M. <Embodiment 1> The object of the present invention is to provide a coloring agent for a color filter, a coloring composition, and a coloring agent having excellent coloring power and high brightness and high contrast value when used in a color filter. And use this color filter. The present inventors have found that when a coloring agent for a color filter containing a quinophthalone compound having a specific structure is used, a color filter excellent in dispersibility and coloring power and imparting a high contrast value can be produced. This embodiment is completed. That is, this embodiment relates to a color filter comprising a quinophthalone compound represented by the formula (1). Among them, the quinophthalone compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably any of the formulae (1A) to (1C). In the general formulae (1A) to (1C), R14 to R28, R29 to Ru, and r to r6 may each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. Meanwhile, the coloring agent may further contain a yellow coloring agent. Further, at least one of the yellow coloring agent selected from the group consisting of: c. Pigment Yellow No. 138, CI Pigment Yellow No. 139, CI Pigment Yellow No. 150, and C·I·Pigment Yellow No. 185 is at least one of Preferably, the coloring composition for the color filter is preferably composed of at least the above coloring agent, binder resin, 324055 16 201241099, and an organic solvent. Further, the coloring composition for the coloring device may further contain a green coloring agent. And/or a blue coloring agent. In addition, the coloring composition for a color filter may further contain a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator. Further, at least a red color filter segment of at least one species is provided, at least One of the color filter segments, and the color filter of at least one of the blue color filter segments, wherein at least one of the green color filter segments is formed by the coloring composition for the color filter described above Preferably, φ can provide a color filter according to this embodiment. a coloring agent, a coloring composition, and a color filter using the same, wherein the coloring agent for a color filter is high in brightness when the quinophthalone compound represented by the above formula (1) is used as a coloring agent for a color filter And a high contrast value and excellent coloring power. [Embodiment π > Another object of the present aspect is to provide a coloring composition for a color filter, and a color filter using the coloring composition for the color filter, The coloring composition of the color filter has excellent coloring power and dispersibility, and at the same time, high brightness and high contrast value can be obtained when used in filtration. ~° The inventors have found that the use thereof has a specific structure. When the pigment of the quinophthalone yellow compound and the aluminum pigment of the anthraquinone pigment are used as a coloring agent for a color filter, it is possible to produce a color filter which is excellent in dispersibility and coloring power and which has high redundancy and contrast value. In other words, the present embodiment relates to a coloring composition for a color filter, characterized in that it contains a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, and the coloring agent contains a general formula ( 1A), one or more pigments selected from the quinoline yellow compounds represented by the general formula (1B) and the general formula (lc), and an anthraquinone aluminum pigment. 324055 17 201241099 wherein the anthraquinone aluminum pigment is It is preferable that either of the formula (8A) or the formula (8B) is preferable, and the coloring composition for the color filter is preferably a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator. A color filter including a color filter segment formed of the coloring composition for a color filter is provided on the substrate. According to the embodiment, a coloring composition for a color filter and a coloring composition for using the color filter can be provided. In the color filter, the coloring composition is one or more pigments selected from the group consisting of the quinophthalone compounds represented by the general formula (1A), the general formula (1B), and the general formula (1C), and indigo When it comes to Aluminium®, it has high brightness and high contrast value, excellent tinting strength and low viscosity. <Embodiment ΠΙ> The object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition for a color filter excellent in dispersibility, fluidity, and storage stability, and a color former using the composition. In the present embodiment, a pigment dispersant composed of an ethylene polymer in which a φ is contained in an ethylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain in a copolymerization composition is used for a quinophthalone pigment. At least one of the ethylenically unsaturated monomers (al). That is, the present embodiment relates to a coloring composition for a color filter, characterized by comprising a coloring agent, a pigment dispersing agent, and an organic solvent, wherein the coloring agent is a quinophthalone pigment; the pigment dispersing agent is made of The isocyanate group of the amine phthalate prepolymer (E) having an isocyanate group at both ends thereof, wherein the terminal end portion of the ethylene polymer (A) having two hydroxyl groups reacts with the isocyanate group of the diisocyanate (B), a pigment dispersant obtained by reacting at least one of an amine compound containing at least a polyamine (C) and/or a secondary amine group, the ethylene polymer (A) in the copolymerizable composition of 324055 18 201241099, comprising an epoxy group An ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al) of at least one of an alkyl chain or a propylene-acrylic bond. The total number of repeating units of the ethylene oxide chain and the propylene oxide chain of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al) is preferably from 1 to 50. The content of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al) is preferably from 10 to 90% by weight based on 100% by weight of the total copolymerization of the ethylene polymer (A). Meanwhile, the weight average molecular weight of the ethylene polymer (A) having two hydroxyl groups in the terminal portion of the single end is preferably from 500 to 20,000. The quinophthalone yellow pigment is preferably a quinophthalone compound containing C.I.Pigment® Yellow No. 138 and/or Formula (1). Among them, the quinophthalone compound is preferably one of the formulae (1A) to (1C). Also, a photopolymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator may be contained therein. Further, the color filter may be a color filter segment formed on the substrate by the coloring composition for the color filter. According to this embodiment, it is possible to provide a coloring composition for a color filter, and a high contrast color filter using the composition, wherein the color filter is used in combination with a quinoline yellow pigment, and When the copolymer composition contains a pigment dispersant comprising an ethylene polymer having at least one of an ethylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain, it has both high contrast and dispersion stability. <Embodiment IV> The object to be solved by the present embodiment is to provide a coloring composition for a color filter and a color filter using the same, which is used when a coloring composition for a color filter is used in a color filter It has excellent brightness, contrast value, and coloring power, and other characteristics (heat resistance, light resistance, and sensitivity) are also good. 324055 19 201241099 The present inventors have found that the coloring agent for the coloring agent of the coloring agent is a coloring composition for a color filter in the case of a porphyrin yellow pigment [A] having a specific structure and a quinoline yellow dye [B] having a specific structure. In order to solve the above problems, the present embodiment relates to a coloring composition for a color filter, which is a coloring composition for a coloring device containing a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent. The colorant is selected from the general formula (1A), the general formula (10), and the general formula (10)! The above-mentioned bismuth yellow pigment (4) and the quinoline yellow dye [B] represented by the formula (6). In the general formulae (U) to (lc), ... to R, R to R, and R44 are each independently, and a hydrogen atom or a tooth atom is preferred. At the same time, Ri in the general formula (6) is at least! It is better to grab 7 for _. Further, it may further contain a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator. Further, it may be a color filter having a color filter segment formed of a coloring composition for a color former on a substrate. By using the coloring composition for a color filter of the present embodiment, it is possible to provide a filter color filter having excellent redundancy, contrast value, and coloring power, and excellent heat resistance and light resistance. ^ Embodiment V > The purpose of the > state is to provide a coloring matter (brightness) which satisfies other physical properties (heat resistance, light resistance, solvent resistance), a coloring composition for blending the same, and a color characteristic (brightness) ) Excellent color filter. The present inventors have found a quinoline yellow pigment excellent in color characteristics (brightness), and have completed the present embodiment based on this knowledge. That is, this embodiment relates to a quinophthalone yellow pigment characterized by 324055 20 201241099 represented by the formula (6). The coloring agent may be a coloring composition for a color filter composed of a coloring adhesive resin, and the coloring agent may be a coloring composition for filtration or color H containing the above pigment. At the same time, the colorant may further contain a pigment. Further, at least one of the color filter segments having the red color filter segment, the green color filter chip # and the blue color filter segment is formed by the coloring composition for the color filter described above. Color filter. In the present embodiment, quinoline yellow pigment having excellent color properties (brightness) and φ satisfying other physical properties (heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance) can be obtained. At the same time, the coloring composition for the color filter of the quinoline yellow pigment can be prepared to form a color filter, and a color filter excellent in color characteristics (brightness) can be formed. Among them, the formed color filter is also excellent in other physical properties (heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance). <Embodiment VI> The object of the present invention is to provide a green colored Φ composition for a color filter which is excellent in brightness, heat resistance, light resistance, and voltage holding ratio, and a color filter using the same. . The present inventors have found that a green coloring composition for a color filter containing a specific structure of an anthraquinone dye and a quinoline yellow pigment having a specific structure can solve the above problems and complete the present embodiment. In other words, the present embodiment relates to a green coloring composition for a color filter, characterized in that it contains a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, and the coloring agent contains indigo represented by the following formula (8C). A plain pigment and a quinoline yellow pigment represented by the formula (6). 324055 21 201241099 Formula (8C)

[In the formula (8C), each of the groups independently represents: a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a 0 nitro group, a calcinyl group which may have a substituent, or an optionally substituted aryl group R 1 and R 2 each independently represent : an argon atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or -OR3; and ? and R2 may bond each other to form %. Wherein R3' is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent. Further, at least one of R1 and R2 in the formula (8C) is preferably an aryl group having a substituent or -OR3. Further, the color concentrate is colored with a green coloring composition, and may further contain a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator. In the same manner, a color filter having a color filter segment formed of the green coloring composition for the color former described above may be used as the substrate. Further, the general formula (8C) and the general formula (8A) have the same structure although the substituents are represented by different methods. According to the green colored composition for a color filter of the present embodiment, a color filter excellent in brightness, heat resistance, light resistance, and voltage holding ratio can be provided. <Embodiment νπ:> ° The problem to be solved by the present embodiment is to provide a color filter composition having a comparative value and excellent coloring power, and a color filter using the composition. 324055 22 201241099 The present inventors have found that when a quinophthalone yellow pigment [Al] having a specific structure and a quinoline yellow pigment [A2] having a specific structure are contained, the coloring composition for a color filter can solve the above problems, and the present invention can be accomplished. Implementation form. That is, the present embodiment relates to a coloring composition for a color filter, which is characterized in that the coloring agent contains a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, and the coloring agent contains the general formula (6). The phthalocyanine [A1] shown and the quinoline yellow pigment [A2] represented by the following formula (7). General formula α)

In the formula (7), 'Ri to Re each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group. Base, or -〇-Ru. Wherein Rn represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Also 'R7 to Ri. Each independently represents: a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, an ester group, a substituted or unsubstituted extender amine group, a substitution or Unsubstituted heterocyclic residue, -S-Ri2, -〇-Ri2, or -COO-R12. Wherein R12 represents: a substituted or unsubstituted leukoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted dilute group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. By using the coloring composition for a color filter of the present embodiment, it is possible to provide a color filter having excellent contrast value and coloring power of 324055 23 201241099. <Embodiment of the Invention> The object of the present embodiment is to provide a coloring matter excellent in color characteristics (brightness), a coloring composition comprising the coloring matter, and a filter having excellent color characteristics (brightness) using the coloring composition. The present inventors have found a quinophthalone yellow pigment having excellent color characteristics (brightness), and the present embodiment has been completed from this knowledge. That is, the present embodiment relates to a leucine yellow pigment used in a color filter, which is characterized by the following general formula (7A). General formula (7A)

Rio wherein, in the formula (7A), hydrazine to R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a functional atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or -〇-Rn. Wherein Ru represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Also, R7 to Ri. Each independently represents: a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group, a mercapto group, a substituted or unsubstituted extender amine group, a substitution or Unsubstituted heterocyclic residue, -S-R12, -〇-R12, or -C〇〇-R12. Wherein R12 represents: a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. But 'Bu to R,. At least one of them is -〇_Rl2. 324055 24 201241099 It is preferable to intimidate yellow pigment by the following formula (7B). General formula (7B)

In the formula (7B), R13 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Wherein R14 to R17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or -0-R18. Wherein Rl8 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. However, at least one of Rl4 to Rl7 is -〇-Rl8. Meanwhile, in the coloring composition for a color filter composed of a coloring agent and a binder resin, the coloring agent preferably contains the above quinoline yellow pigment. At the same time, the colorant may further contain a pigment. Further, in a color filter having at least a red color filter segment, a green color filter segment, and a blue color filter segment, one color filter segment to φ is formed by the coloring composition for the color filter described above. Filters and color filters. In the present embodiment, it is possible to obtain a phthalocyanine for a color filter which is excellent in color characteristics (brightness). At the same time, it is also possible to prepare a color filter having a color characteristic (brightness) which is formed by a coloring composition using the colored composition of the enamel yellow color. Among them, other physical properties (heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance) of the formed color filter are also good. The subject matter of the present invention is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-60734, filed on March 18, 2011, and filed on April 19, 2011, the Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-093515, 2011. Japanese Patent Special Request 2011-93705, which was filed on the 20th of the month, and Japanese Patent Special Request 2011-118726, which was filed on May 27, 2011, and the Japanese Patent Application 2, which was filed on June 29, 2011. Japanese Patent Patent No. 2 〇 _ _ 凊 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 m Shen. The Japanese patent special offer 2011-174656, August 23, 2011, proposed a sniper of Shen Guzhen

®°Japanese Patent Patent No. 2011-181111 and December 27, 2011, Shen Shizhu + _ «Japanese Patent Patent Wish 2〇11 — 2 8 617 2 of the right to kiss a kiss, Shu Zhao Rong% & / ·,,, and the entire specification of this temple are included in this manual. [Embodiment] Coloring agent> In the embodiment of the invention of the present application, the coloring composition for a coloring device includes (4) a formula (1) a rider (tetra) yellow compound, a yellow pigment represented by the formula (6), and a formula (7). The individual filaments of the coloring agent selected by the (4) yellow pigmented towel. Meanwhile, the affinity (9) coloring composition may further contain an anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (8A) or (8B), or other coloring. Each coloring agent will be described below. (Quinoline yellow compound represented by the formula (1)) Hereinafter, it may be referred to as a quinophthalone yellow pigment represented by the formula (1). Examples of R13, R14 to R28 and R29 include fluorine, gas, general formula (1), and ruthenium r43 and R44 to R6° of the general formulae (1A) to (1C), which give halogen atom bromine and iodine. . 324055 26 201241099 Further, the alkyl group which may have a substituent may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a = group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group or a hexyl group. a direct bond or a branched alkyl group such as n-octyl, stearyl or 2-ethylhexylhexyl, and others such as trichloromethyl, trifluoromethylethethyl, 2,2-diethyl , 2,2,3,3_tetrafluoropropyl, 2 oxirane B: murine 2 -butoxyethyl, 2 - propyl, benzyl, 4-methyl benzyl,

An alkyl group having a substituent such as an oxybenzyl group, a 4, a methyl group, a 2,4-dichloro group; or a methyl group. Further, the alkoxy group which may have a substituent may, for example, be: methoxy hydrazine, =, = isopropoxy group, n-butoxy group, isobutoxy group, butylene group, neodecyloxy group, Straight or branched burning of 2,3-dimethyl-3-3-pentyloxy, n-octyloxy, stearyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, etc., =3 containing 2 oxofluorene trifluoromethoxy Base, 2, 2, 2' tricentric ^ 2,2'3'3-tetramur propoxy, 2,2~di-trifluoromethoxy, 2-butoxyethoxy, 2-deoxy I recorded the alkoxy group of Ethyl B. a substituent of a methoxy group or the like, wherein the aryl group may have a substituent, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a phenyl group, and an aryl group of an yl group, and the others include: a fluorene group, a silk group, Phenyl, p-oxophenyl, 2'4-dichlorophenyl, penta-phenyl, 2-aminophenyl, 2-methyl-4-chlorophenyl, 4-hydroxy-p-naphthyl, 6-A An aryl group having a substituent of a base such as a 2-naphthyl group, a 4 5 8 -di-2-naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, or a 2-amino group. Further, examples of the acid group thereof include -SOsH and -C00H, and the monovalent to trivalent metal salt of the acid group may be, for example, a sodium salt, a bell salt, a magnesium salt, a calcium salt or an iron salt. Aluminum salt, etc. Further, the alkylammonium salt of the acid group thereof may, for example, be 324055 27 201241099 such as an ammonium salt of a long-chain monoalkylamine such as octylamine, laurylamine or stearylamine, palm trimethylammonium, dilaurin, or a hard acid. a quaternary alkylammonium sulfonate such as a diterpene ammonium salt, which may have a substituent, an anthracene fluorenyl group (C6H4(C0)2N-CH2-), and a substituent-retaining amine thiol group (H2Ns〇2_) Examples of the "substituent group" include the above-mentioned i atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group which may have a substituent. And 丨, a group of at least one adjacent one of R1 to R4 of the formula =) and/or a group of at least one adjacent one of R to R are bonded together to form a substituent H The aromatic ring of the towel may, for example, be a hydrocarbon aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, and the hydrocarbon aromatic ring may be exemplified by a stupid ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and the like, and a heteroaromatic ring thereof may be mentioned. Such as: 〇 〇 〇 & ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring ring , a scented ring, a ring, a ring, a carbazole ring, etc., a phthalocyanine compound used in a coloring agent for a filter or a color filter, and an object represented by any of the formulas (1A) to (1C) It is preferred that ... to R28, R29 to pa, R to R 'a nitrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, _ a lion; _G_; and a 1-valent to trivalent metal salt of the acid group, a salt test, a substituted ruthenium imine methyl group, or a substituent-containing amine 4 fluorenyl group, and a formula (1) The base of the description is synonymous. The noise used in the leaching yellow compound, R Shu the general formula (1A) to (1C) of 4 to R2 «, ... to R43, foot 44 to r6., Where 32405528 201 241 099

The hydrogen atom or the halogen atom is preferred from the viewpoint of low viscosity of the dispersion. Specific examples of the quinophthalone compound to be used in the coloring agent for a color filter include the quinophthalone compounds (a) to (r) shown below, but are not limited thereto. 324055 29 201241099 啥琳黄化合物(a) 啥#黄化合物(b)

Yellow compound (c)

啥 scare yellow compound (d)

Quinoline yellow compound (f)

啥 黄 yellow compound (g) 喧 yellow compound (h)

324055 30 201241099 Linhuang Compound (i)

Quinolin yellow compound (j>

Quinoline yellow compound (k)

Quinoline yellow compound (1)

喧淋黄化合物(πι>

Quinoline yellow compound (n)

喧琳黄化合物(ϋ >

啥*# yellow compound (P)

324055 31 201241099 唉琳黄化合物(q) quinolin yellow compound (r)

(Manufacturing method of quinone yellow compound represented by the formula (1)) The quinophthalone compound is produced by the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2930774. Hereinafter, a general production method of the quinophthalone yellow compound represented by the formula (1) will be described. Ethyl phthalic anhydride represented by the following formula (3) in an amount of 2 to 3 equivalents of 8-amino quinoxaline represented by the following formula (2), in benzoic acid, nitrogen atmosphere Next, the condensation reaction is carried out by heating at 160 to 200 °C. In the reaction, before the reaction mixture reaches 160 to 200 ° C, it may be maintained at 140 to 160 ° C for 1 to 3 hours, and in the 2-stage step, a condensation reaction of phthalic anhydride is carried out. General formula (2)

R63 p64

[wherein, R61 to R65 are synonymous with R5 to R9 in the formula (1). ] 324055 32 201241099 Formula (3)

[wherein, when reacting with w in the formula (1), it is based on 1 equivalent of the 8-amino group represented by the formula (2)

啥琳, adding 1 to 2 equivalents of the μ anhydride shown in the material (3) and heating and stirring at 14 Torr to 16 ° C for 1 to 3 hours, and then adding i to 2 equivalents of the (four) anhydride represented by the formula (3) And at 16 (Γ:: to the bottom of the rail, to make it condensation reaction, can be condensed on the amine side of the 8-aminocarbazone and the methyl side to make the structure of the phthalic anhydride different. At the same time, relative to the 8-amine In the base material, by reacting two or more kinds of oleic acid having different structures, the 2_ top coat can be simultaneously synthesized with the salicy yellow compound (hereinafter, referred to as "co-synthesis method"). For example, 1 When the amount of 8-aminomethylguanidine in the amount of L8 equivalent tetrachloroantimonic acid needle and l 2 equivalent of other phthalic anhydride for condensation reaction, then can simultaneously produce c. 丨. Pigment Yellow No. 138 and specific Further, the compound of the formula (5) is synthesized by the synthesis method described in Patent Document 3, that is, the quinophthalone compound represented by the compound (1). The phthalic anhydride represented by the formula (5) and the formula (3) can be subjected to a condensation reaction at a temperature of more than 16 ° C at 200 ° C to synthesize the saponin of the formula (1). Thereof. However method for producing a compound of quinoline yellow shower or the like is not limited thereto. 324055 33201241099 formula (5)

[wherein R7° to R78 are synonymous with R5 to R13 in the formula (1). φ The coloring agent of the present embodiment may contain two or more kinds of quinoline yellow compounds. In this case, the quinoline yellow compounds produced separately may be mixed, or two or more kinds of quinoline yellow compounds may be produced by a co-synthesis method and used as a coloring agent. When these quinoline yellow compounds produced by these respective kinds are used, they can be simply mixed in the order of two kinds of pigments, or they can be pulverized and mixed by a salt grinding treatment to be described later. In particular, when the coloring agent contained therein is C.I. Pigment Yellow No. 138, it is preferably used after being pulverized and mixed by a co-synthesis method or a salt milling treatment. When the quinoline-only compound represented by CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 having a quinoline sheet skeleton and the quinoline-based compound represented by the formula 〇) are pulverized and mixed, the obtained particles are finer and have a higher contrast value than when each salt-grinding treatment is used alone. . The coloring composition containing the quinophthalone compound represented by the formula (1) has a hue itself which is yellow, and when other coloring agents are used in combination, it can be used as a yellow color filter segment of the same color or can be formed again. The color component of the green color filter segment and the red color filter segment. Among them, in the coloring composition of the present embodiment, when a green coloring agent and/or a blue coloring agent are used in combination, 324055 34 201241099 can obtain a colored composition for a green filter segment having high brightness and high contrast. (Quinone yellow pigment represented by the formula (6)) The quinophthalone yellow pigment represented by the formula (6) is also referred to as "yttrium yellow dye" represented by the formula (6) in the present specification. The substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in 1 to R in the formula (6) may, for example, be a linear, branched, monocyclic or condensed polycyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, or a carbon number of A linear, branched, monocyclic or condensed polycycloalkyl group having from 2 to 30 and containing one or more ester bonds (-C00-) and/or ether linkages (-0-). Specific examples of the linear, branched, monocyclic or condensed polycycloalkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and octyl groups. , mercapto, fluorenyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, trifluoromethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isopentyl, 2-ethylhexylhexyl, second butyl, third Butyl, second pentyl, third pentyl, tert-octyl, neopentyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, norbornyl, boronic acid (boronyl group), 4-mercaptocyclohexyl group, etc., but is not limited thereto. Specific examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms and having one or more ester bonds include, for example, -ch2-ch2-ch2-coo-ch2-ch3, -CH2-CH (-CH3) -CH2-C00-CH2-CH3'-CH2-CH2-CH2-OCO-CH2-CH3 > -CH2-CH2-CH2-CH2-C00-CH2-CH(CH2-CH3)-CH2-CH2-CH2- CH3 '-(CH2)5-C00-(CH2).1-CH3'-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH-(C00-CH2-CH3)2, etc., but is not limited thereto. Further, specific examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having one or more ether bonds having 2 to 30 carbon atoms include, for example, -CH2-〇-CH3, 324055 35 201241099 -CH2-CH2-〇-CH2 -CH3' -CH2-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH3' -(CH2-CH2-0)n-CH3 (where n is 1 to 8), -(CH2-CH2-CH2-0:U-CH3( Wherein m is 1 to 5), -CH2-CH(CH3)-0-CH2-CH3, -CH2-CH-(0CH3)2, etc., but is not limited thereto. The carbon number is 2 to 30 and is contained as the case may be. Specific examples of the monocyclic or condensed polycycloalkyl group having one or more ether linkages include the following, but are not limited thereto. # ^ Λ Λ X) Ice icing, in addition, carbon number is 3 to 30 Specific examples of the linear or branched alkyl group having one or more ester bonds (-C00-) and ether bonds (-0-) include, for example, -CH2-CH2-C00-CH2-CH2-0- CH2-CH(CH2-CH3)-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3 '-CH2-CH2-C00-CH2-CH2-0-CH2-CH2-0-CH2-CH(CH2-CH3)-CH2-CH2-CH2 -CH3, but is not limited to this. The substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group in the group R to R? may, for example, be a linear, branched, monocyclic or condensed polycyclic alkenyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. The structure may also contain a plurality of carbon-carbon double bonds. Specific examples thereof include a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, an allyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-butenyl group, an isopropenyl group, an isobutyl group, a 1 fluorene group, and a 2 fluorene group. Dilute, 3-indenyl, 4-indenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, cyclopentenyl, The cyclohexenyl group, the 1,3-butadienyl group, the cyclohexadienyl group, the cyclopentadienyl group and the like are not limited thereto. 324055 36 The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in 201241099 to R7 may, for example, be a monocyclic or condensed polycyclic aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 18 substituted or unsubstituted, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. , 2-naphthyl, p-biphenyl, m-phenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl, 2-phenanthryl, 3-phenanthryl, 9-phenanthryl, 2-indenyl, 3-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 3-indenyl, o-tolyl, m-phenylene, p-tolyl, 4-methylbiphenyl, terphenyl, 4-fluorenyl 1-naphthyl, 4-tert-butyl-1-naphthyl, 4-naphthyl-1-naphthyl, 6-phenyl-2-naphthyl, 10-phenyl-9-fluorenyl, snail Base, 4-m-butylenediamine phenyl, 2-benzocyclobutenyl and the like. When at least one of Rr to R6 in the formula (6) is -0R7, it is preferable from the viewpoints of brightness, heat resistance, and light resistance. The indole yellow pigment represented by the formula (6) can be obtained by reacting a corresponding 2-mercaptoquinoline with naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride in benzoic acid at a high temperature as shown in the following reaction formula.

Further, the phthalocyanine represented by the formula (6) also has tautomers of the formula (6a) and the formula (6b), and such tautomers are within the scope of the invention. 324055 37 0 201241099 < j··- Φ~^,

R4 Rs r3 Rfl 〇R/, 〆N〆Rt (8) n, r5 ;: ii R1 0^ (6a) Specific examples of the quinone yellow pigment represented by the formula (6) include the following dyes, but The pigment of the invention is not limited thereto.

324055 38 201241099

324055 39 201241099

324055 40 201241099

324055 41 201241099

<25) (26)

324055 42 201241099 (33) (34)

324055 43 201241099

(43)

The quinophthalone yellow pigment represented by the formula (6) can also be used as a coloring material in the coloring of printing inks, IJ inks, plastics, paints, fibers, stationery, pens, and cosmetics. (Quinoline yellow pigment represented by the formula (7)) The halogen atom in the formula (Ό, and the formula (7Α) in the oxime to r1q may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. Etc., but not limited to this.

Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in Ri to Ru include, for example, a linear, branched, monocyclic or condensed polycyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30; or a carbon number of 2 to 30 and at least 1 A linear, branched, monocyclic or condensed 324055 44 201241099 polycycloalkyl group selected from the group consisting of an ester bond (-C00-), an ether bond (-〇-), and a sulfur bond (_s_). Specific examples of the linear, branched, monocyclic or condensed polycycloalkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl and octyl groups. , mercapto, fluorenyl, decyl, octadecyl, difluoromethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isodecyl, 2-ethylhexylhexyl, 2-hexyldodecyl , second butyl, tert-butyl, second pentyl, second pentyl, third octyl, neopentyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, descending A mercapto group, a boronic acid group, a 4-mercaptocyclohexyl group, etc., but it is not limited to this. Specific examples of the linear and branched chains having an inverse number of 2 to 30 include, for example, -CH2-CH2-CH2-C00-CH2-CH3, -ch2-ch(-ch3)-ch2-c〇〇-ch2 -ch3,

'CH2-CH2-CH2-OCO-CH2-CH3'-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH2-COO-CH2-CH (CH2-CH3)-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3 '-(CH2)5-C00-( CH2) ii-CH3 '-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH-(C00-CH2-CH3)2-CH2-0-CH3 > -CH2-CH2-0-CH2-CHs^-CH2-CH2~CH2-0 -CH2-CH3-, -(CH2-CH2-0)n-CH3 (where n is i to 8), where m is 1 to 5), • -CH2-CH(CH3)-0-CH2-CH3- &gt ; -CH2-CH-(0CHs)2-CH2-S-CH3 > CH2-CH2-S-CH2-CH3' -CH2-CH2-CH2-S-CH2-CH3' -(CH2-CH2-S)„ -ch3 (where η is 1 to 8), -(Hem (where m is i" 5), _CH2~CH(CH3)-S-CH2-CH3, -CH2-CH-(SCH3)2-CH2-CH3, CH2~CH2~C00-CH2-CH2-0-CH2-CH(CH2-CH3)-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3 > CH2-CH3, -ch2-CH2-C00-CH2-CH2-〇-CH2-CH2 -0-CH2-CH(CH2~CHO-CH^Qk-CIh-CH3, but is not limited thereto. Carbon number 2 to 30, and depending on the case, at least one ester bond (_c〇〇_), ether 324055 45 201241099 Monocyclic Ring or Condensed Molybdenum, which is selected from at least one of a bond (-0 to) and a sulfur bond (-S-), and examples thereof can be exemplified below. It is not limited to this ° 0. 〇〇〇CC.] Ο. already. 匕 to R12 in the A < unsubstituted alkene Examples of the group include a straight chain, a branched chain, a monocyclic ring or a condensed multiple group having a carbon number of i to 18. These structures may contain a plurality of t carbon double bonds. Specific examples thereof include, for example, an ethyl group. , propylene, alkylene, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, isopropenyldiisobutenyl, pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl , hexamethylene, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1,3, butyl, cycline The fluorenyl group, the cyclopentadienyl group, and the like are not limited thereto. The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in the Ru group may, for example, be substituted or unsubstituted having a carbon number of 6 to 30. Examples of the monocyclic or condensed polycyclic aromatic group of an atom include, for example, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a p-biphenyl group, a cross-linked styl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, and 2 -phenanthryl, 3-phenanthryl, 9-phenanthryl, 2-indenyl, 3-indolyl, 9-fluorenyl, 1-yoteyl, 2-3⁄4yl, 3-floweryl, biphenyl, porphin Benzo, benzoindol, naphthyl, anthranyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, anthracenyl, thio Group. Further, the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the R12 and the hydrogen atom of the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group may be further substituted by other substituents. Such a substituent may, for example, be a functional atom, a substituted or unsubstituted 324055 46 201241099, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted group. Aryloxy. a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group and a halogen atom in 1 to R, 2, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group Synonymous. In the case of the 'substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the group 1 to Ri2 is bonded to the oxygen atom. Further, the 'substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group' is a group of a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group-bonded oxygen atom in Ri to R12. Among the quinophthalone yellow pigments used in the color filter represented by the formula (7A), in particular, quinophthalone yellow pigment for the color filter represented by the formula (7B) is preferred. a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and a halogen atom in 1 to Rlz, in the formula (7B), f匕3 to Rle, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group are synonymous. The quinophthalone yellow pigment for the color filter represented by the formula (7) can be obtained by reacting the corresponding 2-methylquinoline with the corresponding phthalic anhydride in benzoic acid at a high temperature as shown in the following reaction formula.

Further, the quinoline yellow pigment represented by the formula (7) also has tautomers of the following formula (7a) and formula (7b), and the tautomers are all 324055 47 201241099 in the present Within the scope of the invention.

Specific examples of the 啥'lin yellow pigment represented by the formula (7A) include the following dyes, but the dye of the present invention is not limited thereto.

324055 48 201241099

324055 49 201241099

324055 50 201241099

324055 51 201241099

324055 52 201241099

(Anthraquinone pigments represented by the general formulae (8 A) and (8B)) The anthraquinone pigments used in the present embodiment are those having a trivalent aluminum coordination center in the center of the anthracycline ring. Yes, there is no special limit. Among the phthalocyanine pigments, it is known that I lysine is trivalent and may have other bonds in addition to the acetylene bond, so that the monomer may have a dimer or a trimer structure. At the same time, it is known that the anthracycline ring can be chemically modified, and thus various structures can be obtained. The anthraquinone aluminum pigment in the present embodiment may be any form other than a monomer, a structure of another dimer or a trimer, or a chemically modified anthracycline ring. Among them, the anthraquinone aluminum pigment is preferably a structure represented by the formula (8A) or the formula (8B) in terms of color characteristics and dispersibility. In the general formula (8A), Xt to Χ4 may be the same or different, and specific examples thereof may be 324055 53 201241099, such as an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, and a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, and an arylthio group which may have a substituent. When the substituents 1 to X4 have a substituent, the substituents thereof may be the same or different, and specific examples thereof include the characteristics of a halogen group such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine, an amine group, a hydroxyl group, and a nitro group. Other, such as an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a sulfur-burning group, an arylthio group or the like. Further, ^ these substituents ' may also be plural. The "alkyl group" in the alkyl group which may have a substituent may, for example, be an alkyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group or a positive group. a linear or branched alkyl group such as an octyl group, a stearyl group or a 2-ethylhexylhexyl group; and a "alkyl group which may have a substituent" may, for example, be a trimethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a 2, 2 group; , 2-trifluoroethyl, 2, 2-dibromoethyl, 2, 2, 3, 3-tetrafluoropropyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, 2-nitropropyl, Benzyl, 4-mercaptomethyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl fluorenyl, 4-methoxybenzoinyl, 4-nitroxylmethyl, 2,4-dioxabenzoyl, and the like. Examples of the "aryl group" in the aryl group which may have a substituent include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group and the like; and the "aryl group which may have a substituent" may, for example, be a p-nonylphenyl group or a p-bromophenyl group. P-nitrophenyl, p-oxophenyl, 2,4-diphenyl, pentafluorophenyl, 2-aminophenyl, 2-mercapto-4-phenyl, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl 6-Methyl 2-naphthyl, 4, 5, 8-trichloro-2-naphthyl, anthracenyl, 2-aminoindenyl, and the like. Examples of the "cycloalkyl group" in the cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an adamantyl group and the like; and a "cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent" may be 324055 54 201241099 such as .2, 5-methylcyclopentyl, 4_t-butylcyclohexyl, and the like. "Heterocyclyl" group in the heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, pyridyl, N-fluorene and L >#rM , κ , '虱pyridyl, piperidyl, fluorene-forolin (Μ Examples of the "heterocyclic group which may have a substituent" include a 3-methyl(tetra)yl group, a fluorene group, a methylhexahydro(tetra)(tetra)yl group, and the like. Examples of the "alkoxy group" in the alkoxy group which may have a substituent include a decyloxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy 2 group, and a neopentyloxy group. Oxygen-based, 2, 3-dimethyl-3-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy 1, n-octyloxy, hard-based, 2-ethylhexyloxynium: "Alkoxy groups which may have a substituent Can you name such as Jiamei? 9 9-二 gas oxirane, difluoro, 1-ethoxy, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropoxy, 2 2-di-trimethylmethylpropoxy, 2-ethoxy Ethoxy' cans are propoxy, phenyloxy and the like. Examples of the "aryloxy group" in the aryloxy group which may have a substituent include, for example, a phenoxyoxy group, a decyloxy group, etc.: "Aromatic oxyalkyl group having a substituent" , for the nitrite group, for the f-siloxy group, 2, two cattle such as phenoxy, pentafluorobenoxy, 2-methyl, 4, gas phenoxy, etc., may have a substituent in the sulfur-burning group Examples of the "sulfur-burning group" include a methyl group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group, and an octylthio group: a thiol group, a twelve pure group, and ten persons (four). Base, etc.: "There may be a substituent: a mercapto group" may, for example, be a methoxyethylthio group, an amine ethylthio group, a group, a methylthio group, a benzylaminoethylthio group or the like. Among the arylthio groups in which the sulfur may have a substituent, "arylthio group, naphthylthio group, 2-naphthylthio group, sulfonylthio group, etc.: "may have a substituent 3 324055 55 201241099 thio group", for example, gas benzene Sulfur-based, trifluoro-f-phenylthiosylbenzene, 2-silylthio, (iv) fresh sulfur, and the like. Specific examples of the thio group, ', and one person Y1 to 丫4 include a halogen atom, a nitro group, and a (4) imine methyl group (ceH4((9)2N_CH2_)) (__) which may have a substituent. Among them, a substituent may be used. The hydrogenated material of the diamined imide quinone imine + is a structure substituted by a substituent; the amine κ thiol group which may be substituted for the earth is a structure in which the hydrogen atom of the amine "substrate is replaced by a substituent" The Y, iX_ atom and the amine base are preferred, that is, the anthraquinone compound having no Yl to Y4) is also suitable. Examples of the halogen atom include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The "substituent" in the imine group which may have a substituent and the amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent have the same meaning as the substituent in X1 to χ4: hydroxy group, chlorine atom, -〇 And P. The aryloxy group 'Rl, fluorene may also be bonded to each other to form a ring. The 'alkyl group in Ri and R2' may be exemplified by methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, a straight-chain or branched alkyl group such as a stearyl group or a 2-ethylhexylhexyl group; and a substituent of the alkyl group having a substituent; for example, a halogen atom such as a gas, a fluorine or a bromine; An alkoxy group such as an oxy group, an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a phenyl group, a nitro group or the like. Further, the substituents therein may be plural. The alkyl group having a substituent may, for example, be a trimethylmethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a 2,2 2 trifluoroethyl group, a 2,2-dibromoethyl group, a 2-ethoxyethyl group or a 2-butyl group. Oxyethyl, 2-nitropropyl, benzyl, 4-mercaptobenzyl, 4-t-butylbenzyl, 4-sheet 324055 56 201241099 oxybenzene f-based, 4- benzene benzene , 2, 4-dichlorobenzene, f group, and the like. Examples of the aryl group and the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group, and the like; and a substituent in the case where the aryl group has a substituent, and examples thereof include a ruthenium atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amine group, and a nitrate. Base. Further, the substituents therein may be plural. Examples of the aryl group having a substituent include p-tolyl, para-phenyl, p-nitrophenyl, p-oxophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, pentafluorophenyl, and 2-dimethylaminobenzene. Base, 2-methyl-4-ylphenyl, 4-methoxy-naphthyl, 6-methyl-2-naphthyl, 4,5, 8-trichloro-2-naphthyl, anthracene, and the like. The alkoxy groups in ruthenium and osmium can be exemplified by methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, neopentyloxy Linear or branched alkoxy groups of 2,3-dimethyl-3-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-octyloxy, stearyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, etc.: may be substituted Examples of the substituent of the alkoxy group of the group include an aryl group such as chlorine, fluorine, or the like, an aryl group such as an alkoxy group, a phenyl group or a fluorenylphenyl group, and a nitro group. Further, the substituent thereof may be an alkoxy group having a substituent of a plural number I, and examples thereof include a trichloromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a 2,2,2-triethoxyethoxy group, and 2 2 3,3_ tetrapropoxy, 2,2-di-trifluorodecylpropoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy, 2-butoxyethoxy, 2-nitropropoxy, benzyloxy Wait.

Examples of the aryloxy group in Rd R2 include a phenoxy group, a decyloxy group, a decyloxy group and the like; and a substituent of the aryloxy group in the case of having a substituent, for example, a gas atom such as a gas, a fluorine or a desert , alkyl, alkoxy, amine, nitro, and the like. Further, the substituent ' may be plural. The aryloxy group having a substituent may be exemplified by a p-methoxy group, a p-oxyl group, a p-methoxy azinoyl group, a t 2 ^ dichlorophenoxy group, a pentafluorophenoxy group, and a 2-methyl chlorobenzene group. Oxyl and the like. , 324055 57 201241099 The anthraquinone aluminum pigment represented by the formula (8A) has at least one of R^R2 from the viewpoint of dispersibility and color characteristics, and may be an aryl group or a substituent which may have a substituent. The oxy group is preferred. Among them, R1 and 尺2 are both aryl groups or aryloxy groups. Among them, Rl and Rz are both stupid bases and stupid oxy groups. In the formula (8A), R3, R, and Rs each independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of i to 18 or an aryl group having a ring number of 4 or less. When it is within the above range, the light absorption coefficient per unit weight is green, so that the pigment concentration in the colored composite can be in an appropriate range. The alkyl group in R3, R4, and Rs may be a straight chain or other branch or ring, and may have a functional group when the total number of hetero atoms is in the range of 3 or less. Examples thereof include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, octadecyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, second butyl group, and the like. Tributyl, 1-ethylpentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-ethylhexylethylhexyl, benzoylmethyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-methoxy Sulfhydryl, sulfanyl benzoquinone methyl, 4-phenylthioalkylbenzhydrylmethyl, 4-dimethylaminobenzhydryl, 4-cyanobenzoic acid Methyl, 4-methylbenzamide methyl, 2-methylbenzhydrylmethyl, fluorobenzhydrylmethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzhydryl, and 3-nitrobenzopyranyl Wait. The aryl group in R3, R4 and R5 may contain a hetero atom in the aromatic ring, and the number of hetero atoms contained in each aromatic ring may be in the range of 2 or less, and may contain a functional group. Examples thereof include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a fluorenyl-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, a 9-phenanthryl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 5-fused tetraphenyl group, and a 1-fluorenyl group. , 2-foundation, 9-diyl, triphenyl, tetraphenyl, o-, m-, and p-tolyl, xylyl, o-, 324055 58 201241099 inter-, and p-isopropyl Phenyl, mesityl, cyclopentadienyl, indanyl, extended dinaphthyl, biphenyl, heptylene, phenyl, dicyclopentane Alkyl phenyl, propyl (di) olefin fluorenyl (Fluoranthenyl), fluorenyl, terpene fluorenyl, fluorenyl, decyl, fluorenyl, hydrazino, hydrazinyl, hydrazino, brewing Anthraquinony 1 , phenanthryl, tert-triphenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, fused tetraphenyl, pleiadenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, tetraphenyl, and fluorenyl. Among the anthraquinone compounds represented by the formula (8A), from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance, Z is preferably -〇ρ(=〇)ι^2. In the general formula (8), Xs to oxime 12 may be the same or different, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, A heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, and an arylthio group which may have a substituent. When the above χ5 to Xu have a substituent, the substituents may be the same or different. Specific examples thereof include a dentate group such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc., and a hydroxyl group, a nitro group or the like. Others are, for example, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio and the like. Further, the hydrazine substituent may be plural. Examples of the "alkyl group" in the alkyl group which may have a substituent include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, n-hexyl group, and a straight-chain or branched alkyl group such as an octyl group, a stearyl group or a 2-ethylhexylhexyl group; and a "alkyl group which may have a substituent" may, for example, be a trichloromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a 2, 2 group; , 2-trifluoroethyl, 2, 2-dibromoethyl, 2, 2, 3, 3-tetrafluoropropyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, 2-nitropropyl, Benzyl, 4-324055 59 201241099 sulfhydryl, 4-tert-butylphenyl fluorenyl, 4-nonoxyphenyl fluorenyl, 4-nitrophenyl fluorenyl, 2, 4-dichlorophenyl fluorenyl, etc. . Examples of the "aryl group" of the aryl group which may have a substituent include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group, and the like, and examples of the "aryl group which may have a substituent" include, for example, p-phenylene and p-bromo. Phenyl, p-nitrophenyl, p-oxophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, pentafluorophenyl, 2-aminophenyl, 2-mercapto-4-phenyl, 4-hydroxy-1 -naphthyl, 6-fluorenyl-2-naphthyl, 4,5, 8-tris-2-naphthyl, anthracenyl, 2-aminoindenyl, and the like. Examples of the "cycloalkyl group" of the cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent include, for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an adamantyl group, and the like, and a "cycloalkyl group having a substituent", and examples thereof include: 5-dimethylcyclopentyl, 4-tert-butylcyclohexyl and the like. Examples of the "heterocyclic group" of the heterocyclic group which may have a substituent include pyridyl group, pyridinyl group, hexahydropyridine, piperidyl group, N-forminyl group, acridinyl group and the like; Examples of the heterocyclic group of the group include a 3-fluorenylpyridyl group, an N-fluorenylhexahydropyridyl group, and an N-fluorenylpyrrolyl group. The "alkoxy group" which may have a substituent alkoxy group may, for example, be an oxiranyloxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group or a third butoxy group. Linear or branched alkoxy groups such as benzyl, neopentyloxy, 2, 3-dimercapto-3-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-octyloxy, stearyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, etc. Examples of the "alkoxy group which may have a substituent" include, for example, trichloromethoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethoxy group, 2, 2, 3, 3 - tetrafluoropropoxy, 2,2-di-trisinopropylpropoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy, 2-butoxyethoxy, 2-nitropropoxy, benzyloxy and the like. Examples of the "aryloxy group" of the aryloxy group which may have a substituent include, for example, phenoxy 324055 60 201241099 keto-lactyl group, onion oxy group, and the like; and examples of the "aryl group which may have a substituent" p-Methoxyphenoxy, p-phenoxy, p-methoxyphenoxy, 2 4 -diphenoxy, pentafluorophenoxy, 2-fluorenyl benzoquinone, and the like. The "sulfuryl group" which may have a sulfur-based group of a substituent may, for example, be a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group, an octylthio group or a sulfonium sulfide. Examples of the base, the thiol group, the octyl sulphur group, and the like; , hydrazinyl ethylthio group, phenylcarbonylaminoethylthio group and the like. Examples of the "arylthio group" of the arylthio group of the J-substituted group include a phenylthio group, a 1-naphthylthio group, a 2-naphthylthio group, a 9-fluorenylthio group, and the like; Examples of the group include, for example, a gas thiol group, a trifluoromethyl phenylthio group, a cyanuryl group, a nitrite group, a 2-aminophenylthio group, a 2-hydroxyphenylthio group, and the like. Specific examples of the 'Ys to Yl2' include a halogen atom, a nitro group, a sulfhydryl group (C6H4(c〇)2N_CH2_) which may have a substituent, and an amine sulfonyl group (HASO2-). Wherein, the imine methyl group which may have a substituent represents a structure in which a hydrogen atom in the amine group is substituted with a substituent; the aminesulfonyl group which may have a substituent represents a hydrogen in the aminesulfonyl group An atom is a structure substituted with a substituent. Among them, Y is preferably a halogen atom and an amine continuation base. An anthraquinone compound such as a sputum (ie, no Ys to Yl2) is suitable. The _ atom may be exemplified by fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The "substituent" of the imine-methyl group which may have a substituent and the amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent are synonymous with the 15 to Χΐ24 substituent. In the formula (8B), L represents: -〇-SiR6R7-0-, -O-SiReRT-O-SiReRg-O-, or -〇-p(=〇)Rl()_〇-; R6 to Ri. Each is independently represented by a hydrogen atom, a transradical group, a substitutable alkyl group, an aryl group which may have a substituent of 324055 61 201241099, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent.

Examples of the alkyl group in Re to Rio include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, a linear or branched group of a stearyl group, a 2-ethylhexylhexyl group or the like; and a substituent which is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and examples thereof include a halogen atom such as chlorine, fluorine or bromine. An alkoxy group such as a decyloxy group, an aryl group nitro group such as a phenyl group or a tolyl group. Further, the substituents therein may be plural. Examples of the alkyl group which may have a substituent include, for example, a trimethyl sulfhydryl group, a trisyl® methyl group, a 2, 2, 2-diethylene group, a 2, 2-diethyl group, and a 2-ethyl group. Oxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, 2-nitropropyl, benzyl, 4-nonylphenyl fluorenyl, tert-butylphenyl fluorenyl, 4-nonyloxybenzyl, 4-nitrobenzene Base, 2, 4-dibenzoquinone, and the like.

匕 to Ri. Examples of the aryl group in the middle may, for example, be a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or a fluorenyl group; and the substituent group in the case where the aryl group may have a substituent, and examples thereof include an atom such as a gas, a fluorine or a bromine group, and an alkyl group. Alkoxy, amine, nitro, and the like. Further, the substituents of the ? may be plural. The aryl group which may have a substituent may, for example, be p-tolyl, p-bromophenyl, p-nitrophenyl, p-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, pentafluorophenyl, 2-di Methylaminophenyl, 2-indenyl 4-chlorophenyl, 4-nonyloxy-1-naphthyl, 6-methyl-2-naphthyl, 4, 5, 8-trichloro-2-naphthalene Base, base, etc. $A

Examples of the alkoxy group in Re to Rh include, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a dioxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a third butoxy group, and a neopentyl group. a linear or branched alkoxy group such as an oxy group, a 2, 3-dimercapto-3-pentyloxy group, a n-hexyloxy group, a n-octyloxy group, a stearyloxy group or a 2-ethylhexyloxy group; Examples of the substituent of the alkoxy group of 324055 62 201241099 include an aryl group such as chlorine, fluorine or molybdenum, an aryl group such as an alkoxy group, a phenyl group or a tolyl group, an amine group and the like. Further, the substituents therein may be plural. The alkoxy group which may have a substituent may, for example, be trichloromethoxy, trifemethoxy, 2,2,2-trieethoxy, 2,2,3,3tetrafluoropropoxy 2,2-Di-trifluoromethylpropoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy, 2-butoxyethoxy, 2-nitropropoxy, benzyloxy and the like.

^〆R6 to R,. Examples of the aryloxy group in the case include a phenoxy group, a naphthyloxy group, an oxy group and the like; and a substituent group in the case where the aryloxy group has a substituent, and examples thereof include a tooth atom such as chlorine, fluorine or desert. Base, alkoxy group, amine group, nitro group, and the like. Further, the substituents thereof may be plural. An aryloxy group having a substituent which may be a f-decylphenoxy group, a p-nitrophenoxy group, a p-nonoxyphenoxy group, a 2,4-lactoxy group, a pentafluorophenoxy group, a 2-methyl group -4- gas phenoxy and the like. The alginate compound represented by the formula (10)) is preferably an aryloxy group having a substituent of R D E ^ 丄 ^ ^ as a substituent having an alkyl group, from the viewpoint of dispersibility. It is better to use & to ^6 R R$P 1 as the aryl or aryloxy group.匕至色; r任-all are stupid, or stupid oxy group is better. Gp . . ^ b can be used in combination with other pigments to obtain a coloring agent with excellent resistance, tr green and red coloring, and green lung and/or color reproducibility. And use the green color and/or the blue color segment to use the green color of the green color filter, and use the red pigment (may also use 324055 63 201241099 to use the color pigment) A red color toner which is used in a red color with high brightness is obtained. The yellow pigment is obtained as a yellow colorant which is used for a yellow color filter segment which maintains high brightness while having excellent resistance and has a coloring power. Meanwhile, the above color filter In the fragment, the dye may be used in combination. Hereinafter, the pigment and the dye are further exemplified. Among them, the green pigment is preferably a polyhalogenated ruthenium pigment. The polyhalogenated ruthenium pigment is at least two or more. The indocyanine pigment of the tooth atom. Specifically, for example, C. 丨. Pigment Green No. 7, No. 1, No. 36, No. 37, No. 58, and the like, wherein c. I. Pigment Green No. 36, 58 Preferably, the blue pigment is preferably an anthocyanin aluminum pigment, and the anthraquinone aluminum pigment is preferably a pigment having a higher coloring power than a halogenated anthraquinone pigment. Add amount, or reduce the filter The film thickness of the color filter and the fact that the halogen atom is not contained therein are also preferable in consideration of environmental safety. Examples of yellow pigments include, for example, CI Pigment Yellow No. 1, No. 2, No. 3, No. 4, No. 5 , No. 6, No. 10, No. 12, No. 13, No. 14, No. 15, No. 16, No. 17, No. 18, No. 31, No. 32, No. 34, No. 35, No. 35, No. 1, No. 36 36: 1 , 37 , 37 : 1 , 40 , 42 , 43 , 53 , 55 , 60 , 61 , 62 , 63 , 65 , 73 , 74 , 77, 81, 83, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114 , 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127 324055 64 201241099, 128, 129, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151 No. 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 198, 199, 213, 214, 218, 219, 220, or 221 Yellow pigment. Among them, from the viewpoints of heat resistance, light resistance, and brightness, C.I. Pigment Yellow No. 138, No. 139, No. 150, No. 185 is preferred. Examples of red pigments can be used, for example, CI Pigment Red No. 7, No. 14, No. 41, No. 48, No. 1, No. 48: No. 2, No. 48: No. 3, No. 48: No. 4, No. 57: No. 1, No. 81 , 81 : 1 , 81 : 2 , 81 : 3 , 81 : 4 , 122 , 146 , 149 , 166 , 168 , 169 , 176 , 177 , 178 , 179 , 184, 185, 187, 200, 202, 208, 210, 221, 242, 246, 254 φ, 255, 264, 270, 272, 273, 274, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, or 287, etc. Among them, C. I. Pigment Red No. 177, No. 179, No. 254 is preferred. Further, a red dye such as a xanthene system, an azo system, a disazo system or a brewing system may be used. Specifically, for example, C. I. acid red, a salt forming compound of a dibenzopyrano acid dye such as No. 52, No. 87, No. 92, No. 289, No. 338, and the like. Among them, C. I. Pigment Red No. 177 and No. 254 are particularly preferred. Examples of the orange pigment include C.I. Pigment Orange No. 38, No. 43, No. 71, No. 324055 65 201241099 or No. 73, and the like. The yellow dye may, for example, be an azo dye, an azo metal stinky dye, an anthraquinone dye, an indigo dye, a thioindigo dye, an anthraquinone dye, a diphenylmethane dye, a triphenylnonane dye, a dibenzopyran dye. , thiophene dyes, cationic dyes, cyanine dyes, nitro dyes, quinoline dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, sorghum dyes. Specific examples of the yellow dye include, for example, C·I. Acid Yellow No. 2, No. 3, No. 4, No. 5, No. 6, No. 7, No. 8, No. 9, No. 1: No. 1, No. 10, ® 11 No. 11, No. 1, No. 12, No. 13, No. 14, No. 15, No. 16, No. 17, No. 1, No. 18, No. 20, No. 21, No. 22, No. 23, No. 25, No. 26 , 27, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 40: 1, 41, 42, 42: 1, 43 44, 46, 48, 51, 53, 55, 56, 60, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 72, 76, 82 , 83, 84, 86, 87, 90, 94, φ 105, 115, 117, 122, 127, 131, 132, 136, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 149, 153, 159, 166, 168, 169, Π2, 174, 175, 178, 180, 183, 187 , No. 188, No. 189, No. 190, No. 191, No. 192, No. 199, etc. Others, such as: C·I. Direct Dye Yellow No. 1, No. 2, No. 4, No. 5, No. 12, No. 13, No. 15, No. 20, No. 24, No. 25, No. 26, No. 32, No. 33, No. 33, Nos. 34, 35, 41, 42, 44, 44: 1, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 61, 66, 66 324055 201241099 67, Nos. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 81, 84, 86, 90, 91, 92, 95, 1〇7, 11〇, 117 , No. 118, No. 119, No. 120, No. 121, No. 126, No. 127, No. 129, No. 132, No. 133, No. 134, etc. Others, such as: CI Alkaline Yellow 1, 2, 5, 11, 13, 14, 15, 15, 21, 24, 25, 28, 29, 37 , 40, 45, 49, 51, 57, 79, 87, 90, 96, 103, 105, 106, etc. • Others, such as: C·I·Solvent Yellow 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18 , 19, 21, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33, 34, 40, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47 No. 48, 56, 62, 64, 68, 69, 71, 72, 73, 77, 79, 81, 82, 83, 85, 88, 89, 90, 93, 94, 98, 104 φ, 107, 114, 116, 1 、, 124, 130, 131, 133, 135, 138, 141 No., No. 143, No. 145, No. 146, No. 147, No. 157, No. 160, No. 162, No. 163, No. 167, No. 2, No. 174, No. 175, No. 176, No. 177, No. 9, No. 181, Nos. 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 190, 191, 192, 194, 195, etc. Others, such as: CI Disperse Dye Yellow No. 1 'No. 2, No. 3, No. 5, No. 7, No. 8, No. 1, No., No. 13, No. 13, No. 23, No. 27, No. 33, No. 34 No., No. 42, No. 45, No. 48, No. 51, No. 54, No. 56, No. 324055 67 201241099 No. 59, No. 60, No. 63, No. 64, No. 67, No. 70, No. 77, No. 79, No. 82, No. 85, 88, 93, 99, 114, 118, 119, 122, 123, 124, 126, 163, 184, 184: 1, 202, 211, Nos. 229, 231, 232, 233, 241, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, etc. The content of the preferred coloring agent among the all-nonvolatile components of the coloring composition produced in the present embodiment is preferably from 10 to 90% by weight from the viewpoint of sufficient color reproducibility and ® stability. More preferably 15 to 85% by weight, most preferably 20 to 80% by weight. When the yellow pigment is used in combination, the weight ratio of the yellow pigment/anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (8A) and/or (8B) is preferably from 80/20 to 10/90. When this range is satisfied, a green color filter segment excellent in brightness and wide in chromaticity range can be formed. When the quinophthalone compound represented by the formula (1) and the yellow pigment represented by the formula (6) are used in combination, the rhodium-plated yellow represented by the formula (1) is used in an amount of 1 part by weight. The compound, the intimidating yellow pigment represented by the formula (6) is preferably in the range of 10 to 1,500 parts by weight, more preferably in the range of 100 to 1200 parts by weight. The quinophthalone yellow pigment represented by the formula (6) exhibits an effect of improving the brightness when it is more than 10 parts by weight. When the amount is less than 1,500 parts by weight, the contrast value and the sensitivity when used as a photosensitive coloring composition are improved, which is preferable. When the coloring agent (or coloring composition) of the green color filter segment is formed, the ratio of the green pigment and/or the blue pigment to the emerald pigment represented by the formula (6) is relative to 100 parts by weight of the pigment. The phthalocyanine 324055 68 201241099 dye represented by the formula (6) is preferably 1 to 1200 parts by weight, more preferably 5 to 600 parts by weight. When the amount of the anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (6) is 1 part by weight or more, the chromaticity is reproducible, and when it is 1200 parts by weight or less, the color tone does not change. At the same time, as a coloring agent (or a coloring composition) for forming a green color filter segment, green pigment and/or blue pigment and yellow coloring are used when a yellow pigment and an anthraquinone pigment represented by the general formula (6) are used in combination. a ratio of the agent (a mixture of a yellow pigment and an anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (6)), preferably 1 to 1200 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment, ® 5 to 600 The weight is better. When the amount of the yellow colorant added is more than 1 part by weight, the reproducible chromaticity field is broadened, and when it is 1200 parts by weight or less, there is no change in color tone. As a coloring agent (or a coloring composition) for forming a green color filter segment, when a yellow pigment and an anthraquinone dye represented by the general formula (6) are used in combination, a yellow pigment and a general formula (6) are considered. The blending ratio of the content of the anthraquinone pigment shown is preferably from 1 to 400 parts by weight, and from 5 to 300 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the yellow pigment, the anthocyanin pigment represented by the formula (6) ^ Better. As a coloring agent (or a coloring composition) for forming a red color filter segment, a ratio of a red pigment to an anthraquinone pigment represented by the general formula (6) is compared with 100 parts by weight of a red pigment, and the general formula (6) The anthraquinone pigment shown is preferably from 1 to 800 parts by weight, more preferably from 5 to 400 parts by weight. When the amount of the anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (6) is 1 part by weight or more, the reproducible chromaticity field is broadened, and when it is 800 parts by weight or less, there is no change in color tone. Further, in consideration of the color constitution, the blend ratio of the red pigment to the anthraquinone pigment 324055 69 201241099 represented by the formula (6) is as shown in the formula (6) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the red pigment. The pigment is preferably from 1 to 400 parts by weight, more preferably from 5 to 300 parts by weight. When the anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (8A) or (8B) and the anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (6) are used in combination, 100 parts by weight of the anthraquinone represented by the formula (6) The pigment, the anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (6) is preferably in the range of 3 to 1200 parts by weight, more preferably in the range of 5 to 800 parts by weight. When the amount of the anthraquinone represented by the formula (8A) or (8B) is more than 3 parts by weight, the effect of improving the brightness can be sufficiently exerted. When it is less than 1200 parts by weight, heat resistance and light resistance can be improved, which is preferable. When the anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (6) and the anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (7) are used in combination, the formula of the anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (6) is 100 parts by weight. The propyanol pigment shown in (7) is preferably in the range of 11 to 900 parts by weight. It is more preferably in the range of 27 to 650 parts by weight, and more preferably in the range of 43 to 400 parts by weight. When the anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (7) is 11 parts by weight or more, the glory of the anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (6) can be sufficiently eliminated, thereby increasing the comparative value; at 900 weight When the amount is less than or equal to a part, the coloring power can be made into a practical grade, which is preferable. The ratio of the use of the green pigment and/or the blue pigment to the anthraquinone pigment represented by the general formulae (6) and (7) is preferably 5 to 1000 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment. More preferably, 17 to 600 parts by weight. When the amount of the bulking pigment represented by the formulae (6) and (7) is 5 parts by weight or more, the reproducible chromaticity field is broadened, and when it is 1000 parts by weight or less, there is no change in color tone. 324055 70 201241099 Green pigment and/or blue pigment and yellow colorant (yellow pigment and formula (6) and (7) when yellow pigment and anthraquinone pigments of formula (6) and (7) are used in combination The ratio of the use of the mixture of the eosin pigments shown is preferably from 5 to 1000 parts by weight, more preferably from 17 to 600 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the green pigment and/or the blue pigment. When the amount of the yellow coloring agent added is 5 parts by weight or more, the reproducible chromaticity field is broadened, and when it is 600 parts by weight or less, there is no change in color tone. When a yellow pigment and an anthraquinone® pigment represented by the general formulae (6) and (7) are used in combination, the yellow pigment and the anthraquinones represented by the general formulae (6) and (7) are considered in consideration of the color constitution thereof. The blending ratio of the content of the pigment is preferably from 1 to 400 parts by weight, more preferably from 5 to 300 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the yellow pigment, based on the yellow pigment of the formula (6) and (7). good. As a coloring agent (or a coloring composition) for forming a red color filter segment, the ratio of the red pigment to the emerald pigment represented by the general formulas (6) and (7) is relative to 100 parts by weight of the red pigment. The anthraquinone pigments represented by (6) and (7) are preferably from 1 to 100 parts by weight, more preferably from 5 to 50 parts by weight. When the amount of the anthraquinone dye represented by the general formulae (6) and (7) is 1 part by weight or more, the reproducible chromaticity field is broadened, and when it is 100 parts by weight or less, there is no change in color tone. . Wherein the ratio of the green pigment and/or the blue pigment to the quinophthalone yellow pigment represented by the formula (7A) is from 1 to 1200 with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pigment, the anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (7A). The parts by weight are preferably from 5 to 600 parts by weight. When the amount is more than 1 part by weight, the reproducible chromaticity field is broadened, and when it is 1200 parts by weight or less, there is no change in color tone. 324055 71 201241099 Further, when a yellow pigment and an anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (7A) are used in combination, a green pigment and/or a blue pigment and a yellow colorant (a yellow pigment and a formula represented by the formula (7A)) The proportion of the mixture of the phthalocyanine pigments is preferably from 1 to 1200 parts by weight, more preferably from 5 to 600 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the pigment. When the amount is 1 part by weight, the reproducible chromaticity field is broadened, and when it is 1200 parts by weight or less, there is no change in color tone. When the yellow pigment and the phthalocyanine represented by the general formula (7A) are used as the pigment for the green color filter segment, the yellow pigment and the quinone yellow represented by the general formula (7A) are considered in consideration of the color constitution thereof. The blending ratio of the content of the pigment is preferably from 1 to 400 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the yellow pigment, and the formula (7A) is relative to 100 parts by weight of the yellow pigment. The indicated pigmentation pigment is preferably in the range of 5 to 300 parts by weight. In the case of using a coloring agent (or a coloring composition) for forming a yellow color filter segment, the use of the yellow pigment and the anthraquinone dye represented by the general formula (7A) is 0, compared to 100 parts by weight of the yellow pigment. The anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (7A) is preferably from 1 to 1200 parts by weight, more preferably from 5 to 600 parts by weight. When the color composition is considered, the blending ratio of the yellow pigment to the emerald pigment represented by the formula (7A) is from 1 to 400 by weight of the anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (7A) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the yellow pigment. The portion is preferably in the range of 5 to 300 parts by weight. The ratio of the red pigment used as the coloring agent (or coloring composition) for forming a red color filter segment to the ugly pigment dye represented by the general formula (7A), relative to 100 parts by weight of the red pigment Indigo 324055 72 201241099 The pigment is preferably 1 to 800 parts by weight, and the amount of the anthraquinone pigment shown by the formula (5) is more preferably in parts by weight. The field of chromaticity that can be reproduced is widened, and changes are made when _ is read. When considering the color composition, the red sound: when the color ratio of the anthraquinone pigment is not shown, the anthocyanin pigment represented by the general formula (7A) is the same as that of the coffee formula (7A). The reddish portion of the red portion is preferably in the range of 5 to 300 parts by weight. Up to 400 parts by weight,

Any of the above-mentioned preparations can be appropriately adjusted and used while considering the coloring property and brightness. <Micronization of Pigment> Heat resistance and light resistance When the colorant is a pigment, the method of miniaturization does not have a limitation of (4), for example, wet grinding or the like. The fine precipitation method can be used, and the village is refined by grinding, dissolving, dissolving, etc. The pigment-subgranular σ method is used for salt milling. The dispersion is good for m5nm or more. In the case of the color filter segment, the following is preferred. Special === is in the range of 1〇 to 8-. Among them, the pigment-subgranule I: TEM (transmission electron microscope) electron microscopy was measured directly = the size of the primary particle was measured. Specifically, the short axis diameter and the major axis diameter of the primary particles of each color = are measured, and the average is used as the particle diameter of the pigment particles. Salt grinding treatment refers to a mixture of a pigment and a water-soluble inorganic salt and a water-soluble organic solvent: a kneader, a 2-axis roll mill, a 3-axis roll mill, a ball mill, an attritor, a sand mill, A batch type or continuous kneader such as a planetary mixer 324055 73 201241099 (planetary mixer), which is mechanically mixed while being heated, and then washed with water to remove the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent. Among them, the water-soluble inorganic salt serves as a pulverization auxiliary, and the salt grinding uses a high hardness pulverizing pigment of an inorganic salt. Therefore, by optimizing the conditions of the pigment in the salt milling treatment, the primary particle diameter can be made very fine, and the distribution range thereof is small, and a pigment having a concentrated particle size distribution can be obtained. For the water-soluble inorganic salt, it can be used: sodium hydride, cesium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate, etc., and sodium chloride (salt) is preferred from the point of price. The water-soluble inorganic salt is preferably used in an amount of from 50 to 2,000 parts by weight, more preferably from 300 to 1,000 parts by weight, based on the total weight of 100 parts by weight of the pigment, from the viewpoint of the treatment efficiency and the production efficiency. The water-soluble organic solvent has a function of moistening the pigment and the water-soluble inorganic salt, and is not particularly limited as long as it is soluble (mixed) in water and substantially insoluble in the inorganic salt. However, the temperature rises during salt milling, so that the solvent becomes easy to evaporate. Therefore, it is preferable to use a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 120 φ ° C or more from the viewpoint of safety. For example, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-butoxyethanol, 2-(isopentyloxy)ethanol, 2-(hexyloxy)ethanol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol can be used. Alcohol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monoterpene ether, liquid polyethylene glycol, 1-decyloxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, dipropylene glycol, Dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, liquid polypropylene glycol, and the like. The water-soluble organic solvent is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 1000 parts by weight, more preferably 50 to 500 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the total weight of the pigment. When the pigment is subjected to a salt milling treatment, the resin may be added as necessary. 324055 74 201241099 There are no special restrictions on the resin and the modification. It can be used: natural resin. Used:: resin, natural resin modified synthesis, and some of the upper body, water-insoluble is relative to 100 parts by weight; good. Wang Zhongyu, in 5 to 200 parts by weight < binder resin>

The ash is a disperse coloring matter, and the dyeing and alpha-transparent matter of the sputum can be exemplified by a chemical resin, such as a chemical resin, a combination of ",, (4) and a thermosetting 7ΛΛ ^ 树月曰, 400 in the visible range. To nm. , "Wang wavelength (four) _, the split light transmittance is preferably above, more preferably: (10) or more of the resin is *. At the same time, the binder resin has a chemical interaction with the general formula (= 啥 啥 黄 黄 系 色素 色素 , 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤 萤Such as: propylene_lipid, _lipid, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, vaporized polyethylene, gasified polypropylene, public gas ethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, poly Aminomethyl sulfonium S resin, polyester resin, polyethylene resin, alkyd resin, polystyrene resin, polyamide resin, rubber resin, cyclized rubber resin, cellulose, polyethylene (HDPE) LDPE), polybutadiene, and polyimine resin, etc. Further, when used in the form of an alkali-developing coloring resist, it is copolymerized with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer containing an acid group. An alkali-soluble resin is preferred. Meanwhile, in order to further improve the light sensitivity, an active energy ray-curable resin having an ethylenic 324055 75 201241099 unsaturated double bond can also be used. In particular, an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is contained in a side chain. Active energy ray-curable resin When the color filter is used in an image-developing photoresist, the coloring agent does not undergo coating foreign matter after coating, and the stability of the coloring agent in the photoresist can be improved, so that it is preferably used. When a linear resin containing no ethylenic unsaturated double bond is contained, the coloring agent in the solution in which the resin and the coloring agent are mixed is less likely to be trapped by the resin and has a degree of freedom, so that the colorant component is easily aggregated and precipitated. When an active energy ray-curable resin having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in its side chain is used, the colorant is easily trapped by the resin in a solution in which the resin and the colorant are mixed, and therefore, in the solvent resistance test, the pigment is used. When it is not easily eluted, the colorant component is less likely to aggregate and precipitate, and when the film is formed by exposing the active energy ray, the resin is formed into a three-dimensional crosslink to fix the colorant molecules, so that it can be estimated that even in the subsequent developing step The solvent is removed, and the colorant component is also less likely to be agglomerated and precipitated. The spring-soluble resin in which the acid-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is copolymerized may be exemplified by a buffer group or a sulfhydryl group. Acid-based resin. Specific examples of the soluble resin include, for example, an acid group-containing acrylic resin, "monoolefin/maleic anhydride copolymer, styrene/stupidene sulfonic acid copolymer, stupid ethylene/(曱An acrylic copolymer, or an isobutylene/maleic acid (anhydride) copolymer, etc., wherein at least one of the resin selected from the group consisting of an acid group-containing acrylic resin and a styrene/styrene acid copolymer is used. In particular, an acrylic resin containing an acid group is more suitable for use because of its high heat resistance and transparency. Meanwhile, the alkali-soluble resin is different from the acid group such as acrylic acid from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the quinophthalone pigment. The hydrophilic functional group is preferably '. 324055 76 201241099 The introduction of a hydrophilic functional group is preferably carried out using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydroxyl group and/or a (poly)alkylene oxide structure and having no aromatic ring. Specific examples of such an ethylenically unsaturated monomer include, for example, (meth)acrylic acid 2-hydroxyethyl ester, (mercapto)glycolic acid-3-propyl ester, (mercapto)acrylic acid. -4-Cycyl, mono(methyl)acrylic acid glycerol ester, 4-hydroxyvinylbenzene, and propionate-2-yloxy-3-phenoxypropyl ester, etc. Acrylates; 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid-3 - methoxybutyl ester, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol mono-2-ethylhexyl ketone Ester, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether (mercapto) Acrylic vinegar, tetraethylene glycol monomethyl ether (mercapto) acrylate, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol monomethyl ether (mercapto) acrylate, polyethylene glycol monolauryl ether (methyl) Ethyl ester, polyethylene glycol monostearyl ether (mercapto) # acrylate, and octyloxy polyethylene glycol / polypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, etc. (D diol diol monoalkyl ether (methyl) Acrylates; (meth)propionic acid 2_hydroxyethyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-4-hydroxybutyl ester, (mercapto)acrylic acid 2-oxoethoxyethane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (A) Acrylate, polyethylene glycol monoterpene (mercapto) acrylate, polypropylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate. The above-mentioned warp- and/or (poly) epoxy-fired construction, and does not have The content of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer of the aromatic ring may be appropriately selected insofar as the solubility in the synthetic solvent is not impaired, and it is preferred to use 5 to 50% by weight of the propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate in the synthetic solvent. The range of from 1 to 35 wt% 324055 77 201241099 is more appropriate. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably in the range of 5,000 to 100,000, and in the range of 5,000 to 40,000. Preferably, the number average molecular weight (Μη) is preferably in the range of 2,500 to 50,000, and the value of Mw/Mn is 10 Further, the glass transition temperature of the alkali-soluble resin (hereinafter sometimes expressed by Tg) is preferably from -40 to 70 ° C, more preferably from -30 to 30 ° C from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, - More preferably, it is 20 to 10 ° C. ^ The Tg of the alkali-soluble resin is a value calculated by the following formula: l/Tg = Wl / Tgl + W2 / Tg2 + · . . + Wn / Tgn where W1 to Wn Is the weight fraction of each monomer used; Tgl to Tgn is the glass transition temperature (unit: absolute temperature "K") of each homopolymer obtained from each monomer. The Tg of the main homopolymer is as shown in the following example. Mercaptoacrylic acid: 130 ° C (403K) Butyl acrylate: -54 ° C (219K) Benzyl methacrylate: 55 ° C (328K) p-Phenylphenol phenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate (Japan Manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Company, M-110): 35°C (308K) 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate: -80°C (193K) 2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate: 55°C (328K) 曱Methoxypolyethylene glycol acrylate (manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd., 324055 78 201241099 PME-400) : -60 ° C (213 K) butyl methacrylate: 20 ° C (293 K) with ethylenically unsaturated active double bond In terms of the active energy and the method for producing the wire-curable resin, the resin precursor may be prepared by first preparing a linear polymer containing a reactive substituent such as a carboxyl group, a carboxyl group or an amine group. By reacting with a (fluorenyl)acrylic acid compound having a reactive substituent such as an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group or an epoxy group, and cinnamic acid, optical crosslinking of a (meth) propyl group, a styryl group or the like can be obtained. a method of introducing a resin of the linear polymer; and comprising a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer and ck-ene smoke/cis-succinic acid a method for semi-esterifying a linear polymer of an acid anhydride such as a copolymer with a hydroxyl group-containing (fluorenyl)acrylic acid compound such as a fluorenyl ester; and a hydroxyl group such as a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate. a method for adding an isocyanate group-containing (fluorenyl)acrylic acid compound such as a (meth)acrylic compound to a linear polymer obtained by copolymerization of a linear polymer (mercapto) propylene oxime oxyethyl isocyanurate; A method of adding an epoxy group-containing (fluorenyl) acrylate acid compound to a linear polymer of a carboxyl group such as acrylic acid (meth). In the case of a thermoplastic resin, it is preferable to use a substance having an alkali solubility energy and an energy ray curability month b as a coloring composition for a color former. The monomer constituting the thermoplastic resin described above can be exemplified as follows. For example, (meth) propyl acetoate, (mercapto) ethyl acetoacetate, (mercapto) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylate (10), (methyl) C-n-butyl vinegar, (A, isobutyl acrylate, (3) butyl acrylate, (methyl) propyl, 2 ethyl hexyl ester, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, (曱Acrylic hard 324055 79 201241099 Fatty ester, (methyl) acrylate lauryl ester, (meth) propyl tetrafurfuryl methyl ester, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, benzene (meth) acrylate Ester, benzyl (meth)propionate, phenoxyethyl (f-) acrylate, phenoxy diethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, or (meth) acrylates such as ethoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate; or (meth) acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl(meth) acrylamide, N, N- Diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, diacetone (meth) acrylamide, or (meth) propylene oxime Amines; benzene Styrenes such as olefins or α-mercapto styrene; ethyl ethoxide, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, or isobutyl vinyl ether Ethyl acetate, such as ethyl acetate or ethyl propionate, etc. Also, for example, cyclohexyl maleimide, phenyl maleimide, methyl cis Butylene diimide, ethyl maleimide, hydrazine, 2 bis-synylene diimide ethane, hydrazine, 6-bis-s-butylene diimide hexane, propionic acid - 3-methyleneimine, coumarin _6 7-arylene dioxy_4_mercapto-3- maleimide, diphenylmethane_4,4,-bis-cis Acetylimine, methane bis(3-ethyl-5-mercapto-4-oxadienyl imide phenyl), Ν'Ν'-1,3-phenylene dimethylenebutene Imine, hydrazine, hydrazine, 丨, 4_phenylene dimethyleneimine, NG-youji) maleimide t 1^(2,4,6-triphenyl) Maleic acid, (4-aminophenyl) cis-butyl iodide, N-(4-decyl) maleimide, N-benzyl cis-butane Imine, (iv) fluorenyl _2,3_dichlorocis n-imine,

Styrene 3- cis H amine benzophenone _, sulphonimide I 324055 80 201241099 Maleimide propionate, N-amber succinimide, cis- succinimide Acid _, N-succinimide-6-cis butyl bis(tetra)amine hexyl, N_[4-(2-benzofurfuryl)phenyl]-m-butanediamine, 9-cis N-substituted maleimide diamines such as butyl diamine imine acridine. Examples of the thermosetting resin include, for example, an epoxy resin, a benzoic acid amine resin: a rosin-modified maleic acid resin, a rosin-modified anti-succinic acid resin, a melamine resin, a urea resin, And a variety of resins. Among them, from the viewpoint of Tigu <thermal, it is preferred to use an epoxy resin or a triazamine resin. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the ageing agent resin is preferably in the range of 5,000 to 100, 〇〇〇 for the colorant to be well dispersed, and more preferably from 5,000 to 80, 000, 10 , 000 to 80, 000, 7, 〇〇〇 to 5 〇, 〇〇〇: 8,000 to 50,000. The number average molecular weight (1^) is preferably in the range of 2,5 Torr to 50,000, and more preferably in the range of 5, 〇〇〇 to 50, 〇〇〇, 2,500 to 40,000. The value of Mw/Mn is preferably 1 or less. Among them, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are in the gel permeation chromatography "HLC-8120GPC" manufactured by Japan East Co., Ltd., and are connected in series by four separate columns. The "TSK-GELSUPERH5000", "H4000", "H3000", and "H2000" manufactured by Tosoh Corporation of Japan were used, and the molecular weight of the converted polystyrene measured by the mobile phase was tetrahydrofuran. At the same time, the weight of the binder resin is used when the device uses HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation of Japan), the column is connected by TSK-GEL SUPER HZM-N, and the molecular weight of the converted polystyrene is measured when the solvent is THF. The average molecular weight (Mw)' is such that the colorant is well dispersed, preferably in the range of 5, 〇〇〇 to 80,000, and more preferably in the range of 7,000 to 50,000. Same as 324055 81 201241099 The hourly average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 2,500 to 40,000, and the value of Mw/Mn is preferably 10 or less. When the binder resin is used as a coloring composition for a color filter, a carboxyl group acting as an alkali adsorbing group for a coloring agent adsorption group and development, and an aliphatic group and an aryl group acting as an affinity group for a colorant carrier and a solvent The balance is important for the dispersibility, permeability, development, and durability of the colorant, and therefore it is preferred to use a resin having an acid value of 20 to 3 G〇mg_/g. When the acid value is less than 20 mgKGH/g, the solubility in the developing solution becomes $, so when a fine image is formed. When it is higher than _mgKQH/g, it is impossible to leave a fine image at the time of development. The binder resin is preferably used in an amount of 20 〇 里 ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ The film formation property and various resistances were good at 2 〇, and the color characteristics were good at 50 Å by weight. Further, it is preferable to use the amount of 20 parts by weight to the weight of the shed by eliminating the fluorescent surface. The fluorescence can be fully eliminated when it is above the injury. In the weight of the shed: the two things that occur between the yellow pigments shown in the general formula (6): The squares are reduced, and the more the aromatic rings are contained, the more they are. <Organic solvent> In the form of a disperser in the colorant carrier = and in the product, the state 吏 coloring agent is sufficient (4) Drying after coating on the plate: Thickness === plate w segment ' contains organic _. The organic solvent, in addition to the color filter) 324055, and the product 3 82 201241099, the coating property is good, and the solubility of each component of the coloring composition is considered to be safe. Examples of the second pound of the organic solvent include, for example, ethyl lactate, benzoyl alcohol, L 2, 3 - trichloropropane, 1,3-butanediol, u-butanediol, diacetic acid: butanediol vinegar , dioxane, 2~heptanone, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 3' 5, 5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexyl bromide, 3, 3, 5_ trimethyl Cyclohexanone, ethoxypropionic acid ethyl s, 3-methyl], 3 τ succinol, methoxy carbaryl + butanol, acetic acid-3-methoxy I methyl butyl ester, 3-methoxybutanol, acid-3-methoxybutylate, 4-heptanone, m-diphenylbenzene, m-diethylbenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimercaptocarbamide, n-butanol, n-butylbenzene, n-propyl acetate, o-dimethyl st, o-chlorotoluene, o-diphenyl, o-dichlorobenzene, p-chlorophenyl, p. B stupid, second butadiene, tert-butylbenzene, butyrolactone, isobutanol, isophorone, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol single Ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ethyl acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol alone , ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diisobutyl ketone, diethylene glycol di butyl sulphate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, two Glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanol acetate, cyclohexanone, Dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol oxime ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diacetone alcohol, glycerol triacetate ), tripropylene glycol monobutyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol phenyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol single 324055 83 201241099 diethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl, propylene glycol monopropyl bond, propylene glycol monomethyl Key, propylene glycol monomethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethionine, benzyl alcohol, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl cyclohexanol, acetic acid, butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, acetic acid Isobutyl vinegar, vinegar acetate, diacid vinegar, etc. Among them, 'the dispersibility of the coloring agent, the permeability, and the coating property of the colored composition are good, and the use of: lactic acid ester such as lactic acid ethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetophenone, propanol monoethyl sulphate It is preferred that the glycerol such as acetic acid glycol vinegar, ethylene glycol monoacetic acid vinegar, ethylene glycol monoacetic acid vinegar, alcohol such as benzyl alcohol or diacetone alcohol, and ketone such as cyclohexanone. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio as necessary. At the same time, the organic solvent can also adjust the coloring composition to a suitable viscosity to form a uniform membrane thickness filter, so that it is preferably used in an amount of 500 to shed, relative to 100 parts by weight of the coloring agent, 800 to More preferably, 4000 parts by weight. <Dispersion auxiliary agent> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a coloring agent in a colorant carrier, and may also suitably use a pigment or a resin dispersant, A dispersing auxiliary such as a surfactant. The dispersing auxiliary agent has a large effect on the prevention of re-aggregation of the dispersing coloring agent. Therefore, the coloring composition formed by dispersing the coloring agent in the coloring agent carrier with a dispersing auxiliary agent can improve brightness and viscosity stability. At the same time, when the phthalocyanine pigment is emitted, the chemical interaction between the phthalocyanine pigment and the pigment derivative or the resin-based dispersant causes the fluorescence of the quinoline yellow pigment to be eliminated, so that the contrast value is obtained. Better. 324055 84 201241099 (Pigment Derivatives) Examples of the pigment derivative include organic pigments, brewing, anthrone, or introduction of an inert substituent, an acidic substituent, or a substituent in the Sancha well. In the case of the compound of the sulphate, the compound is used, for example, in JP-A-63-305173, JP-A-57-15620, JP-A-59-40172, and JP-A-63. 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 Japanese Patent No. 156395, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-094873, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2〇〇8_〇94986, and 曰本特开___07, Japanese Special Edition 2〇〇8_195916, Japanese Patent The articles described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 4,558, 871, etc., are used alone or in combination of two or more. When the money is used as a pigment derivative, it is preferable from the viewpoint of exemption: "When the material is yellow" or the money skeleton. When the yellow pigment is emitted (4), the viewpoint of eliminating the fluorescence is included. °丫_ Skeletal grade cinergic skeleton is preferred, and its substituent is preferably containing decylamine. The content of sulphide, (4) high dispersibility, relative: part by weight of coloring agent, G.5 In the case of the heat resistance and the financial viewpoint, it is preferably 40 parts by weight or less, more preferably 35 parts by weight or less, more preferably 3 parts by weight or more. (Resin type dispersant) Tree-shaped dispersant, which contains the color of the property of adsorbing colorant 324055 85 201241099

The affinity of the agent is heterozygous, and the color of (4) color is mixed, and there is a substance which can be stabilized by the dispersibility of the coloring of the coloring ship. Specific examples of Resin County can be exemplified by the use of: polypulse, polyacrylic acid polyunsaturated polyamine, multi-repulsive acid, multi-read acid (partial) amine salt, multi-nucleus, multi-domain acid burning Amine salts, Juweiyuan, long-chain polyamines, salts, hydroxyl-containing polyphthalic acid vinegars, and modified substances of these substances, by poly (low-grade and finely-dissipated (4) anti-language - or its oily dispersant; (mercapto) acrylic acid ~ styrene copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid - (meth) propylene copolymer, benzene cis-butane dicarboxylic acid copolymer, Two or more kinds of water-soluble resins and water-soluble polymer compounds such as polyethylene glycol and polyethylene (4), but «systems, modified polyglycolic acid vinegar, epoxy ethene/epoxy propylene addition compound Phosphate esters, etc., and these may be used alone or in combination, and are not limited thereto. When using the money yellow compound represented by the general formula (1), from the viewpoints of dispersibility, #liquidity, and preservation stability In the case of a resin type dispersant, it is used in the copolymerization composition to have a chain of a ruthenium or a propylene group. The dispersant of the less-square ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al) is preferred. The resin type dispersant is described in the following item of the pigment dispersant. Among the above resin type dispersants, a small amount is used. The addition amount can reduce the viscosity of the coloring composition and can show a high contrast value. It is preferable to use a polymer dispersing agent containing an organic functional group, wherein the graft copolymer containing a gas atom and the side chain have three A polyacrylic block copolymer containing a nitrogen atom such as a functional group such as a sulfhydryl group, a quaternary ammonium salt group or a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and an amine 324055 86 201241099 An ester polymer dispersant or the like is preferred. Examples of the dispersing agent include, for example, Disperbyk-HU, 103, 107, 108, 110, 116, 130, 140, 154, 16 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168 manufactured by BYK Japan. , 170, 17 174, 180, 18 182, 183, 184, 185, 190, 2000, 20 (Π, 2009, 2010, 2020, 2025, 2050, 2070, 2095, 2150, 2155, 2163, 2164 or Anti -Terra-U, 203, 204, BYK-P104, P104S, 220S, 6919, 21116, 21324, w 21407, 21715 or Lactimon, Lactimon-WS or Bykumen, etc.; SC manufactured by Lubrizol, Japan) LLSPSE-3000, 9000, 13000, 13240, 13650, 13940, 16000 , 17000, 18000, 20000, 21000, 24000, 26000, 27000, 28000, 31845, 32000, 32500, 32550, 33500, 32600, 34750, 35100, 36600, 38500, 41000, 41090, 53095, 55000, 56000, 76500, etc.; EFKA-46, 47, 48, 452, 4008, 4009, 4010, 4015, 4020, φ 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4400, 44 (U, 4402, 4403, 4406, 4408, manufactured by Ciba Japan) 4300, 4310, 4320, 4330, 4340, 450, 451, 453, 4540, 4550, 4560, 4800, 5010, 5065, 5066, 5070, 7500, 7554, 11 (U, 120, 150, 15 (U, 1502) 1503, etc.; AJISPER-PA111, PB71, PB821, PB822, PB824, etc. manufactured by Ajinomoto Seiki Co., Ltd. 1至45重量份更优选。 Preferably, the content of the resin-based dispersing sword, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant, preferably from 0.1 to 55 parts by weight, more preferably from 0.1 to 45 parts by weight. When the content of the resin-type dispersant is 0.1 part by weight or more, sufficient 324055 87 201241099 is added. When the content is 55 parts by weight, the dispersion is excellent. Alternatively, the resin-type dispersant is preferably used in an amount of from 5 to 2% by weight based on the total amount of the pigment, and is preferably used in the form of a film-forming property. <Pigment Dispersant> In terms of pigment dispersant, it is included in the copolymerization grade to have epoxy B

At least one of the ethylenically unsaturated monomers (al)' in the burnt chain or the propylene-burning chain and the base group of the ethylene polymer having a 2-terminal group at the terminal end portion, and the difference from the di-equivalent _) A heterogeneous g group of an amine bismuth hydride polymer (E) having an isocyanate group at both ends, and a level and/or a second level of an amine compound containing at least a polyamine (C) The amine group is reacted. An ethylene polymer portion derived from an ethylene polymer (A) having two hydroxyl groups at a single terminal portion, and having an excellent affinity for a pigment carrier and a dispersion solvent containing a wide range of pigments by selecting an ethylenically unsaturated monomer thereof It can be expressed as a solvent affinity part. On the other hand, the amine group and the urea bond site introduced through the hydroxyl group present in the single terminal portion of the ethylene polymer portion can exhibit the function as an adsorption site for the surface of the acid-biased pigment. Hereinafter, each constituent element of the pigment dispersant will be described. (The ethylene polymer having two hydroxyl groups in the terminal portion of the single end constitutes the ethylene polymer (A) having two hydroxyl groups in one terminal portion of the pigment dispersant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as ethylene polymer (A)), and contains 324055 88 201241099 Ethylene-unsaturated monomer (al) of at least one of epoxy Ethylene-fired chain or epoxy-propylene chain, and ethylenically unsaturated monomer (a2) copolymerizable with (al), in the molecule In the presence of a compound (a3) having two hydroxyl groups and one thiol group, it is preferably obtained by radical polymerization. The radical polymerization is carried out by using a polymerization initiator and a polymerization solvent. (Ethylene unsaturated monomer (al) containing at least one of an ethylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain) ethylenically unsaturated monomer (a〇, as long as it contains an ethylene oxide chain or an epoxy At least one of the propane chains is not particularly limited, and conventional monomers can be used. Specific examples thereof include: (meth)acrylic acid-2-methoxyethyl ester, (methyl) Acetic acid 2-ethoxyethyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-2-methoxypropyl ester Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (mercapto) acrylate, diethylene glycol mono-2-ethylhexyl ether (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl Ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monoterpene ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate, φ dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, tetraethyl Glycol monomethyl ether (mercapto) acrylate, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol monolauryl ether (meth) acrylate Ester, polyethylene glycol monostearyl ether (mercapto) acrylate, and octyloxy polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate (poly) alkanediol monoalkyl ether (methyl) propyl Glycolic acid vinegar; phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, oxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxytetramethylene (meth) acrylate, phenoxy hexa(meth) acrylate Ethylene glycol ester, phenoxy polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, p-isopropylphenylphenoxyethyl (meth) acetoacetate (Phenylphenyl acrylate) 324055 89 201241099 oxyethylene glycol ester, (meth) propyl p- cumyl phenoxy ethoxylate, (mercapto) decyl phenoxy acrylate Ethylene glycol ester, (meth)acrylic acid sulfhydryl polypropylene glycol ester, and (meth)acrylic acid decyl phenoxy poly(ethylene glycol-propylene glycol) s The alkylenically unsaturated monomer (al) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al) is an ethylene oxide chain and/or a ring. The oxypropane chain can be used for the purpose of improving the dispersibility of the quinophthalone pigment. The ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al) has at least one of an ethylene oxide chain and/or a propylene oxide chain. It is better to have at least an epoxy chain. The dispersibility of the yellowing pigment is determined by the addition of the molar number of the epoxy Ethylene chain and/or the epoxy chain in the (30) ethylenically unsaturated monomer (8) of the polymer (A), and B = Combination: (4) The ratio of the proportion of ethyl women's unsaturated monomers in the range is better than that of the yellow pigments and pigment dispersants: Γ4 to 13 is even better. The addition molar number iV or the like is more suitable for making the dispersion sticky. The ethylene to be described later is preferably 90% by weight, more preferably 20% to 80% by weight, even more preferably 10%. When it is 10% by weight or more, and 30 to 70% by weight of 〇/〇 90% by weight or less, it is possible to make it disperse with β, and also to improve the viscosity at the time of dispersion. Excellent in objectivity and good dispersibility, (ethylenically unsaturated monomer (a2)) 324055 9〇201241099 Ethylene unsaturated monomer (a2), which is a monomer other than an ethylenically unsaturated monomer (Μ), as long as The monomer copolymerizable with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al) is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the use, and for example, methyl (meth)acrylate or ethyl (meth)acrylate may be used. , (mercapto) propyl acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate Isoamyl ester, octyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) φ ethyl hexyl acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, Isodecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, isomyristyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl) a linear or branched (methyl) propyl group such as isostearyl acrylate Acid alkyl esters; cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dibutylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isodecyl acrylate; tetrahydrofuranyl (meth) acrylate, and _3_ # methyl-3 oxetanyl (meth) acrylate Heterocyclic (fluorenyl) acrylates; (fluorenyl) phenyl decyl acrylate, (meth) phenoxy phenoxyethyl aryl ether-containing (meth) acrylates; a fluoroalkyl (meth) acrylate such as trifluoroethyl acrylate, octafluoropentyl (meth) acrylate, perfluorooctyl ethyl (meth) acrylate, and tetrafluoropropyl (meth) acrylate; (Meth) propylene oxime modified polydioxane (polyoxyl macromonomer); (meth)acrylic acid-N,N-diamidoethyl ester, (mercapto)acrylic acid- N,N-diethylaminoethyl ester, (mercapto)acrylic acid-N,N-diallylammonium propyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-N,N-diethylaminopropyl ester, etc. (fluorenyl) acrylates; (fluorenyl) propylene 324055 91 201241099 Amine, dimethyl (fluorenyl) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (decyl) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (Methyl) acrylamide, diacetone (mercapto) acrylamide, and N-substituted (meth) acrylamide such as acrylonitrile-N-formin; and (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile Nitriles and the like. Others, styrenes such as styrene and α-mercapto-vinyl, etc.; ethylene such as ethyl vinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, and isobutyl vinyl ether Ethers; and vinyl acetates such as ethyl acetate and vinyl propionate. Further, a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer may also be used in combination. Examples of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include, for example, (mercapto)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid dimer, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, 2-(methyl)propene oxime ethyl phthalate, phthalic acid 2-(methyl) propylene oxime acetonate, hexahydrofuric acid-2-(fluorenyl) propylene oxime ethyl ester, hexahydrofurfuric acid -2-(fluorenyl) propylene oxime, (meth)acrylic acid _ cold carboxyethyl ester, and ω-mercapto polycaprolactone (fluorenyl) acrylate. Among the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated monomers, one or more than 2 φ may be selected, but from the viewpoint of solubility and resistance to a solvent, at least partially used: (meth) methacrylate, Ethyl acrylate, n-propyl (decyl) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate The ethylenically unsaturated monomer selected among the tributyl esters is preferred. (Compound (a3) having two hydroxyl groups and one thiol group in the molecule) The compound (a3) having two hydroxyl groups and one thiol group in the molecule (hereinafter sometimes represented by the compound (a3)), as long as The compound having two hydroxyl groups and one thiol group in the molecule is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include: 324055 92

S 201241099 I - Suppressor_1, 1-methyl diol, 1_weiki_1, 1_ ethene diol, 3_ weiki-1,2-propane diol (thioglycerol), 2-mercapto -1,2-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-mercapto-1,3-propanediol, 2-Myl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1_sulfidyl group 2,2-propanol diol, 2-disylethyl_2-mercapto-1,3-propanone bismuth, and 2-disylethyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propan Glycol and the like. Among these, '3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol is preferred. The molecular weight of the ethylene polymer (A) having two hydroxyl groups in the terminal end portion of the compounding purpose, the compound (a3), the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al), and the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (a2), and optionally The polymerization initiator is mixed and heated to obtain an ethylene polymer (A). The compound (a3) is preferably used in an amount of from 0.5 to 30 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total of the ethylenically unsaturated monomers (al) and (a2), and is obtained by bulk polymerization or solution polymerization. More preferably, it is 1 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 2 to 15 parts by weight, still more preferably 2 to 10 parts by weight. When the compound (a3) is used in the above preferred range, the molecular weight of the φ ethylene polymer (A) can be adjusted to an appropriate range. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the converted polystyrene of the ethylene polymer (A) in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is preferably from 500 to 20,000, more preferably from 1,000 to 10,000, particularly More preferably from 2,000 to 7,500. When it is less than 20,000, the molecular weight of the ethylene polymer portion can be in an appropriate range, so that the effect of dispersibility is excellent; when it is 500 or more, the molecular weight of the ethylene polymer portion can be in an appropriate range, and the pigment is The affinity of the carrier and the solvent has a sufficient effect of steric repulsion, so that aggregation of the pigment can be sufficiently suppressed. 324055 93 201241099 (Polymerization initiator) 001 to 5 parts by weight of a polymerization initiator can be used arbitrarily at 100 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer and (a2). As the polymerization initiator, an azo compound and an organic peroxide can be used. Examples of the azo compound include, for example, 2,2,-dioxabisisobutyronitrile, 2,2,-azobis(2-mercaptobutyronitrile), ,! , - azobis(cyclohexanecarbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2,-azobis(2,4-didecyl- 4-methoxyvaleronitrile), 2, 2'-azobis(2-mercaptopropionic acid) dimethyl ester, 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid), 2,2, _Azobis(2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile), and 2,2,-azobis[2-(2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane]. Examples of the organic peroxides include, for example, benzoquinone peroxide, second butyl peroxybenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropyl peroxydicarboxylate, di-n-propyl peroxydicarboxylate. Ester, di(2-ethoxyethyl)peroxydicarboxylate, tert-butyl peroxy neodecanoate, tributylphosphonium peroxydiacetate peroxidation (3, 5, 5-trimium)醯), dipropene peroxide, and diethyl ruthenium peroxide. These polymerization initiators may be used singly or in combination of two or more. (Polymerization solvent) In the solution polymerization, the polymerization solvent can be used, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, xylene, hexane, acetone, methyl ethyl hydrazine, methyl Butanone, cycloheximide, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate vinegar, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and diethylene glycol diethyl ether are not particularly limited. In the case of the above-mentioned mixed solvent, two or more kinds may be used in combination, but the solvent used in the end use is preferred. (Diisocyanate (B)) 324055 94 201241099 The diisocyanate constituting the pigment dispersant may, for example, be a cyanate ester (10) or the like. (10) Examples of the alicyclic di-isomeric "aromatic diisocyanate (bl)", for example, diiso-azide-extension--, s-di- U-extended benzene, and di-iso- _4, 4, diphenyl vinegar, mono-isocyanate-1,4-benzopyrene, diisocyanate-4, 4,-dibenzoic acid vinegar, diiso(10)_2,4_toluene, diisocyanate _2,6_toluene vinegar, diiso-acid _4, 4'-toluidine, diisocyanate, and bis(isocyanatomethyl) stupid. Examples of the diisocyanate (b2) include, for example, trimethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanide: (HDI) pentamethylene monoisocyanate, hydrazine, 2_propyl propyl diisocyanate, 2,3-butyl butyl diisocyanate, 1,3-butylene diisocyanate, dodecyl diisocyanate and 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate Etc. Examples of the aromatic-aliphatic diisocyanate (b3) include, for example, ω, ω 'diisocyanate 1,3-1,3-xylene, ω, ω,-diisocyanate-1,4-methylbenzene, 61 ;,61),_Diisocyanate_1,4-diethylbenzene, diisocyanate-1,4-tetradecyl Diphenylbenzene, and diisocyanate 3tetradecyl xylene, etc. Examples of the alicyclic diisocyanate (b4) can be exemplified by 3-isocyanate methyl-3, 5, 5- Trif-cyclohexyl isocyanate (IPDI), i, 3-cyclopentane diisocyanate, 1,3-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, methyl-2, 4-cyclohexane Diisocyanate, and methyl-2,6-cyclohexane 324055 95 201241099 Alkyl diisocyanate, etc. The diisocyanate (B) exemplified above is not necessarily limited thereto, and two or more kinds thereof may be used in combination. In the case of B), from the viewpoint of difficulty in yellowing, an aliphatic diisocyanate (b2), an aromatic-aliphatic diisocyanate (b3), or an alicyclic diisocyanate (b4) is preferred, and an alicyclic diisocyanate ( B4) More preferably, 3-isocyanate decyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexyl isocyanate (alias: isophorone diisocyanate, IPDI) is optimal. ^ In addition, in addition to the above diisocyanate, it is produced in a pigment dispersant. In the range of colloidalization, it is also possible to partially use a plurality of isocyanate groups in one molecule. The isocyanate. Examples of such a substance include a trimeric isocyanate compound, a trihydrocarbyl-propyl-fired addition type, and a dimeric form of the diisocyanate (B) exemplified above. Acid ester prepolymer (E)) The amine phthalate prepolymer (E) can be said to react with the hydroxyl group of the ethylene polymer (A) having two φ hydroxyl groups in a single terminal portion and the diisocyanate group of the diisocyanate (B). For example, when the molar number of the ethylene polymer (A) is α and the number of moles of the diisocyanate (B) is /5, when α//3 = α/(α+1), the theory On top, an amine phthalate prepolymer having a diisocyanate group at both terminal portions thereof can be obtained. When α is a positive integer, the larger the α, the larger the molecular weight will be. In the synthesis of the amine phthalate prepolymer (Ε), a generally known synthetic catalyst such as a tertiary amine compound, an organometallic compound or the like can be used. 324055 96 201241099 Examples of the tertiary amine compound may, for example, be triethylamine, triethylenediamine, N,N-dimercaptobenzamine, N-mercaptohofurin, and diazabicyclohine Monoolefin (DBU) and the like. Examples of the organometallic compound include a tin-based compound and a non-tin-based compound. Examples of the tin-based compound include dibutyltin dichloride, dibutyltin oxide, dibutyltin dibromide, dibutyltin dimaleate, dibutyltin dilaurate (DBTDL), and diacetate. Tin butadiene, dibutyltin sulfide, tributyltin sulfide, tributyltin oxide, tributyltin acetate, triethyltin ethoxylate, tributyltin ethoxylate, dioctyl tin oxide, tributyltin chloride, trigasacetic acid Tributyltin, and tin 2-ethylhexanoate. Examples of the non-tin-based compound include titanium such as dibutyl titanium dichloride, tetrabutyl titanate, and titanyl titanium trichloride; lead oleate; lead 2-ethylhexanoate; lead benzoate And a lead system such as lead naphthenate; an iron system such as iron 2-ethylhexanoate or iron acetonate pyruvate; a cobalt φ system such as cobalt benzoate or cobalt 2-ethylhexanoate; A zinc system such as zinc acid or zinc 2-ethylhexanoate; and a zirconium system such as zirconium naphthenate. Among the above catalysts, dibutyltin dilaurate (DBTDL) and tin 2-ethylhexanoate are preferred in terms of reactivity and hygienic properties. The catalyst such as the above-described tertiary amine compound or organometallic compound may be used singly or in combination. The organometallic compound catalyst used in the synthesis of the urethane prepolymer (E) can remarkably promote the reaction in a further reaction with an amine described later. 324055 97 201241099 A commonly known solvent is preferably used in the synthesis of the amine phthalate prepolymer (E). The use of a solvent also has the effect of making the control of the reaction easy. Examples of the solvent to be used for this purpose include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, diphenylbenzene, hexane, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and propylene glycol. Monoterpene ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and diethylene glycol diethyl ether, etc., but are not particularly limited thereto. Further, in the case of using a solvent, the concentrated gastric acid in the amine phthalate prepolymer reaction system is converted to a solid content of the amine phthalate prepolymer, and is 30 to 95% by weight from the viewpoint of reaction control. Preferably, it is preferably from 40 to 90% by weight in terms of viscosity control. When it is 30% by weight or more, the reaction can be made rapid without leaving unreacted materials. When the amount is 95% by weight or less, the reaction does not proceed to a rapid portion, so that the control of the molecular weight or the like can be easily performed. Various methods are available for reacting the hydroxyl group of the ethylene polymer (A) with the isocyanate φ ester group of the diisocyanate (B) to form an amine oxime esterification reaction of the amine phthalate prepolymer (E). It is generally divided into: 1) a method of adding the total amount to the reaction, and 2) adding the ethylene polymer (A) and a solvent according to necessity to the flask, and then dropping the diisocyanate (B) and then adding as necessary. The method of the catalyst is preferably 2) in the case where the reaction can be precisely controlled. The temperature at which the reaction of the amine phthalate prepolymer (E) is carried out is preferably 120 ° C or lower. More preferably at 50 to 110 ° C. When the temperature is higher than 110 °C, the control of the reaction rate is difficult, so that a predetermined molecular weight and structure of the amine phthalate prepolymer cannot be obtained. The amidoxime reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of 324055 98 201241099 of the catalyst at 50 to 110 ° C for 1 to 20 hours. With respect to the productivity of the diisocyanate (B) of the ethylene polymer (A), it is preferably from 1. 〇1 to 1.00, and finally synthesized by the viewpoint of productivity of the urethane carboxylic acid prepolymer. From the viewpoint of the design of the dispersant (the balance between the pigment adsorption site and the solvent affinity site), the viewpoint of the dispersion stability of the pigment dispersion using the dispersant of the final composition from 1.30 to 2.30 is better. In terms of aspect, it is best from 1.50 to 2.00. When the above-mentioned blending molar ratio is too small, the dispersing agent of the final product becomes a high molecular weight, and thus the use of the pigment dispersion, and the coating material and the ink using the same have practical problems in that the viscosity is high. Further, as described above, when the above-mentioned molar ratio of the molar ratio is 0.001, the diisocyanate (B) having no ethylene polymerization site derived from the ethylene polymer (a) and the amine derived therefrom may be present. The increase in the content of the phthalate ester deteriorates the performance of the dispersant of the final product. (Polyamine (C)) The polyamine (C) constituting the pigment dispersant is a compound which has at least two Φ-stages and/or a secondary amine group, and is used by reacting with an isocyanate group to form a urea bond. The first example of such an amine is a diamine (cl). Examples of the monoamine (cl) include, for example, a diamine (cl-1) containing two primary amine groups, a diamine (cl_2) containing two secondary amino groups, and a primary and secondary amine group. Diamine (cl-3). As the diamine (d-fluorene) containing two primary amino groups, generally known ones can be used, and specific examples thereof include ethylenediamine and propylenediamine [alias: 1,2-diaminepropane or 1,2 -propanediamine], trimethylenediamine, [alias: i 3 -diaminepropane or 1,3-propanediamine], tetramethylenediamine, [alias: 丨, 4_diamine 324055 99 201241099 ], 2-mercapto-1,3-propanediamine, pentadecanediamine, [alias: 1,5-diamine pentane], hexamethylenediamine, [alias: 1,6-diamine Alkane, 2, 2-monomethyl-1, propanediamine, 2,2,4-tridecylhexamethylenediamine, and an aliphatic diamine such as toluenediamine; isophoronediamine, and An alicyclic diamine such as dicyclohexyldecane-4,4,-diamine; and an aromatic diamine such as phenylenediamine or xylylenediamine. Further, in the case of a diamine (cl-2) containing two secondary amino groups, a generally known one can be used. Specific examples thereof include hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylethylenediamine, and N,N-. Diethylethylenediamine, and hydrazine, Ν'-di-t-butylethylenediamine, and the like. Further, as the diamine (cl-3) containing the primary and secondary amine groups, generally known ones can be used, and specific examples thereof include N-methylethylenediamine, [alias: amidoxime], N-ethylethylenediamine, [alias: ethamamine], N-mercapto-1,3-propanamine, [alias: N-mercapto-1,3-diaminopropane or methylamine Propylamine], N,2-methyl-1,3-propanediamine, N-isopropylethylenediamine, [alias: isopropylamine), N-isopropyl-1,3-diaminopropane , [alias: isopropyl-1,3-propanediamine or isopropylamine propylamine], and N-lauryl-1,3-propanediamine, [alias: N-lauryl-1,3-diamine Propane or laurylamine propylamine] and the like. The polyamine constituting the pigment dispersant is a compound containing at least two primary and/or secondary amine groups, and the primary and/or secondary amine groups react with an isocyanate group to form a urea group, and a pigment adsorption site is formed at the gland base. a polyamine (a compound having two primary and/or secondary amine groups at both ends of the oxime and having a secondary and/or secondary amine group at both ends thereof, thereby improving the adsorption property to the phthalocyanine pigment, thus Particularly preferred. In terms of such polyamines (C), there are 324055 100 201241099 having two primary and/or secondary amine groups at both ends thereof, and having secondary and/or tertiary groups at both ends The amine-based polyamine (c2). Examples of the polyamine (c2) include a polyamine (c2-l) having a secondary amino group at both ends, and a tertiary amine group at both ends. Polyamine (c2-2). Examples of polyamines (c2-l) having a secondary amine group at both ends, such as: imine dipropylamine [alias: N,N-di(3-aminopropyl) Amine], hydrazine, Ν'-diaminopropyl-1,3-propanediamine, and hydrazine, Ν'-diaminopropyl-1,4-butanediamine, etc. Examples of the amine-based polyamine (c2-2) include, for example, methylimidodipropylamine [alias: N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)decylamine], lauryl iminodipropylamine [alias: N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)laurylamine], etc. In terms of the polyamine (C) constituting the pigment dispersant, it is also possible to use two or more primary and/or secondary amine groups and have a molecular weight. Polymer (c3) having a primary and/or secondary amine group (c3) consisting of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer containing a primary amine group and an ethylenic unsaturated group containing a secondary amine group Monomers, for example, homopolymers of vinylamine and acetophenone (homopo 1 ymer) (so-called polyvinylamines and polyamines), or copolymers of these and other ethylenically unsaturated monomers, and The ring-opening polymer of ethyleneimine and the polycondensate of vinyl chloride and ethylenediamine and the ring-opening polymer of oxazolidinone-2 (so-called polyethylenimine) are preferred. The above polyamines (C) Among the exemplified (cl), (c2), and (c3), it is preferable that (cl) and (c2) are controlled by the point of synthesis, and (c2) by the point of dispersion performance. Good, it is best A polyamine (c2-l) having a secondary amine group at both ends. 324055 101 201241099 In terms of an amine compound constituting a pigment dispersant, other monoamines may be used in addition to the polyamine (c). a monoamine compound containing one primary or secondary amine group in the molecule, and the monoamine inhibits excessive molecular weight in the reaction of the diisocyanate g (B) with the polyamine (c), and thus can be used as a reaction The use of a stop agent may include a polar group other than a primary or secondary amine group in the molecule. Examples of such a polar functional group include a hydroxyl group, a slow group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a cyano group. Nitroxyl and the like. Examples of the Φ monoamine include conventional ones, and specific examples thereof include: amine oxime, amine ethane, 1-amine propylene, 2-amine propylene, 1-amine butyl, 2-amine butyl hydride. , 1-amine pentane, 2-amine pentane, 3-amine pentane, isoamylamine, N-ethylisoamylamine, 1-amine hexane, 1-amine heptane, 2-amine heptane, 2 -octylamine, 1-amine brothel, 1-amine decane, amidoxime, oxime tridecane, hydrazine-amine hexadecane, stearylamine, amine propylene acetonide, amine cycline, amine Cyclopentene, amine cyclohexane, amine ring eleventh, 1-amino-2-ethylhexanol, amidino-2-methylpropane, 2-amino-2-methylpropane, 3- Amino-1-propane, 3-aminomercaptoheptane, 3_#isopropoxypropylamine, 3-butoxypropylamine, 3-isobutoxypropylamine, 2-ethylhexyloxypropylamine, 3-oxopropanolamine, 3-lauroylamine, 3-myristyloxypropylamine, 2-aminomethyltetrahydrofuran, diamine, diethylamine, N-nonylethylamine, N-methylisopropylamine, N-methylhexylamine, diiso Propylamine, di-n-propylamine, di-n-butylamine, di-second-butylamine, N-ethyl-1,2-dimethylpropylamine, hexahydropyridine, 2-mercaptopiperidine, 3-methyl pyridine, 4 - mercapyl piperidine, 2, 4- Dimercapto piperidine, 2,6-didecyl bottom bite, 3, 5-dimercapto, bite, 3-hexahydroindole, biting sterol, squeezing sulphuric acid, fighting - mouth biting sputum Jiacai (7) 仏 ( (4) "Methylpiperidinium decanoate", a piperidic acid ethyl ester, 2-hexahydropyridine ethanol, 4-hexahydropyridine ethanol, 4-hexahydropyridinium 324055 102 201241099 pyridine acid Salt, 4-piperidinol, pyrrolidine, 3-aminopyrrole ytidine, 3-pyrrolidinoyl alcohol, phthalocyanine, aniline, hydrazine-butylaniline, o-amine toluene, m-aminotoluene, p-aminotoluene, O-toluidine, p-toluidine, 1-anilinaphthalene, amidoxime, 2-amine oxime, 1-amine oxime, 2-amine oxime, 5-amine isoquinoline, o-amine, stupid, 4 -Adiphenyl diphenyl ether, cold-amine ethylbenzene, 2-aminodiphenyl ketone, 4-amine bis- ketone, o-amine acetophenone, m-aminophenylide, p-aminoacetophenone, benzylamine, Ν-toluidine, 3-benzoguanamine propionic acid diethyl ether, 3-benzylmethylhexahydro. Ratio π, α — stupidylethylamine, phenethylamine, p-methoxyphenethylamine, furanmethylamine, p-aminoazobenzene, m-aminophenol, p-aminophenol, allylamine, and diphenylamine. Among them, a monoamine compound having no aliphatic amine and having only a secondary amine group is preferred because of its good dispersibility. Examples of the aliphatic monoamine compound containing only the secondary amine group include diamine, diethylamine, guanidine-methylethylamine, fluorenyl-mercaptoisopropylamine, fluorenyl-mercaptohexylamine, diisopropylamine, and di-n-butylamine. Propylamine, di-n-butylamine, di-second-butylamine, hydrazine-ethyl-methyl-propylamine, hexahydropyranidine, 2-mercaptopiperidine, 3-mercaptobine, 4-曱# Pyridinium, 2,4-dimercaptopiperidine, 2,6-dimercaptopiperidine, 3,5-didecyl-based, 3-hexahydropyridine methanol, 2-hexahydropyridine ethanol, 4-hexahydro Pyridineethanol, 4-pyridinol, pyrrolidine, 3-aminopyrrolidine, and 3-pyrrolidinol. Further, 'the tertiary amine group' does not contain an active hydrogen which can react with an isocyanate group, and a diamine having a primary or secondary amine group and a tertiary amino group can be used as a monoamine constituting a pigment dispersant. A tertiary amine group having an effect of improving the adsorption ability of the pigment can be introduced at the end of the polymer of the dispersant. Examples of the diamine having a primary or secondary amino group and a tertiary amino group include, for example, N,N-didecylethylenediamine, n,N-diethylethylenediamine, N,N-di A 324055 103 201241099 base-1,3-propanediamine, and N,N,2,2-tetradecyl-1,3-propane*diamine and other primary amines and tertiary amine diamines And Ν, Ν, Ν'-trimethylethylenediamine, etc., a diamine containing a secondary amine group and a tertiary amine group. These monoamines may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, the urea-bonded active hydrogen after the primary amine group and the isocyanate group are reacted with the isocyanate group at a lower reactivity and under the polymerization conditions of the dispersant, so that the molecular weight is not increased. (Manufacturing method of pigment dispersant) ® Pigment dispersant is preferably produced in the following three steps: The first step is in the presence of a compound (a3) having two hydroxyl groups and one thiol group in the molecule. The ethylenically unsaturated monomer (al) represented by the formula (1) and the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (a2) are subjected to radical polymerization to produce an ethylene polymer (A) having a terminal hydroxyl group having two hydroxyl groups; In the second step, the hydroxyl group of the ethylene polymer (A) having two hydroxyl groups in the above-mentioned single terminal portion is reacted with the isocyanate group of the diisocyanate (B) to produce an amine phthalate prepolymer having an isocyanate group at both ends (E). And the third step is to react an isocyanate group of an amine phthalate prepolymer (E) having an isocyanate group at both ends with a primary and/or secondary amine group of the polyamine (C). In order to obtain a polyamine phthalate urea resin from an amine phthalate prepolymer (E), a polyamine (C), or a urea reaction of a polyamine phthalate urea having a primary or secondary amine group at the terminal, The above is divided into: 1) adding the amine phthalate prepolymer (E) solution to the flask, and then dropping the polyamine (C) into it; 2) adding the polyamine (C) 324055 104 201241099 and according to its necessity A solution of the solvent was added to the flask, and the material of the amine ruthenium precursor (8) solution was added dropwise thereto. Any method of the towel may be used, but the method of 2) is preferred in the dispersion of the synthetic pigment dispersant. The temperature of the urea reaction is preferably 1 Torr or less. 7〇〇c or less is better. At 70 C, the reaction speed is still large and uncontrollable, at 5 〇. It is even better. It is difficult to control the reaction rate when the ratio is 100C, and thus it is difficult to obtain an amine phthalate urea resin having a predetermined molecular weight and structure. Further, the blending ratio of the amine phthalate prepolymer (E) and the polyamine (c) is not particularly limited and may be arbitrarily selected depending on the type of the pigment. The end point of the HI reaction can be judged from the disappearance of the isocyanate peak by the measurement of the titrated isocyanate % or the IR measurement. The color average molecular weight (Mw) of the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) of the pigment dispersant contained in the coloring composition for the color filter is preferably from 1,000 to 100,000, and 1,500. Better than 50,000, 丨, 500 to φ 20,000 is even better. The weight average molecular weight is 1, and the stability of the pigment composition is good when 〇〇〇 or more, and the interaction between the resins is in a good range when it is less than 100,000, so that the viscosity of the pigment composition does not occur. . Further, the amine valence of the obtained dispersant is preferably from 1 to 10 mg KOH / g, more preferably from 2 to 80 mg KOH / g, still more preferably from 3 to 60 mg KOH / g. When the amine value is imgK〇H/g or more, the pigment and the functional group to be adsorbed are sufficient, so that the pigment is well dispersed; when it is 100 mgKOH/g or less, aggregation between the pigments does not occur, and the viscosity is sufficiently reduced. Therefore, the appearance of the coating film is good. 324055 105 201241099 A pigment dispersant is preferably used in an amount of from 5 to 70% by weight, more preferably from 10 to 50% by weight, based on the quinophthalone pigment. When it is 5 parts by weight or more, a good pigment dispersion effect can be obtained, and when it is 7 parts by weight or less, the dispersibility is not adversely affected, such as heat resistance. (Interfacial Agent) Examples of the surfactant include, for example, sodium laurate, polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, base I salt of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, and stearic acid. Sodium, sodium alkylnaphthalene sulfonate, sodium alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine stearate, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer Anionic surfactants such as ethanolamine, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate, etc.; polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene phthalic ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphine, polyoxyethylene a nonionic surfactant such as sorbitan pin monostearate or polyethylene glycol monolaurate; a cationic surfactant such as an alkyl quaternary ammonium salt and an ethylene oxide adduct thereof; An amphoteric surfactant such as an alkylbetaine or an alkylimidazoline such as an alkyl dimethylaminoacetate, such as a betaine, may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds, but is not necessarily limited thereto. The content of the surfactant is preferably 55 to 1 damage per 100 parts by weight of the color former, and more preferably 0.1 to 45 parts by weight. When the content of the resin type dispersant is 0 or more, the effect of addition can be sufficiently obtained. When it is 55 parts by weight or less, the dispersion can be made very good. <Photopolymerizable monomer> An embodiment of the coloring composition may further contain a photopolymerizable single 324055 106 201241099. The photopolymerizable monomer may be a monomer or an oligomer which is cured by ultraviolet rays, heat or the like to form a transparent resin, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably from 5 to 400 parts by weight per 1 part by weight of the color former, and further preferably from 10 to 300 parts by weight from the viewpoint of photocurability and development. . Examples of the monomer or oligomer which are cured by ultraviolet rays, heat, or the like to form a transparent resin include, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid-2-de. Ester, (mercapto)acrylic acid 1-2 propyl ester, (meth) acrylate cyclohexyl ester, (mercapto) acrylic acid _ _ carboxyethyl ester, bis (indenyl) acrylic acid polyethylene glycol ester, two (A Acrylic acid 1,6-hexanediol ester, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(methyl)acrylate, three (fluorenyl) neopentyl acrylate, tetrakis(mercapto)acrylic acid pentaerythritol ester, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether di(meth) acrylate, bispan A epoxide Ether di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol diepoxypropyl bis(indenyl) acrylate, hexa(indenyl)acrylic acid ## pentaerythritol ester, bis(indenyl)acrylic acid dipentaerythritol Alcohol ester, tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate, acrylate, hydroxylated melamine (mercapto) acrylate, (mercapto) propylene Various acrylates and mercapto acrylates such as acid epoxy esters, urethane acrylates, etc.; (mercapto) acrylic acid, styrene, ethylene glycol ester, ethyl vinyl mystery, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, Pentaerythritol trivinyl ether, (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxydecyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinylformamide, acrylonitrile, EO modified bisphenol A bis(indenyl) Acrylate, di(meth)acrylic acid-1,4-butanediolate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(mercapto)acrylate, polyester (fluorenyl) Acrylate, 324055 107 201241099 Tris(propylene oxyethyl)trimeric isocyanate, tris(decyl propylene oxiranyloxy) tripolyisocyanate, caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, tetrakis Di-trimethylolpropane acrylate, neopentyl glycol tetra(decyl) acrylate, omega-carboxy-polycaprolactone monoacrylate, mono-mercaptoacrylic acid-ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone , 2-propenyloxyethyl succinate, 2-mercaptopropenyloxyethyl succinate, 2-propenyloxypropyl succinate, 2-曱Propylene oxirane succinate, methoxyethylene glycol acrylate, decyl ethylene glycol methacrylate, decyloxy diethylene glycol acrylate, decyl decyl acrylate , methoxytriethylene glycol acrylate, decyloxytriethylene glycol methacrylate, methoxypropylene glycol acrylate, decyl propylene propylene glycol acrylate, decyl propylene diacrylate methacrylate, methacrylic acid曱oxy-propylene glycol vinegar, 2-methyl-3-phenoxy propyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3- phenoxypropyl methacrylate, and 2 propylene oxyethyl ester in the commercial product Succinic acid ester (trade name: M-5300), etc., but it is not necessarily limited to these. ,

<Photopolymerization initiator> The coloring composition of the present embodiment may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. When the composition is cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays, and a film fragment is formed by a photo-etching method, a photopolymerization initiator or the like may be added to prepare a solvent-developing type or a photosensitive-type coloring composition. The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 2 to 2 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the color former, and more preferably from 3 to 2, from the viewpoint of photocurability and development. A portion by weight, 5 to 150 parts by weight, 5 to 200 parts by weight, and 1 to 15 parts by weight. 324055 108 201241099 Examples of photopolymerization initiators can be used, for example: 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4_t-butyl 'dichloroacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, 1-(4 - cumene)-2-yl- 2-methylpropanone, 1-cyclohexylbenzophenone, 2-mercapto-bu [4-(indolyl)phenyl]- 2-n- Rhofolk propane ketone, 2_(diguanylamino)-2-ylphenyl)indolyl]-l-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, or 2- Acetophenone-based compound such as phenylhydrin-2-diamine amine, phenylephrine-phenylbutane-1-one; benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzene φ acesulfame ether, isopropyl isopropyl a benzoin-based compound such as an ether or a benzoindiyl condensate; diphenyl ketone, benzamidine benzoic acid, benzyl benzoyl phthalate, 4-phenyldiphenyl ketone, hydroxy group II Phenyl ketone, acrylated diphenyl ketone, 4-phenylmercapto-4,-methyldiphenyl sulfide, or 3,3',4,4,_tetra(t-butylperoxycarbonyl) a diphenyl ketone compound such as diphenyl ketone; thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropyl Thioxanthone, or 2, 4_ a thioxanthone compound such as diethyl thioxanthone; 2,4,6-tris-s-trisin, 2-phenyl-4,6-dichun (trimethyl)-s-triterpene , 2-(p-oxophenyl)_4,6_bis(trimethylsulfonyl)-s-three tillage, 2-(p-tolyl)_4,6-di(trimethylmethyl)_s_three tillage, 2-Pepperyl-4,6-di(trichloroindenyl trihydrazide, 2,4-di(trichloromethyl)

2, 4-trimethylmethyl-(Pepperyl)_6_ = Three tillage, or 2,4-trimethylmethyl-(4,-

N-(l-phenyl-2-oxo-2-(4,--three-tillage compound; 1-[4-(phenylsulfur: oxime), or 0-(ethionyl)-' Methoxy-naphthyl)ethylene) via oxime ester compound of amine 324055 109 201241099; bis(2,4,6-trimethylphenylnonyl)phenylphosphine oxide, or 2,4,6 a phosphine-based compound such as tridecyl benzhydryldiphenylphosphine oxide; a quinone compound of 9,10 phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone, acetamidine or the like; a borate compound; a β-card β-salt compound; An amino beta compound; or a dimethine compound. These photopolymerization initiators may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio as necessary. <Sensitizer> One embodiment of the coloring composition may further contain a sensitizer. Examples of the sensitizing agent include, for example, an unsaturated ketone represented by a chalcone derivative or a diphenylmethylene acetonone; and a representative of a diphenyl ethanedione (benzil) and a camphor quinone. a diketone derivative, a benzoin derivative, an anthracene derivative, a naphthoquinone derivative, an anthracene derivative, a dibenzopyran derivative, a thioxanthene derivative, a dibenzo- Xanthone derivative, dibenzothion thioxanthone derivative, coumarin derivative, ketocoumarin derivative, anthocyanin derivative, phthalocyanine derivative, ^ Polydecyl-based pigments, anthracene derivatives, azine derivatives, anthracene derivatives, eucalyptus derivatives, etc., derivatives of phthalocyanine (0X01101) derivatives , ruthenium derivative, squarylium derivative, porphyrin derivative, tetraphenylphosphonium derivative, triarylsulfonate derivative, tetrabenzopyrene derivative, tetrapod Tetrapyrazinoporphyrazines derivatives, chloropelin derivatives, Tetraazaporphyrin derivatives Tetraquinoxalinoporphyrazine derivative, naphthalene phthalocyanine derivative, naringin derivative, πpyranium derivative, sulfur 0 to 324055 110 201241099 oxime derivative , tetraphylline derivatives, annul ene derivatives, spiro py ropy ran derivatives, spiroxazine derivatives, thiospiropyran derivatives, Aromatic metal complex, organic ruthenium complex, or rice ketone derivative, °αα sitting derivative, α-brewed vinegar, oxidized phosphine oxide, phthalic acid phthalate, diphenylethylene Ketone (benzil), 9, 10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone, ethylhydrazine, 4,4'-diethylisoindole, 3,3,-, or 4,4'-tetra (t-butyl Peroxycarbonyl)diphenyl ketone, 4,4'-diethylaminodiphenyl ketone, and the like. More specifically, for example, "The Pigment Handbook" (Taiwan, 1986), edited by Okawa Shinko, and the "Functional Pigment Chemistry" (produced by CMC Corporation, 1981); and Chi Senzhong Sanlang et al. The sensitizer described in "Special Functional Materials" (CMC Corporation, 1986) is not limited thereto. At the same time, others may also contain a sensitizer which exhibits absorption of light from the ultraviolet to the near infrared range. The sensitizer may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio as necessary. The content of the sensitizer is preferably from 3 to 60 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition, and from 5 to 50 from the viewpoint of photocurability and development. The weight is better. <Polyfunctional thiol> An embodiment of the coloring composition may further contain a polyfunctional thiol having a chain transfer agent. The polyfunctional thiol may be a compound containing two or more thiol groups, and examples thereof include hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, and 1,4-butanediol dithiopropane. Acid ester, 1,4-butanediol dithioglycolate, ethylene glycol 324055 111 201241099 dithioglycolate, ethylene glycol dithiopropionate, trishydroxypropyl propane thioglycolic acid Ester, dihydroxymethyl propyl thiopropionate, trimethyl methacrylate (3 mercaptobutyrate), neopentyl thioglycolate, pentaerythritol thiopropionate , tridecyl propionic acid ginseng (2-hydroxyethyl) trimeric isocyanic acid, L4-dimercapto, 2, 4, 6-dimercapto-s-three-d well, 2-(N,N- Dibutylamino)-4,6-dimercapto-s-two tillage and the like. These polyfunctional thiols may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio as necessary. The content of the polyfunctional thiol is preferably from i. i to 30% by weight, more preferably from 2% by weight, based on the total solids of the coloring composition (100% by weight). When the content of the polyfunctional thiol is more than 〇. 丨% by weight, the effect of adding a polyfunctional thiol can be sufficiently exerted, and when it is less than 30% by weight, the sensitivity can be improved and the resolution can be improved. <Anti-cracking agent> An embodiment of the coloring composition may further contain an antioxidant. The antioxidant "the photopolymerization initiator and the thermosetting compound contained in the coloring composition can prevent the yellowing caused by the oxidation of the heating step in the heat hardening and ITO annealing", thereby increasing the transmittance of the coating film. . Therefore, the antioxidant is contained to prevent yellowing caused by oxidation at the heating step, and a high coating film transmittance is obtained. The "antioxidant" may be a compound having an ultraviolet absorbing function, a radical trapping function, or a peroxide decomposition function, and specific examples of the antioxidant include, for example, a hindered phenol system, a hindered amine system, and a phosphorus system. As the compound of sulfur, benzotriazole, diphenylketone, hydroxylamine, salicylate, and tri-till, a conventional ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant 324055 112 201241099, or the like can be used. This oxidative anti-oxidation shot is preferably a combination of an antioxidant, a hindered amine-based antioxidant, a phosphorus-based anti-oxidant or a sulfur-based antioxidant. At the same time, it is preferred that the antioxidant is an antioxidant, a hindered amine antioxidant, or a phosphorus antioxidant. These antioxidants can be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in an arbitrary ratio or in a required ratio. Further, the content of the antioxidant is preferably based on the solid weight of the coloring composition (100% by weight), and is preferably 5 to 5 % by weight in terms of brightness and sensitivity. <Amine compound> The embodiment of the coloring composition may further contain an amine compound having an action of reducing oxygen in the dissolved state. Examples of the amine compound include, for example, triethanolamine, methyldiethylamine, amine, triisopropanolamine, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid methyl vinegar, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid vinegar, and 4 -Isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, benzoic acid, 2-dimethylamine, ethyl acetonate, 4-dihydroxyaminobenzoic acid, 2-ethylhexyl vinegar, and hydrazine, hydrazine, dimethyl phthalate Wait. <Coating Agent> One embodiment of the coloring composition is such that the composition on the transparent substrate can have good flatness, and a leveling agent can be further added. The leveling agent is preferably a dimercaptooxynitane having a polyether structure or a polyester structure in its main chain. Specific examples of the dihydrazino group of the polyether structure of the main chain are as follows: FZ-2212 manufactured by Tow-Corning Co., Ltd., Japan, Βγκ_333 manufactured by BYK Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like. Specific examples of the main chain having a polyester structure are 324055 113 201241099. For example, BYK Chemical Co., Ltd., BYK-37D, and the like can be cited. Among them, the companion main chain may have a poly-bond argon. (4) The base money is burned, and the main chain has a poly-S| structure of the second base stone. The "heavy t content" is generally based on the total weight of the colored composition (base weight = wt%) 'to use G. coffee to G.5 The weight % is preferred. The so-called interface = hydrophobic group and hydrophilic group, that is, it is p-specifically P even if it contains hydrophilic; low surface L = low, therefore, when added to the coloring composition, its two on the glass plate: good ::::=The ability to reduce the surface tension is still low == It is better to suppress the chargeability. This kind of better η! has a polyepoxymorphous unit of dimethyl epoxide. The unit 'has a polyepoxy fresh-spot, poly-epoxy ^ unit base" oxygen & can be a total of Wei Weiyi unit, poly ring gas oxygen pit money two T1 material (four) depends on the form can be based on the money In the repeated unit, the pendant poly(n-oxygen) r is reversed, and the end of the deciduous end is modified, and the dimethyloxymorphic form is a straight-chain block copolymerization type. The dimethyl polyketone containing a polycyclic ring may be exemplified by c-g di P7 如, for example, ^ ^ 166 > FZ-2191 > p7_〇〇n〇 P „ 203, FZ 〜 2207, but is not limited Here too. 'Also lion added cation, nonionic, or amphoteric interface activity #丨. The surfactant, can be mixed

32405S 114 201241099 Two or more types are used. Examples of the anionic surfactant include, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfonium salt, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, alkali salt of styrene__acrylic acid copolymer, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, alkyl group Sodium diphenyl ether disulfonate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine stearate, sodium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, stupid ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer monoethanolamine Polyoxyethylene alkyl ether is filled with acid I. Examples of the cationic surfactant include, for example, an alkyl quaternary ammonium salt and an ethylene oxide adduct thereof. Examples of the nonionic surfactant include, for example, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene decyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethoxide, and polyoxyethylene sorbitan. Alkyl sweetness test of stearic acid vinegar, polyglycolic acid monolaurate; alkyl diamylamine acetic acid beet test, amphoteric surfactant of burning base π m β sitting, etc., or fluorine and broken Oxygen surfactant. <Reinforcing agent and hardening accelerator> An embodiment of the coloring composition is a hardening agent for the thermosetting resin, and may further contain a curing agent, a curing accelerator, and the like as necessary. The curing agent is effective as an acid resin, an amine compound, an acid anhydride, an active vinegar, a slow acid-based compound, a acid-reducing compound, etc., but is not particularly limited thereto, and is a member capable of reacting with a thermosetting resin. Any hardener can be used. Further, a preferred example thereof is a compound containing two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule, and an amine-based curing agent. As an example of the hardening accelerator, for example, an amine compound (e.g., dicyandiamide, benzoguanidine dimethylamine, 4-(diguanylamino)-hydrazine, fluorenyl-dimercaptobenzamine, 4-anthracene oxide can be used. Base-oxime, fluorene-dimercaptobenzamine, 4-324055 115 201241099 fluorenyl-N,N-dimercaptobenzamine, etc.), quaternary ammonium salt compound (eg triethylbenzylammonium chloride) Etc., blocked isocyanate compound (such as dimethylamine, etc.), imidazole derivative bicyclic guanidine compound and salts thereof (eg imidazole, 2-mercaptoimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, 2-ethyl) -4-mercaptopurine, 2-phenylmethane, 4-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4 - mercapto imidazole, etc.), phosphorus compounds (such as triphenylphosphine, etc.), guanamine compounds (such as melamine, guanamine, acetoguanamine, benzoguanamine, etc.), S-triazine derivative (eg: 2,4-diamino _6_mercapto propylene oxyethyl _S_ triterpenoid, 2-vinyl-2,4-diamino-S-three tillage, 2-vinyl- 4,6-Diamino-S-three-plowed-trimeric isocyanate adduct, 2,4-diamino-6-methylpropenyloxyethyl-S-three tillage·three Isocyanate adducts, etc.). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. 01至15重量份。 The content of the hardening accelerator is preferably 0.01 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the thermosetting resin. <Other additive components> One embodiment of the coloring composition may further contain other additive components as necessary. For example, in order to stabilize the viscosity of the composition over time, the stabilizer may be further stored. Further, in order to improve the adhesion to the transparent substrate, a further improver such as a decane coupling agent may be further contained. Examples of the stabilizer can be exemplified by quaternary ammonium chloride such as benzyltrimethylammonium chloride or diethylhydroxylamine; organic acids such as lactic acid and oxalic acid, and methyl ether; and tert-butyl catechol; An organic phosphine or a phosphite such as tetraethylphosphine or tetraphenylphosphine. The stabilizer is stored in an amount of 0.1 to 10 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the coloring agent. 324055 116 201241099

Examples of the improver of the pick-up include, for example, Ethylene III (0-methoxyethoxy), Shixi, Ethylene, Ethoxygen, Ethylene, Ethylene, and the like; r-methacryloyloxypropane (3)-[3,2-epoxycyclohexyl)methyltrimethoxazole Burning, _(4_epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltriethoxylate, f_(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)methyltriethoxy(tetra),r-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxyprop , an epoxy decane such as r_glycidoxypropyltriethoxy oxysulphate; amine ethyl)-r-aminopropyltrimethoxy decane, NK amine ethyl)aminopropyltriethoxy decane, (Amine r-aminopropylmethyldiethoxylate, r-aminopropyltriethoxylate, amphetamine trimethoxide, N-phenylaminopropyltrimethoxide Burning, N-phenyl-aminopropyltriethoxy-wei, etc.; 7-propylpropyltrimethoxide Xiyuan, 7-propyltriethoxypropane, etc. The modifier 'is preferably used in an amount of 重量·01 to 10 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the coloring composition. The amount of 0.05 to 5 parts by weight is more preferably. <Method for Producing Coloring Composition> One of the coloring compositions (hereinafter, also referred to as a pigment dispersion) can be used as a coloring agent. Among the coloring agent carriers and/or agents for adhesive resins, etc., it is better to disperse and start with a kneading machine, a 2-axis refiner 3-axis roll mill, a ball mill, a horizontal sand mill, and a vertical sand. The various dispersing means such as a mill, a ring bead mill, or an attritor can be finely dispersed and formed. When two or more kinds of coloring agents are contained, two or more kinds of coloring agents can be simultaneously dispersed in the coloring county. It is also possible to separately mix the respective dispersions in the colorant carrier 324055 117 201241099. In addition, when the solubility of the colorant is high, in particular, because of its high solubility in the solvent used, it is dissolved by stirring to determine that there is no foreign matter. In the case of the state, it is not necessary to disperse the production finely as described above. When a photosensitive coloring composition (photoresist material) for a color filter is used, a solvent development type or an alkali development type coloring composition can be prepared. Solvent imaging or alkali imaging coloring composition The pigment dispersion, the photopolymerizable monomer and/or the photopolymerization initiator, and the necessary solvent, other dispersion aids, additives, and the like may be mixed and adjusted. The initiator may be added at the stage of preparation of the coloring composition, or may be added after preparation of the coloring composition. &lt;Removal of coarse particles&gt; One embodiment of the coloring composition may also be centrifugally separated and sintered. And filtering means such as filtering membranes, it is preferable to remove coarse particles of 5 or more, preferably coarse particles of 1 / m or more, more preferably 0.5 / m or more of coarse particles, and dust particles mixed therein Such a coloring composition is preferably such that particles having a substantial φ of 0.5/zm or more are not contained. It is more preferable to contain no particles of 0.3 to 3 m or less. &lt;Color filter&gt; Next, the color filter will be described. The color filter is provided with a color filter segment formed by an embodiment of the present colored composition. The color filter has, for example, a red color filter segment, a green color filter segment, and a blue color filter segment. In addition, the color filter may further include: a magenta color filter segment, a cyanine color filter segment, and a yellow color filter segment. One embodiment of the present coloring composition is preferably used in the formation of red, green, 324055 118 201241099 or yellow color filter segments, wherein it is preferably used in the green color filter sheet I. The color filter may be formed by using the coloring composition of one embodiment of the present invention as long as at least one of the color filter segments is formed, wherein the coloring composition of the embodiment of the present invention is not used. For the coloring agent; the coloring agent used for the formation of the color filter segment can be used. Examples of the coloring agent used in the red color filter segment are as follows: c. 颜料. Pigment Red No. 7, No. 14, No. 41, No. 48, No. 1, No. 48, No. 2, No. 48: No. 3, 48: 4, 57: 1, 81, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 122, 146, 149, 166, 168, 169, 176 No. 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 200, 202, 208, 210, 221, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 273, 274, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, etc. Red pigment. Further, a red dye such as a dibenzopipelane, an azo system, a disazo system or a guanidine system may also be used. Specifically, for example, C. I. acid red, a salt forming compound of a dibenzopyran-based acid dye such as No. 52, No. 87, No. 92, No. 289, No. 338, and the like. Meanwhile, in the red color filter segment, an orange colorant and/or a yellow colorant may be used in combination. Examples thereof include orange pigments such as CI Pigment Orange No. 38, No. 43, No. 71, and No. 73, and/or CI Pigment Yellow No. 1, No. 2, No. 3, No. 4, No. 5, No. 6, No. 10, No., No. 12, No. 13, No. 14, No. 15, No. 16, No. 17, No. 18, No. 31, No. 32, No. 34, No. 324055 119 201241099 No. 35, No. 35, No. 1, No. 36, 36 : No. 1, No. 37, No. 37, No. 1, No. 40, No. 42, No., No. 53, No. 55, No. 60, No. 61, No. 62, No. 63, No. 65, No. 73, No. 74, No. 77, No. 77 , 81, 83, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 1〇4, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114 , 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152 No. 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162 ®, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174 , 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185 No. 1, 187, 188, 193, 194, 198, 199, 213, 214, 218, 219, 220, or 221 yellow pigments. Further, an orange dye and/or a yellow dye such as a quinoline, an azo, a disazo or a methine may be used. • Examples of the coloring agent used in the green color filter segment include, for example, C·I. Pigment Green No. 7, No. 36, No. 37, No. 58 and other green pigments. In addition, blue pigments such as anthraquinone aluminum pigments can also be used. The yellow colorant may also be used in combination with a green color filter segment, such as the yellow colorant described in the description of the red color filter segment. Examples of the coloring agent used in the blue color filter segment include, for example, CI Pigment Blue No. 1, No. 1, No. 9, No. 9, No. 14, No. 15, No. 1: No. 15, No. 15, No. 15, 15 : Blue pigments such as No. 3, No. 15, No. 4, No. 15, No. 16, No. 22, No. 60, No. 64, etc. In addition, a purple pigment can also be used in combination. 324055 120 201241099 Examples of purple pigments, such as: CI Pigment Violet No. 1, No. 1, No. 1, No. 2, No. 2, No. 3, No. 3, No. 1, No. 3, No. 5, No. 5, 5: 1, 14, 15, 15, 16, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 37, 39, 40, 42 and 44, Purple pigments such as No. 47, No. 49, No. 50. In addition, other salt-forming compounds of basic dyes and acid dyes which are blue and purple may also be used. When a dye is used, a triaryldecane dye or a dibenzopyran dye is preferred in terms of brightness. <Manufacturing method of color filter> An embodiment of the color filter can be manufactured by a printing method or a photolithography method. In the formation of the color filter by the printing method, since the printing ink prepared by the coloring composition is repeatedly printed and dried to be imaged, the manufacturing method of the coloring device is low in cost and excellent in mass productivity. . In addition, the development of printing technology allows for finer image printing with higher dimensional fineness and smoothness. When printing is carried out, it is preferable to constitute a composition which is formed on the printing plate or cooked without drying and solidifying the ink. In addition, the control of the fluidity of the ink on the printing press is also important, which allows the dispersant and the filling pigment to adjust the ink viscosity. When the color filter segment is formed by photolithography, the above-described solvent developing type or alkaline developing type colored resist material can be prepared into a colored composition, and sprayed or spin coated on the transparent substrate. A coating method such as a machine, an extrusion coater, a roll coater or the like is applied so as to form a dry film thickness of 0.2 to 5 // m. The film which is dried as necessary may be designed to be in contact with or in contact with the film. 324055 121 201241099 Ultraviolet exposure is performed by a mask having a predetermined image. Then, after immersing in a solvent or an alkali developing solution or removing the uncured portion by a developer or the like with a spray or the like to form a desired image, the film can be manufactured by repeating the same operation for other colors. Become a color filter. Wherein 'in order to promote the polymerization of the colored photoresist material, a heating operation may be carried out as necessary. By the photolithography method, a fine color filter can be manufactured by the above printing method. In the case of development, an alkali solution such as sodium carbonate or hydroxide steel may be used as the alkali imaging solution, or an organic test such as dimercaptobenzylamine or triethanolamine may be used. Among them, an antifoaming agent and a surfactant may be further added to the developing solution. In addition, 'in order to improve the ultraviolet exposure, the sensitivity' can also be coated and dried with a water-soluble or alkali-soluble resin such as polyethyl alcohol or a water-soluble alkali resin after the above-mentioned colored photoresist material is coated and dried to prevent oxygen from being formed. After the film which inhibits the polymerization is formed, ultraviolet exposure is performed. The color former may be produced by an electrodeposition method, a transfer method, a nozzle ink method or the like in addition to the above methods. Among them, the electrodeposition method is a method of manufacturing a color filter by electrodeposition of color filter segments of respective colors on a transparent conductive film by electrophoresis of a colloidal particle by using a transparent conductive film formed on a substrate. Further, the transfer method is a method in which a color filter segment is formed in advance on the surface of the peelable transfer base tab, and the color filter segment is transferred onto a desired substrate. Before each color filter segment is formed on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate, it may be first made into a black matrix. The black matrix is a multilayer film using a complex or chromium/chromium oxide, an inorganic film such as titanium nitride, or a resin film in which a photomask is dispersed, but is not limited thereto. Further, a thin germanium transistor (TFT) may be formed in advance on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate, and then color filter segments of the respective colors may be formed. At the same time, 324055 122 201241099 In one embodiment of the color filter, a protective film, a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed as necessary. The coloring device is bonded to the opposite substrate by a sealant, and the liquid crystal is injected after the liquid crystal is injected from the injection port provided in advance from the sealing portion, and then the polarizing film or the retardation film is bonded to the outer side of the substrate as necessary. The liquid crystal display panel can be manufactured as a liquid crystal display panel, using: twisted nematic (TN), super twisted nematic (STN), plane switching (IPS), vertical alignment (VA), optical compensation bending ^ (0CB The color filter can be used in a colorful liquid crystal display module. EXAMPLES Hereinafter, each of the first to fourth embodiments will be described by way of examples, but the invention is not limited thereto. In the examples and the reference examples, "%" means "% by weight" unless otherwise specified. Further, the measurement of the average primary particle diameter and the identification of the compound were carried out as follows. φ &lt;Average primary particle diameter of coloring agent&gt; The average primary particle diameter of the coloring agent is measured by a method of directly measuring the size of primary particles by using an electron microscope image using a penetrating electron microscope. Specifically, the minor axis diameter and the major axis diameter of the primary particles of each coloring agent are measured, and the average particle diameter is used as the primary particle diameter of the coloring agent. Next, for 100 or more colorant particles, the volume (weight) of each particle is determined by a cube having an approximate particle diameter, and the volume average particle diameter is an average primary particle diameter. &lt;Identification of Compound&gt; 324055 123 201241099 The compound was identified by a MALDI mass spectrometer autoflexm (hereinafter referred to as T0F-MS) manufactured by Bruker Daltonics, based on the molecular ion wave of the mass spectrum obtained therefrom and the calculated mass number. The identification is consistent. <<Embodiment I>> Before the examples, a method for producing the dye derivative (1) and the blue colorant 1 (B-1) used in the colored composition will be described. (Production of Pigment Derivative (1)) A dye derivative (1) was obtained according to the synthesis method described in Japanese Patent No. 4585781. Pigment derivatives (1)

(Production of Blue Colorant KB-1) First, 225 parts of phthalonitrile and 78 parts of anhydrous aluminum chloride were added to 1250 parts of n-pentanol in a reaction vessel, followed by stirring. Thereafter, 266 parts of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene) was added thereto and heated, and refluxed at 136 t for 5 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to 30 ° C under stirring, and added to a mixture of 500 parts of decyl alcohol and 100 parts of water, 324055 124 201241099, and stirred under stirring to obtain a blue color. Slurry. After the slurry was further filtered, it was washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of methanol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of chloroaluminium anthraquinone (AIPc-Cl). Thereafter, 100 parts of aerous aluminum phthalocyanine was gradually added to the reaction vessel to gradually add 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature. After further stirring at 40 ° C for 3 hours, the sulfuric acid solution was poured into 24,000 parts of 3 ° C cold water. The blue precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried to give 102 parts of hydroxyaluminum (AIPc-OH). Then, 100 parts of hydroxyaluminum phthalocyanine (AIPc-OH), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a stainless steel one-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Japan). Mix for 6 hours at 60 °C. The mixture was poured into 3000 parts of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 98 parts of a blue coloring agent (B-1) was obtained. 2纳米。 The average primary particle size of 31.2 nm. [Example 1] (Production of (yellow coloring agent KY-1)) According to the synthesis method described in JP-A-2008-81566, the compound (1) was obtained. Compound (1)

In 300 parts of methyl benzoate, 100 parts of compound (1), 324055 125 201241099 70 parts of 2, 3~茇_, 10Λ〇Λ, π~phthalic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid were added and heated. To 180 C, when reacting 4 + ., ^ 』. Then, the formation of the quinophthalone yellow compound and the disappearance of the compound (1) of the eyebrow β ～ 々 ' 抖 were determined by TOF-MS. After that, after cooling to room temperature, the long-term mixture was put into 3130 parts of acetone, and the room '/JHL was searched for 1 hour 4 Τ °, and the product was separated by filtration and washed with sterol' And dry # &gt; ~ vulgar', pieces to 120 parts of quinoline yellow compound (a). The TO, the Q fruit can be identified as the 喧林黄化合物(a) by the TOF-MS. Next, 'the above quinoline yellow compound (a), 1200 parts of sodium decanoate, and 12 ld ld / diethylene glycol are added to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel ( In Japan, Ishigami, 劁 ή 制造 制造 , , 于 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 ', to 70 C while stirring for 1 hour to make a slurry, repeated after; after washing to remove gasified sodium and diethylene glycol, then drying at 80T: day and night 'to get 98 parts of yellow colorant l (Yl), the average primary particle diameter is 31.3 nm. φ [Example 2] (Production of Yellow Colorant 2 (Y-2)) 70 parts of quinoline yellow compound (a), 3 parts by weight c. 颜料. Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yeii〇w K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF), 1200 parts of sodium hydride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (Kneader) ( It was mixed in a well manufactured by Sakae On, and mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Secondly, the mixture was poured into warm water and heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour. It was slurried, and after repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium and diethylene glycol, it was dried at 324055 126 201241099 for 8 days and nights to obtain 97 parts of yellow colorant 2 (Y-2). The average primary particle diameter is 30. 4 nm. [Example 3] (Production of yellow coloring agent 3 (Y-3)) In addition to 70 parts of bismuth yellowing compound (a) and 30 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ( BASF company manufactures "Paliotol YellowK0960-HD"), each of which is changed to 50 parts of linden yellow compound (a) and 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF) to 0 The yellow coloring agent 3 (Υ-3) was obtained in the same manner as in the preparation of the yellow coloring agent 2 (Y-2). The average primary particle diameter was 29.6 nm. [Example 4] (Yellow coloring agent 4 (Y-4) ))) In addition to 70 parts of yttrium yellow compound (a) and 30 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation), each was changed to 20 parts of quinoline yellow compound (a). And 80 parts of CI Pigment Yellow φ 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF), with yellow colorant 2 The production of (Y-2) was carried out in the same manner to obtain a yellow coloring agent 4 (Υ-4). The average primary particle diameter was 31. 8 nm. [Example 5] (Production of yellow coloring agent 5 (Y-5)) 70 parts of 2, 3-naphthalenedicarboxylic anhydride was changed to 42 parts of a mixture of 2, 3-naphthalenedicarboxylic anhydride and 60 parts of tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, and was produced with a yellow coloring agent (Υ-1). In the same manner, a yellow coloring agent 5 (Y-5) obtained from a mixture of the quinophthalone yellow compound (a) and the pigment yellow 138 was obtained. Its average 324055 127 201241099 primary particle size is 28. Onm. As a result of measurement by T0F-MS, it was found that the composition ratio of the indole yellow compound (a) to the pigment yellow-138 in the yellow coloring agent 5 was 5:5. [Example 6] (Production of yellow coloring agent 6 (Y-6)) First, in 200 parts of methyl benzoate, 35 parts of 8-aminomethylquinoline, 33 parts of 2, 3-naphthalene were added. The dicarboxylic anhydride and 47 parts of tetrachlorophthalic anhydride and 154 parts of benzoic acid were heated to 180 ° C and reacted for 2 hours. Next, 95 parts of tetrachlorophthalic anhydride and 50 parts of benzoic acid were added again, and the mixture was stirred at 180 ° C for 3 hours. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 6140 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further separated by filtration, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to give 125 parts of a quinoline compound. As a result of measurement by T0F-MS, it was confirmed that it was a yellow colorant 6, in which the main component is a combination of the indole compound (a) and the pigment yellow-138 in a composition ratio of about 5:5. At the same time, since it is also observed that the molecular ion wave of the quinone yellow φ compound (c) is in a trace amount, it is shown that the quinoline yellow compound (c) also contains a very small amount. Then, 100 parts of the obtained quinoline yellow compound, 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a stainless steel one-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) at 60°. Mix for 8 hours under C. Next, the mixture is put into warm water and heated to about 7 (TC is stirred for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated after transition, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 98 parts of yellow coloring agent 6 (Y-6) was obtained, and the average primary particle diameter was 29. Onm. 324055 128 201241099 [Example 7] (Production of yellow coloring agent 7 (Y-7)) First, in 200 parts of decyl benzoate, 40 parts of 8-amino quinoxaline, 150 parts of 2, 3-naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 154 parts of benzoic acid, heated to 180 ° C, stirred After 4 hours, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 5440 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, wherein the product was further subjected to filtration separation, decyl alcohol washing, and drying. 116 parts of quinoline yellow compound (c) were obtained, and as a result of mass spectrometry by TOF-MS, it was identified as quinoline yellow compound (c). Thereafter, 100 parts of the obtained quinoline yellow compound (C) was further obtained. ), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a 1-gallon kneading machine made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) And mixing at 80 ° C for 8 hours. Secondly, the mixture was put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, water washing to remove sodium chloride After the diethylene glycol, it was further dried at 80 ° C for one day to obtain 97 φ parts of a yellow coloring agent 7 (Y-7) having an average primary particle diameter of 34. lnm. [Example 8] (Yellow coloring) (Production of the agent 8 (Y-8)) The quinoline yellow compound (c) is used as a raw material, and the synthesis method described in JP-A-2008-81566 is used in the same manner as in the synthesis of the compound (1). , Compound (2) is obtained. 324055 129 201241099 Compound (2)

To 300 parts of methyl benzoate, 100 parts of the compound (2), 108 parts of tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid were added, and the mixture was further heated to 180 ° C to carry out a reaction for 4 hours. Then, the formation of the indole compound (b) and the disappearance of the compound (2) of the starting material were determined by TOF-MS. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 3510 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further separated by filtration, washed with methanol, and dried to give 120 parts of the quinoline compound (b). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it can be identified as a compound (b). Thereafter, 100 parts of the obtained quinoline yellow compound (b), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon φ kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.). And mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 98 parts of yellow colorant 8 (Y-8) were obtained. Its average primary particle size was 31.1 nm. [Example 9] (Production of yellow coloring agent 9 (Y-9)) In addition to changing 50 parts of the quinophthalone compound (a) to 50 parts of the quinophthalone compound (b), the yellow coloring agent 3 was used. The manufacture of (Y-3) was also carried out by 324055 130 201241099 to obtain a yellow colorant 9 (Y-9). 2纳米。 The average primary particle size is 30. 2nm. [Example 10] (Production of yellow coloring agent 10 (Y-10)) In addition to 70 parts of 2, 3-naphthalenedicarboxylic anhydride, it was changed to 70 parts of 1,2-naphthalenedicarboxylic anhydride, and yellow The production of the colorant l (Yl) was carried out in the same manner to obtain a yellow coloring agent 10 (Y-10) of the quinophthalone yellow compound (d). The average primary particle size was 31.6 nm. [Example 11] ® (manufacture of yellow coloring agent ll (Y-ll)) First, 200 parts of the compound (2), 176 parts of the four indole anhydride, and 143 parts were added to 300 parts of methyl benzoate. The benzoic acid was further heated to 180 ° C and the reaction was carried out for 6 hours. Then, the formation of the quinophthalone compound (h) and the disappearance of the compound (2) of the starting material were determined by T0F-MS. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 7190 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further separated by filtration, washed with φ methanol, and dried to obtain 138 parts of quinoline compound (h). As a result of mass analysis by T0F-MS, it can be identified as a compound (h). Thereafter, 100 parts of the obtained quinophthalone compound (h), 1200 parts of sodium hydride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) made of stainless steel, and Mix for 6 hours at 6 (TC). Next, put the mixture into warm water, heat to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and two After the ethylene glycol, it was further dried at 80 ° C for one night to obtain 97 parts of a yellow colorant ll (Y-ll) having an average primary particle diameter of 28.3 nm. 324055 131 201241099 [Example 12] (Yellow coloring) Preparation of Agent 12 (Y-12) First, 52 parts of quinoline yellow compound (a) was dissolved in 428 parts of 98% sulfuric acid and 472 parts of 25% fuming sulfuric acid' and stirred at 85 ° C for 2 hours. The sulfonation reaction is carried out. Secondly, the reaction solution is dropped into 6000 parts of ice water, and the quinoline yellow compound precipitated therein is filtered, and after washing with water, the paste is obtained, and then the obtained paste is further added to 8000 parts. Re-dispersed in water, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After separation by filtration and washing with water, at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 54 parts of quinoline yellow compound (k) was obtained, and the result of mass spectrometry by T0F-MS was identified as quinoline yellow compound (k). Thereafter, 50 parts of the obtained quinoline were further obtained. Yellow compound (k) and 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF), 1200 parts of sodium carbonate, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and mixed for 8 hours at 60 ° C. Secondly, the mixture was put into warm water. • Heated to about 7 ° C and stirred for 1 hour to make it into a slurry. After filtering and washing with water to remove sodium and diethylene glycol, it was dried overnight for another day and night to obtain 95 parts of yellow coloring agent 12 (Y-12). The average _ secondary particle size was 36. 8 nm [Example 13] (Production of yellow coloring agent 13 (Y-13)) 44 parts of the quinolin compound (b) was first dissolved in 540 parts of 95% of the acid, and 38 parts were added thereto. N-methylol benzoic acidamine was further stirred at 85 ° C for 7 hours. After cooling, the reaction solution was added dropwise to % (10) 324055 132 201 241099 parts of ice water, and the quinophthalone compound precipitated therefrom was separated by filtration, and the slurry was obtained, and the resulting paste was further redispersed in 5000 parts of water and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After filtration and washing with water, it was dried overnight at 80 ° C to obtain 53 parts of quinoline yellow compound (r). The mass analysis by T0F-MS was carried out to identify the compound (r). 50 parts of the obtained quinoline yellow compound (r) and 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts Ethylene glycol was added into a 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) and mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium and ethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 98 parts of yellow colorant 13 (Y-13) were obtained. 4mn。 The average primary particle size of 35. 4mn. [Example 14] φ (manufacture of yellow colorant 14 (Y-14)) In addition to 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation), it was changed to 50 parts of C. I. In addition to Pigment Yellow No. 150 ("E4GN" manufactured by Lanxess Co., Ltd.), yellow coloring agent 14 (Y-14) was obtained in the same manner as in the production of yellow coloring agent 3 (Y-3). 5纳米。 The average primary particle size of 36.5 nm. [Reference Example 1] (Production of Yellow Colorant 15 (Y-15)) 100 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 (Manufactured by BASF Corporation, 324055 133 201241099 "Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD"), 1200 parts of sodium chloride And 120 parts of ethylene glycol were added to a 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and mixed at 61 TC for 8 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 98 parts of yellow colorant 15 (Y-15) were obtained. 8纳米。 The average primary particle size of 35.8 nm. [Reference Example 2] ® (Manufacturing of Yellow Colorant 16 (Y-16)) In addition to 100 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF), change to 100 parts of C·I - In addition to Pigment Yellow No. 150 ("E4GN" manufactured by Lanxess Co., Ltd.), yellow coloring agent 16 (Υ-16) was obtained in the same manner as in the production of yellow coloring agent 15 (Y-15). 5纳米。 The average primary particle size of 36.5 nm. [Reference Example 3] • (Production of Yellow Colorant 17 (Y_17)) In addition to 100 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation), changed to 50 parts of C·I. Pigment The same as the yellow colorant 15 (Y-15) except for the mixture of No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation) and 50 parts of CI·Pigment Yellow No. 150 ("E4GN" manufactured by Lanxess Co., Ltd.) Operation, a yellow colorant 17 (Υ-17) was obtained. Its average primary particle size was 37.2 nm. The contents of the yellow colorants 1 to 17 (Y-1 to 17) produced by the present invention are shown in Table 1. The "ΡΥ138" and "ΡΥ150" described in Table 1 are each 324055 134 201241099 C. I. Pigment Yellow No. 138 and C. I. Pigment Yellow No. 150. [Table 1] Table 1 Composition of yellow colored yellowish colored enamel After averaging primary granules (nm) Yellow pigment yellow pigment composition ratio ** Example 1 Y-1 (a) I-31.3 Example 2 Y - 2 (a) FY138 7:3 Mixing 304 during salt milling Example 3 Y- 3 (a) FY138 5:6 a Mixing 29.8 during grinding Example 4 4 (a) FY 13Θ 2:8 a Mixing 313 during grinding Example 5 Y^- 5 (a) FY138 5:5 Co-synthesis 1 2ao Example 6 Υ- 6 (a) FY 138 5:6 Co-synthesis 2 2 Θ.0 Example 7 1 (c) 霸一34.1 贲Example 8 Υ- 8 &lt;b) — — 31.1 Example 9 Υ- 9 (b) FY138 5:5 a Mixing at the time of grinding 302 Goods Example 10 Υ-10 (d) — — 31·β Example 11 Υ- 11 (h) - - 203 Implement « 12 Υ- 12 (k) FY138 5:5 a Mixing 363 when grinding 贲 Example 13 Υ- 13 W FY138 5:6 Mixing 35.4 during salt grinding Example 14 Υ- 14 (a) FY150 5:5 a Mixing 3as when grinding Reference Example 1 Υ- 15 — FY 138 — 353 Reference Example 2 ¥-16 — FY150 A 3&amp;S Reference Example 3 V- 17 - PiM38/FY 1S0 =5:5 - a grind When mixing 372 * indicates the composition ratio (mass ratio) of the quinophthalone yellow compound yellow pigment

&lt;Manufacturing Method of Binder Resin Solution&gt; (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution 1) The separable 4-necked flask was charged with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device. 196 parts of cyclohexanone, and then heated to 80 ° C, and after replacing the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 37.2 parts of n-butyl methacrylate and 12.9 parts of thiol acrylate 2-hydroxyethyl via a dropping tube Ester, 12.0 parts of mercaptopropyl acid, 20.7 parts of p-isopropylidene phenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate ("Aronix Ml 10" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), 1.1 parts A mixture of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, 'sampling about 2 parts of the tree 135 324055 201241099 The fat solution was dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to determine the non-volatile matter, and the cesium acetate was added in such a manner that the non-volatile content of the previously synthesized resin solution was 20% by mass. Oxypropyl acrylate, prepared into an acrylic resin solution 1. Its weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 26,000. (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution 2) 207 parts of cyclohexanone was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device in a separable 4-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 80. °C, and after replacing the inside of the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 20 parts of mercaptoacrylic acid and 20 parts of p-isopropylidene phenol epoxy Ethylene epoxide modified acrylate were added from the drop into the tube (Aronix, manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) M110"), 45 parts of decyl methacrylate, 8.5 parts of thioglycolic acid-2-ethyl ester, and 1.33 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile Instilled within 2 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer resin solution. 5份的羟化-2--2-甲基 to the total amount of the copolymer solution, after stopping the nitrogen gas and stirring with dry air for 1 hour, after cooling to room temperature, • 6. 5 parts of isocyanic acid-2-methyl propylene oxide A mixture of ethyl ester (Karenz M0I manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.), 〇. 8 parts of dibutyltin laurate, and 26 parts of cyclohexanone was added dropwise at 70 ° C for 3 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 1 hour to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, 'sampling about 2 parts of the resin solution was dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes and measuring nonvolatile matter, and cyclohexanone was added in such a manner that the nonvolatile content was 20% by mass in the previously synthesized resin solution. Prepared into an acrylic resin solution 2. Its heavy average molecular weight (Mw) is 18,000. (weight average molecular weight of the binder resin) 324055 136 201241099 The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is the weight average molecular weight of the converted polystyrene measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). &lt;Preparation of yellow coloring composition&gt; [Example 15] (Production of yellow coloring composition 1 (γρ_1)) A mixture of the following components was stirred and mixed to make it uniform, and then an oxidation of 5 mm was used. False beads, with Eiger grinding disperser

("Mini Model M-250" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) was dispersed for 5 hours and then filtered by a 5/zm filter to prepare a yellow colored composition l (YP-1). [0383] 9. 5 parts 0.5 parts 1·〇 parts 45. 0 parts 44. 0 parts of yellow coloring agent KY-1) Pigment derivatives (1) Resin type dispersing agent ("PB821" manufactured by Ajinomoto Seiki Co., Ltd.) Acrylic resin solution 1 propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate [Examples 16 to 28, Reference Examples 4 to 6] (Production of yellow coloring compositions 2 to 14, 20 to 22 (ΥΡ-2 to 14, 20 to 22)) In the same manner as the yellow colored composition 1 (γρ-1) except that the yellow coloring agent 1 (Yl) was changed to the yellow coloring agent as described in Table 2, yellow colored compositions 2 to 14, 20 were produced. To 22 (YP-2 to 14, 20 to 22) [Example 29] 324055 137 201241099 (Production of yellow coloring composition 15 (γρ-ΐ5)) A mixture of the following components was stirred and mixed to make it uniform. The cerium oxide beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were dispersed by an Eiger grinding and dispersing machine ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours, and then filtered through a 5 μm sieve to prepare a yellow colored composition 15 ( Γρ_ 15) [0386] 10. 0 parts) 2. 0 parts 40. 0 parts 40. 0 parts to 19, 23 to ^ yellow colorant (Υ-1) resin type Powder (manufactured by Ajinomoto Seiki Co., Ltd.) "ρΒ82ΐ" propylene glycol resin solution 1 propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 实施 [Examples 30 to 33, Reference Examples 7 to 9] (Yellow coloring compositions 16 to 19, 23 to 25 (丫?-16 25)) In addition to changing the yellow colorant l (Yl) to the yellow coloring agent as described in Table 2, the same operation as the yellow coloring composition 15 (YP-15) Yellow coloring compositions 16 to 19, 23 to 25 (ΥΡ-16 to 19, 23 to 25) 〇 &lt; evaluation of yellow coloring composition&gt; Evaluation of yellow coloring composition, coating with yellow coloring composition The film 'remeasures its brightness, film thickness, and contrast value for evaluation. The following is the evaluation method. (Evaluation of brightness) The composition is colored in yellow, in l〇〇mmxlOOmm, 1. 1mm thick glass 324055 138 201241099 Coating on a glass substrate by a spin coater, followed by heating at 23 ° C for 20 minutes to obtain a coating film. At this time, the film thickness of the coating film is after heat treatment at 23 〇 t: In the light source, the coating condition of χ=0· 440 (the number of revolutions of the spin coater, time) is appropriate. When it was changed, it was applied, and the obtained coating film was measured for its brightness (Y) by a microspectrophotometer (r〇sp_spi〇〇 manufactured by 〇lympus Co., Ltd., Japan), and judged according to the following criteria. 〇: 89. 〇 or more △: 87. 5 or more and less than 89. 0 * X : not up to 87. 5 (Assessment of coloring power) The coating film is the same as the brightness evaluation, and its display x (c) = film thickness at 0.440 chromaticity, and is judged according to the following criteria. The smaller the film thickness imparting the chromaticity of x(C) = 〇. 440, the larger the coloring power is, which is preferable. 〇·Unreached 2. m] • △: 2.〇 or more and less than 3.0[#m] X : 3. 0 or more [# m] (Assessment of contrast value) Light emitted by the backlight unit for the liquid crystal display device The polarizing plate is polarized, and the coating film of the colored composition coated on the glass substrate is passed to the other polarizing plate. At this time, if the polarizing plate and the polarizing surface of the polarizing plate are parallel, the light passes through the polarizing plate, but the (4) Qianguang surface polarizing plate is broken. However, when the coating film of the light-converting composition of the polarizing plate is polarized, light scattering occurs due to the colorant particles, and the portion of the light-emitting surface is shifted by 324055 139 201241099, and the amount of light transmitted through the polarizing plate is reduced. 'Or only a portion of the light is transmitted perpendicular to the polarizer. The transmitted light is measured as the luminance on the polarizing plate, and the luminance of the polarizing plate is parallel, and the ratio of the luminance in the vertical direction is calculated as the contrast value. (contrast value) = (luminance in parallel) / (luminance in vertical direction) Therefore, when light scattering occurs due to the coloring agent in the coating film, the luminance in parallel is lowered, and the luminance in the vertical direction is increased, so Reduce the contrast value. In addition, the luminance meter is based on a color luminance meter (Topcon曰 "BM-5A" manufactured by the company), and the polarizing plate is a polarizing plate ("NPF-G1220DUN" manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation). At the time of measurement, it was measured by a black mask in which the measurement portion was separated by a hole having a square of 1 cm. Among them, the same coating film as the brightness evaluation was used, and it was judged according to the following criteria. 〇: 3000 or more △ : 2000 or more and less than 3000 X : less than 2000 The yellow colored composition prepared in the examples and the reference examples is combined with the type of the yellow coloring agent used in the yellow colored composition, and the evaluation result thereof As shown in table 2. 324055 140 201241099 [Table 2] Table 2

Yellow coloring composition Yellow coloring agent Brightness Υ (6) Film thickness (//πτ) Comparative value result ι judgment 1 Result ι judgment 1 Result judgment Example 15 VP-1 Y-1 9Q0 ΐ η η 0 2600 △ Example 16 VP-2 Y- 2 89.8 1 Ο 15 〇 2900 Δ Example 17 \P- 3 V- 3 89.6 ! Ο 1·8 ο 3100 〇 Example 18 NP- 4 Υ- 4 89.0 ΐ Ο 25 Δ 2800 Δ Example 19 VP- 5 Υ - 5 89 ΰ 丨. 1.9 Ο 3200 〇 Example 20 6 Υ - 6 885 1 Δ W 0 3200 〇 Example 21 7 Υ - 7 87.9 ί Δ Q7 〇 2200 j Δ Example 22 8 Υ - 8 89.0 1 Ο 13 〇 2300 j A Example 23 VP- 9 Υ- 9 βω 1 Δ 13 〇 3000 | O Example 24 VP-10 Υ- 10 8&amp;6 ί Δ 14 0 2400 | Δ Example 25 VP- 11 Υ- 11 8&amp;1 | Δ 22 Δ 2200 Δ Example 2S 12 Υ- 12 88.0 ! Δ 24 Δ 30C0 O Example Z7 yp- 13 Υ- 13 88j0 ί Δ 23 Δ 3000 〇 Example 28 14 Υ- 14 sai 1 厶13 Ο 3300 o Example 29 yp - 15 Υ - 1 89.7 ! Ο 12 0 2100 Δ Example 30 VP- 16 y- 2 895 〇 1.6 0 2300 Δ Example 31 \P- 17 Υ - 3 89.1 Ο 1 Β ο 2500 Δ Example 32 18 Υ - 4 m A 26 Δ 2300 △ Example 33 yp- 19 Υ- 9 8&amp;4 △ 19 Ο 2500 △ Reference Example 4 VFL 2D V- 15 88j0 ΐ Δ 45 X 2200 ! Δ Reference Example 5 VP- 21 Υ- 16 87.0 X 15 ! Ο 3400 ; O Reference Example 6 NP- 22 Υ - 17 87.4 X 29 1 Δ 2500 Δ Reference Example 7 W- 23 Υ- 15 875 Δ 43 χ 1900 X Reference Example 8 2Ά V- 16 8&amp;9 X 1.4 j Ο 2600 A Reference Example 9 \P- 25 W 17 87.4 X !"上. 2300 Δ From Table 2 The yellow colored composition of Examples 15 to 33 which used the quinophthalone compound represented by the formula (1) as a coloring agent was excellent in both brightness and comparative value, and showed high coloring power. On the other hand, the yellow colored composition of Reference Examples 4 to 9 using the conventionally used yellow colorant was inferior in any of brightness, contrast value, and coloring power, and it was found that brightness, contrast value, and The fullness of the tinting power is also met by the knot 141 324055 201241099. Further, in comparison with the yellow colored compositions of Examples 16 to 18, it was confirmed that there were differences in brightness, contrast value, and coloring power under the ratio of the quinophthalone yellow compound (a) to the C. I. Pigment Yellow No. 138. When the proportion of the ylide compound (a) is larger, it is confirmed that there is a tendency to become higher in brightness and coloring power, and in comparison, the yellow colored composition of Example 17 (porphyrin yellow compound (a) / CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 = 5/5) The best results are shown. Further, in comparison with the yellow colored compositions of Examples 17, 19, and 20, it is known that the coloring agent obtained by mixing the quinophthalone compound (a) and the CI Pigment Yellow No. 138, respectively, and then subjected to salt milling treatment, Almost equivalent results were obtained with respect to the yellow colored composition of the color former obtained by the co-synthesis method. Further, in Comparative Example 15 and Example 29, Example 16 and Example 30, Example 17 and Example 31, Example 18 and Example 32, Example 23 and Example 33, it was found in the yellow coloring composition. When the pigment-derived φ substance (1) is contained, both the brightness and the contrast value can be simultaneously improved. 5毫米的氧化氧化。 After the oxidation of 0. 5mm oxidation, the mixture of the mixture of the following components: The wrong beads were dispersed by an Eiger polishing disperser ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours, and then filtered through a 5/zm sieve to prepare a green colored composition 1 (GP-1). Green colorant 1 (CI Pigment Green No. 58) 10. 0 parts 324055 142 201241099 1.0 part 45·0 parts Resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan) Acrylic resin solution 1 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 44 0 (Essence of Blue Color Composition 1 (BP -1)) The following mixture was stirred and mixed to make it uniform, and then an Eiger grinding disperser (Eiger Japan Co., Ltd. "Mini" was used. Model M-250 MKH") after 5 hours of dispersion, then 5 to ra

The sieve was filtered to prepare a green coloring composition 2 (Gp_2). 10. 0 parts of blue coloring agent 1 (B-1) Resin type dispersing agent ("EFKA43" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 丙烯酸 part of acrylic resin solution 1 45.0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 44.0 parts &lt;Photosensitivity [Preparation of coloring composition] [Example 34] (Production of photosensitive coloring composition 1 (GR-1)) A mixture of the following compositions was uniformly mixed and then filtered, and then filtered by 1 μm. Filtration was made into photosensitive coloring composition 1 (GR-1). Yellow coloring composition KYP-1) 18. 4 parts of green coloring composition l (GP-1) 26. 6 parts of acrylic resin solution 2 4 · 5 parts of photopolymerizable monomer (made by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd. "Red Dragonfly nix M402 ” 3.6 parts of photopolymerization initiator ("IRGACURE_907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd." 3 parts of sensitizer ("EAB_F" manufactured by Japan's Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 〇. 2 parts 45.4 parts of ethylene glycol mono Ether acetate 324055 143 201241099 [Examples 35 to 43, Reference Examples 1 to 15] (Production of photosensitive coloring compositions 2 to 16 (GR-2 to 16)) In addition to using yellow coloring as shown in Table 3 a composition, a green coloring composition, or a blue coloring composition, and the yellow coloring composition and the green coloring composition or blue are changed in the chromaticity of x=0.290, y=:0.600 under the C light source when the coating film is evaluated. The photosensitive coloring composition 2 to 16 CGR-2 was produced in the same manner as in the photosensitive coloring composition 1 (GR-1) except that the ratio of the coloring composition was changed (the ratio of the coloring composition was changed to 45 parts). 16). &lt;Evaluation of Coating Film of Photosensitive Colored Composition&gt; The brightness, thickness, and contrast value of the coating film produced by the photosensitive coloring compositions 1 to 16 (GR-1 to 16) obtained as follows are as follows The method was evaluated. (Evaluation of Brightness) The photosensitive coloring composition was coated on a glass substrate of 1 mm×1 μmjn and 丨.1 mm thick by a spin coater, followed by drying at 2 〇 under the spring of 2 '. Ultra-high pressure lamps were used for fine UV exposure, and then developed with a 23 C alkali imaging solution. In the case of the alkali imaging liquid, 1.5% by weight of sodium carbonate, 5% by weight of sodium hydrogencarbonate, &amp; 〇% by weight of an anionic surfactant ("Pelex NBL" manufactured by Kao Corporation, Japan), and 9 were used. 〇Replace the % of water. Thereafter, the film was further heated by heating at 230 ° C for 30 minutes. Further, the brightness (7) of the obtained coating film was measured by a microspectrophotometer (manufactured by Nippon Co., Ltd., 〇 SP SP1GG), and judged based on the following criteria. Further, the produced coating film was subjected to a chromaticity (C light source) shown in Table 3 after 23 (heat treatment under rc) 324055 144 201241099 〇: 59. 5 or more Δ : 58.0 or more and less than 59.5 X : not Up to 58.0 (evaluation of tinting strength) The film thickness at the chromaticity of x(C) = 0.290 and y(C) = 0.60 was measured with the same coating film as the brightness evaluation, and then determined according to the following criteria. The smaller the film thickness when it shows the chromaticity of x(C)=0.290 and y(C)=0.600, it means that the greater the coloring power, it is better. ® 〇: less than 2. 5 [ /zm] △ : 2.5 or more and less than 3.0 [#m] X : 3. 0 or more [# m] (evaluation of comparative value) The measurement method of the contrast value of the coating film can be combined with Examples 15 to 33, The comparison of the comparative values of the yellow colored compositions of Reference Examples 4 to 9 was carried out in the same manner, and the same coating film as the evaluation of the brightness was used, and the φ contrast value was calculated, and then judged according to the following criteria. 〇: 3500 The above Δ : 3000 or more and less than 3500 X : less than 3000 The results of the evaluation of the photosensitive coloring composition prepared in the examples and the reference examples are shown in Table 3. 055 145 201241099 [Table 3] Table 3 Photosensitive yellow coloring green or blue brightness c Light source film thickness (/inn) Contrast value color composition 嵩 group quit coloring composition X y Y Judgment result judgment result judgment Example 34 GR - 1 yp-1 C3P- 1 0.290 0.600 997 〇21 0 3200 Δ Example 36 GR-2 VP-2 GP- 1 0.290 0.600 59^ o 23 〇3400 Δ Example 36 GR- 3 yp- 3 GP- 1 0.290 0.600 60.0 0 Z4 0 3700 0 Example 37 GR-4 VP- 4 GP- 1 0.290 Q600 602 o 28 Δ 3300 厶 Implementation of inverted 38 GR- 5 yp- 5 GP- 1 D.290 0.600 mo 25 厶 3900 〇Example 39 GR- 6 6 GP- 1 0290 Q600 99.7 o Z4 〇3800 0 Example 40 GR- 7 ΊΡ- 9 GP- 1 0290 0.600 59.6 o 26 △ 3600 0 Example 41 GR- 8 VP- 14 GP- 1 0.290 0.600 992 厶Z3 〇4200 〇Example from CR-9 VP- 17 GP- 1 0.290 0.600 59.7 o 25 厶3100 厶Example 43 GR- 10 \P- 5 BP- 1 0.290 0.600 58.1 厶22 0 3000 厶Reference Example 10 GR- 11 20 GP- 1 0.290 0.600 eQ〇o 13 X 3000 Δ Reference Example 11 GR- 12 NP- 21 GP- 1 0.290 Q600 57.9 X 24 〇 4200 0 Reference Example 12 13 22 GP- 1 0.290 Q600 5 9.7 A 2B 厶3400 厶Reference Example 13 GR- 14 VP- 23 GP- 1 0.290 Q600 508 〇32 X 2600 X Reference Example 14 GR- 15 Vt1- 2D EP- 1 0290 0.600 57.7 X 29 厶2700 X Reference Example 15 GR - 16 VP- 21 BP- 1 0290 0.600 5^3 X 22 Ο 3100 厶

As is clear from the results of Table 3, in the case of forming a color filter, 'the embodiment using the photosensitive coloring composition containing the quinophthalone compound represented by the general formula (1)' was compared with a reference example, and the result was brightness, contrast value, And the coloring power can be satisfied at the same time φ, especially the brightness is more excellent. &lt;Production of Color Filter&gt; The production of the red photosensitive coloring composition 1 and the blue photosensitive coloring composition 1 used in the production of the color filter was first performed. Further, in the green aspect, the photosensitive coloring composition 6 (GR-6) was used. (Preparation of red coloring composition l (RP-1)) After mixing and mixing the mixture of the composition shown below to make uniform, use a zirconia bead of diameter 〇.1 mm to a pico mill (Pico mi 11) After dispersing for 8 hours, it was filtered through a 5# m filter to make red 146 324055 201241099 coloring composition l (RP-l). Red coloring agent 1 (CI Pigment Red No. 254) 8. 5 parts of red coloring agent 2 (CI Pigment Red No. 177) 3. 5 parts of resin type dispersing agent ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution 1 35· 丙 propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 52. 〇 (modulation of red photosensitive coloring composition l (RR-l))

The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered through a filter of I〆&quot;1 to prepare a red photosensitive coloring composition URR·&quot;1). 2 parts 8 parts 0 parts 4 parts 39.6 parts of red color composition 1 (RP-1) 42· 〇 acrylic resin solution 2 13 Photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 2 Photopolymerization Starting agent (IRGACURE_9 (r7) 2 sensitizer (Japan Batu Tugu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. "EAB_F") 〇glycol monoterpene ether acetate ru (blue coloring composition 2 (BP) -2) Modulation) After mixing and mixing the mixture of the composition shown below, the mixture was dispersed using an oxygen bismuth zirconium bead having a diameter of 0.1 mm and dispersed in a pico mill for 8 hours. It was filtered through a mesh of 01 to prepare a blue colored composition 2 (BP-2). Blue coloring agent 2 (CI Pigment Blue 15: No. 6) 7. 2 parts of purple coloring agent 1 (CI Pigment Violet No. 23) 》) 4·8 parts of resin type dispersant (“EFKA4300” manufactured by Ciba Japan) 1· 〇 part of acrylic resin solution 1 35.0 parts 324055 147 201241099 Propylene glycol monomethyl acetate - 0. 0 dance (blue photosensitive coloring composition) Preparation of substance l (BR-l)) The mixture of the following components was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered by a 1/nn filter to prepare Blue coloring composition. Blue coloring composition 2 (BP-2) 34. Acryl resin solution 2 15. 2 parts of photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) 3. 3 parts of photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE-907, manufactured by Ciba Japan) 2 parts 0 sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 45. 1 part ester

First, the black matrix force σ on the glass substrate is processed into an image, and then the red photosensitive coloring composition 1 (RR-1) is coated on the substrate by a spin coater to form χ=0.640, y=〇. 330 A film-colored color film. The film was irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 300 mJ/cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through a mask. Next, it was spray-imaged with an alkali developing solution composed of a 0.2% by weight aqueous sodium carbonate solution to remove the unexposed portion, and then washed with ion-exchanged water, and the substrate was heated at 230 ° C for 20 minutes. A red color filter segment is formed. In the same manner, the green photosensitive coloring composition 6 (GR-6) was formed into a film thickness of x = 0.290 and y = 0.600, and the blue photosensitive coloring composition KBR-1) was formed in combination. x=0. 150, y=〇. 〇6〇 film thickness was applied to form a green color filter segment 'blue color filter segment, and a filter and a color filter were obtained. When the photosensitive coloring composition 6 (GR_6) was used, it was found that a color filter having a good coloring power and excellent chromaticity can be produced. <<Embodiment II>> 324055 148 201241099 wherein "PGMAC" means propylene glycol monomethyl acetate acetic acid S. (weight average molecular weight (MW) of resin) The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is based on the instrument using HLC 220220PC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation of Japan), and the tube is using TSK-GEL SUPER HZM-N with 2 connections, solvent. The molecular weight of the converted polystyrene was used. First, a method for producing a binder resin, a dye derivative, a colorant, a yellow coloring composition, and a blue coloring composition will be described by way of examples and reference examples. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Binder Resin Solution&gt; (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution 1) The separable 4-necked flask was charged with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device. After 196 parts of cyclohexanone was heated to 80 ° C and replaced with nitrogen in the reaction vessel, 37. 2 parts of n-butyl decyl acrylate and 12.9 parts of methacrylic acid φ acid were added from the dropping tube. 2_hydroxyethyl ester, 12.0 parts of methacrylic acid, 20.7 parts of p-isopropylidene phenol oxirane modified acrylate ("Aronix M110" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), 1 part 1 A mixture of 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled and dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to determine the nonvolatile matter, and the nonvolatile matter was added to the previously synthesized resin solution so that the nonvolatile content was 20% by mass. The ester was prepared into an acrylic resin solution 1. Its weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 26,000. 324055 149 201241099 (Preparation of acamera solution 2) 207 parts of cyclohexanone was placed in a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device. Then heat up to 80. (:, and after replacing the inside of the reaction vessel with nitrogen gas, '20 parts of methacrylic acid and 20 parts of p-isopropylidene phenol oxirane modified acrylate from the dropping tube (Aronix, manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) Ml 10"), 45 parts of decyl methacrylate, 8.5 parts of methyl acrylate - ethyl ester, and 1.33 parts of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile in 2 hours After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for another 3 hours to obtain a copolymer resin solution. Next, the total amount of the copolymer solution was further stopped, nitrogen gas was stopped, and the mixture was stirred while being injected with dry air for 1 hour, and then cooled to the chamber. After the temperature, 6.5 parts of isocyanic acid-2-mercaptopropenyloxyethyl ester (Karenz M0I manufactured by Japan Showa Denko Co., Ltd.), 份·〇8 parts of dibutyltin laurate, 26 parts of cyclohexanone The mixture was added dropwise at 70 ° C for 3 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 1 hour to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of a resin solution of φ was taken as 18 〇. t, 2.0 minutes heating and drying to determine the non-volatiles in the previously synthesized resin solution to make non-swing The epoxy resin solution 2 was prepared by adding cyclohexanone to a mass ratio of 2% by mass. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) thereof was 18,000. &lt;Production of Pigment Derivative (1)&gt; According to Japanese Patent No. 4585781 The synthetic method described herein operates to obtain a pigment derivative (1). 324055 150 201241099 Pigment derivatives (1)

&lt;Production Method of Coloring Agent&gt; (Production of Yellow Coloring Agent 1 (PY-1)) The compound (1) was obtained by a synthetic method described in JP-A-2008-81566.

First, 100 parts of the compound (1), 70 parts of 2, 3-naphthalenedicarboxylic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid are added to 300 parts of the decyl benzoate, and then heated to 180 ° C to carry out the reaction. 4 hours. Then, the formation of the indole compound (a) represented by the following formula (50) and the disappearance of the compound (1) of the starting material were determined by TOF-MS. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 3130 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The resulting product was further subjected to filtration separation, decyl alcohol washing, and drying to obtain 120 parts of the phthalocyanine compound (a). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it can be identified as a phthalocyanine compound (a). 324055 151 201241099

Next, 100 parts of the above quinophthalone compound (a), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) at 60°. Mix with C for 6 hours and enter the salt milling process. Next, the mixture is put into 3 liters of warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then Drying overnight at 80 ° C gave 98 parts of yellow colorant 1 (PY-1). 3纳米。 The average primary particle size of 31.3 nm. (Production of Yellow Colorant 2 (PY-2)) First, quinoxaline yellow compound (a) obtained in the production of 20 parts of yellow colorant 1 (ΡΥ-1), and 80 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Sakamoto Inoue Co., Ltd.) at 60 °C. The mixture was mixed for 6 hours and subjected to salt milling. Next, the mixture is put into 3 liters of warm water, heated to about 7 ° C and stirred for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then It was dried at 80 ° C for one day and night to obtain 98 parts of yellow coloring agent 2 (PY-2). 5纳米。 The average primary particle size of 31.3 nm. 324055 152 201241099 (Production of yellow coloring agent 3 (PY-3)) The quinophthalone yellow compound (c) is used as a raw material, and the synthesis method described in JP-A-2008-81566 is used together with the compound (1). The same method was used to obtain the compound (2).

Compound (2) First, add 100 parts of compound (2), ® 108 parts of tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid to 300 parts of phthalic acid benzoate, and heat to 180 ° C to react. 4 hours. Then, the formation of the quinophthalone compound (b) and the disappearance of the compound (2) of the starting material were determined by TOF-MS. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 3510 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further separated by filtration, washed with methanol, and dried to obtain 120 parts of a quinoline compound (b) as shown in the following formula (51). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it was identified as quinoline yellowing φ compound (b).

After that, 40 parts of the obtained quinoline yellow compound (b), 60 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts are added. Diethylene glycol plus 324055 153 201241099 was placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) and mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Then, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry form, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove gasified sodium and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 8 Torr. Day and night, 97 parts of yellow colorant 3 (PY-3) were obtained. 8纳米。 The average-secondary particle size of 36. 8nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent 4 (ΡΥ_4)) First, in 200 parts of the present formic acid vinegar, 40 parts of 8-aminomethylquinoline, 150 parts of 2'3-naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, and 154 parts of benzene are added. Formic acid, heated to 180 ° C 'stirred for 4 hours. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 5440 parts of acetone, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product is further subjected to filtration separation, decyl alcohol washing, and drying, and 4 to 116 parts of the phthalocyanine compound (c) of the following formula (52). As a result of mass analysis by top*-MS, it can be identified as a quinoline yellow compound (c).

Then, 20 parts of the obtained quinoline yellow compound (〇 and 8 parts of C.I. Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 12 parts of diethylene glycol was added to a 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and mixed for 8 hours at 60 ° C. Next, the mixture was poured into warm water, 324055 154 201241099 Heat to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated after simmering, washing with water to remove gasified sodium and diethylene glycol, and then drying at 8 一日 one night to get 97 parts of yellow colorant 4(ΡΥ-4). Its average primary particle size is 34. lnm. (Manufacture of yellow coloring agent (PY-5)) 100 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation) ), 12 parts of sodium chloride, and 120% of one of the ethyl alcohol were added to a non-recorded steel 1 kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and mixed at 70 ° C for 6 hours. Then add 3 parts of the mixture into warm water and heat to about 7 〇. It was made into a liquid state, and after repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium vaporized and diethylene glycol, it was dried overnight at 80 ° C to obtain 98 parts of a yellow coloring agent (PY-5). The particle size is 35. 5 nm. (Manufacture of blue colorant (PB-1)) First, in the reaction vessel, 1250 parts of n-pentanol, 225 parts of φ decyl nitrile, 78 parts of anhydrous chlorination And mix it. After that, add 266 wound DBU (1, 8-Diazabicyclo[5. 4. 0]undec-7-ene : 1' 8-diazabicyclo[5. 4. 0] -7-undecene) and warmed up, refluxed at i36 ° C for 5 hours, and then cooled to 3 (TC reaction solution in a mixture of 5000 parts of sterol, 10,000 parts of water, in a mixed solvent After mixing, a blue slurry was obtained, and the slurry was further filtered, washed with a mixed solvent of 2 parts of decyl alcohol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of chlorinated indigo. 'In the reaction vessel, take another 1 part of the gas, aluminum phthalocyanine, slowly add 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature, then 4 〇. 〇 under the agitation 3 324055 155 201241099 hours, after 24,000 parts of cold water of 3 ° C was poured into the sulfuric acid solution, and the blue precipitate was further filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain 10 2 parts of anthraquinone Ilu pigment represented by the following formula (53). (53)

Then, add 10 parts of the indigo pigment pigment represented by the general formula (5 3 ), and 1200 parts of sodium carbonate and 120 parts of diethylene glycol to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (Japan Inoue The product was prepared and mixed at 70 ° C for 6 hours. Then, 3000 parts of the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium and ethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° Drying overnight at C gave φ to blue colorant (PB-1). Its average primary particle diameter was 30.4 nm. 5份的壁酸。 In the reaction vessel, in the reaction vessel, in 100 parts of the sterol, 100 parts of the phthalocyanine pigment shown in the formula (53) and 49.5 parts of the wall acid Diphenyl ester was heated to 40 ° C and allowed to react for 8 hours. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 114 parts of the phthalocyanine pigment as shown in the following formula (54). 324055 156 201241099 Formula (54)

The obtained anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (54) was subjected to a salt milling treatment similar to that of the blue coloring agent (PB-1) to obtain a blue coloring agent (PB-2). 2纳米。 The average primary particle size of 31.2 nm. (The production of the blue coloring agent (PB-3)) In the reaction vessel, 1000 parts of the decyl alcohol, 100 parts of the aluminum phthalocyanine pigment of the formula (53), and 43.2 parts Diphenylphosphonic acid was heated to 40 ° C and allowed to react for 8 hours. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, the product was filtered, and washed with decyl alcohol, followed by drying to obtain 112 parts of anthocyanin pigment as shown by the following formula (55). The obtained anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (55) was subjected to a salt milling treatment similar to that of the blue coloring agent (PB-1) to obtain a blue coloring agent (PB-3). 5纳米。 The average primary particle size of 29. 5nm. 324055 157 201241099 general formula (55)

(Production of Blue Coloring Agent (PB-4)) According to the synthesis method described in JP-A-2010-79247, an indigo pigment pigment represented by the following formula (56) is obtained. General formula (56)

The obtained anthraquinone aluminum pigment of the formula (56) was subjected to a salt milling treatment similar to that of the blue coloring agent (PB-1) to obtain a blue coloring agent (PB-4). The average primary particle size is 33. Onm. (Production of Blue Colorant (PB-5)) In 100 parts of the phthalocyanine pigment of the formula (53), 200 parts of pyridine, 800 parts of diphenylbenzene, and 54.6 are added. The benzenesulfonic acid was portiond and heated to reflux for 8 hours. Thereafter, it was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and then dried by 324055 158 201241099 to obtain 11 parts of eucalyptus pigment as shown by the following formula (5 7 ). General formula (57)

Thereafter, salt milling treatment was carried out in the same manner as in the case of the blue coloring agent (PB-1) to prepare a blue coloring agent (PB-5). The resulting coloring agent had an average primary particle diameter of 37 nm. &lt;Method for Producing Colored Composition&gt; (Production of Yellow Colored Composition (DY-1))

First, the mixture of the following composition was stirred and mixed to make it uniform, and the oxidized wrong bead of 0.5 mil was used, and the Eiger grinder of the Media wet disperser (Mini Model M-250 制造 manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) was used. After dispersing for 4 hours, it was filtered through a 5# m sieve to prepare a yellow colored composition (DY-1). Yellow coloring agent (PY-1) 9. 5 parts Pigment derivative (1) 0. 5 parts Resin type dispersant ("PB821" manufactured by Ajinomoto Seiki Co., Ltd.) 2.0 parts Acrylic resin solution 1 40.0 parts 324055 159 201241099

PGMAC (Production of yellow coloring composition (DY-2)) In the production of the yellow coloring composition (DY-1), the coloring agent (PY-1) is changed to a yellow coloring agent (PY-2). Yellow coloring composition (DY-2). (Production of Yellow Colored Composition (DY-3)) In the preparation of the yellow colored composition (DY-1), the coloring agent (PY-1) was changed to a yellow coloring agent (PY-3) to prepare a yellow color. Coloring composition (DY-3). (Production of yellow coloring composition (DY-4)) In the preparation of the yellow coloring composition (DY-1), the coloring agent (PY-1) was changed to a yellow coloring agent (PY-4) to prepare a yellow color. Coloring composition (DY-4). (Production of Yellow Colored Composition (DY-5)) In the preparation of the yellow colored composition (DY-1), the coloring agent (PY-1) was changed to a yellow coloring agent (PY-5) to prepare a yellow color. Coloring composition (DY-5). 48. 0 parts, except for the yellow, the same operation, except for the yellow, the same operation, except for the yellow, the same operation, except for the yellow, the same operation (the production of the blue coloring composition (DB-1)) After the mixture of the following composition was stirred and mixed to be uniform, the oxidized beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were dispersed by an Eiger mill ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) of a Media wet disperser. After 4 hours, it was filtered through a 5/m sieve to prepare a blue colored composition (DB-1). Blue coloring agent (PB-1) 10.0 parts 324055 160 201241099 Resin type dispersing agent ("BYK-LPN6919" manufactured by BYK Chemical Co., Ltd." 8.3 parts acrylic resin solution 1 25.0 parts PGMAC 56.7 parts (blue coloring composition (DB-2 (Production) In the production of the blue coloring composition (DB-1), the same operation was carried out except that the blue coloring agent (PB-1) was changed to the blue coloring inscription (PB-2). Blue coloring composition (DB-2) (Production of blue color composition (DB-3)) ® In the production of the above blue coloring composition (DB-1), except for the blue coloring agent ( PB-1) was changed to a blue colorant (PB-3), and a blue coloring composition (ρβ__3) was produced in the same manner. (Production of blue coloring composition (DB-4)) In the production of the coloring composition (DB-1), a blue coloring composition (DB-) was produced in the same manner except that the blue coloring agent (PB-1) was changed to the blue coloring agent (pb-4). 4) • (Production of blue coloring composition (DB-5)) In the production of the above blue coloring composition (DB-1), in addition to blue The blue coloring composition (DB-5) was produced in the same manner except that the coloring agent (PB-1) was changed to the blue coloring agent (PB-5). [Example 1] (Green coloring composition (DG-) 1)) A yellow coloring composition (DY-1) and a blue coloring composition (db-d) were mixed and mixed to prepare a green coloring composition (DG-1). Yellow coloring composition (DY- 1) 81. 0 parts 324055 161 201241099 Blue coloring composition (DB-1) 19. 0 parts Next, the obtained green coloring composition (DG-1), in a 100 mm x 100 Å, 1.1 mm thick glass substrate The coating was carried out by a spin coater, dried at 70 ° C for 20 minutes, and then heated at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and then allowed to cool to prepare a coated substrate. The color of the obtained coating film was The chromaticity of the substrate was determined by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus, Japan) to be x = 0.209 and y = 0.60 at the C light source. [Examples 2 to 17, reference Example 1 to 5] ® (Green coloring composition (DG-2 to 22)) First, the yellow coloring composition and the blue coloring composition shown in Table 1 were changed to perform green coloring. The same operation of the composition (DG-1) was carried out by stirring and mixing in a coating substrate at a mixing ratio of x=0.290 and y=0.600 in a C light source to prepare a green colored composition (DG-). 0份。 The total amount of the green coloring composition is 100. 0 parts.

324055 162 201241099 [Table 4] Table 1 Green coloring composition Yellow coloring composition Blue coloring composition Example 1 DG-1 Df-1 CB-1 Example 2 DG-2 Of-1 DB-2 Example 3 1X3 - 3 Df-1 CB-3 Example 4 DG-4 Df-1 DB-4 Example 5 CX3- 5 CV-1 C&amp;- 5 Example 6 DG-6 Df-2 D&amp;- 2 Example 7 DG - 7 Of- 2 DB- 3 Example 8 DG-8 〇{- 3 CB-1 Example 9 DG- 9 CY-r 3 DB- 2 Example 10 DQ- 10 Of- 3 DB- 3 Example 11 DG - 1Ί 〇{- 3 CB- 4 Example 12 C3Gr- 12 Df-3 CB- 5 Example 13 DGr- 13 4 DB-1 Example 14 DG- 14 W-4 CB-2 Example 15 DC3- 15 Of - 4 CB- 3 Example 16 DGr- 16 CV-4 DB-4 Example 17 DQ- 17 W-4 CB- 5 Reference Example 1 DO- 18 5 CB- 1 Reference Example 2 DGr- 19 W- 5 CB- 2 Reference Example 3 DG-2D Df-5 CB-3 Reference Example 4 DG- 21 CY-5 CB-4 Reference Example 5 DG- 22 IX — 5 CB-5 &lt;Assessment of Green Coloring Composition&gt; Regarding the green coloring composition (DG-1 to 22), the test relating to the viscosity and coloring power of the dispersion was carried out in the following manner. The results are shown in Table 2. (Assessment of Viscosity) The viscosity of the coloring composition was measured at 25 ° C using a 163 324055 201241099 E-type viscometer ("ELD-type viscometer" manufactured by Nippon Denki Kogyo Co., Ltd.) at 25 °C. Viscosity. The results are judged based on the following criteria. 〇: less than 10. 0 [mPa · s] △ : 10.0 or more and less than 13. 0 [mPa · s] X : 13. 0 or more [mPa · s] (evaluation of tinting strength) The film thickness measurement of the film was evaluated. The film thickness of the obtained coating film was measured by a surface shape measuring instrument "Dektak 8 (manufactured by Veeco ® Co., Ltd.)". The results are judged based on the following criteria. The smaller the film thickness of the chromaticity imparted to the object, the greater the coloring power, and the better. ◎: Not more than 1. 2[ ym] 〇: 1. 2 or more and less than 1. 6 [ //m] △ : 1. 6 or more and less than 2. 0 [ ym] X ·· 2. 0 or more [ /zm ] 324055 164 201241099 [Table 5] Table 2

Coloring composition name viscosity film library result determination result Example 1 CX5 - 1 11 ϋ Δ 083 o Example 2 DQ- 2 83 Ο 1.16 Example 3 DG- 3 ae 0 1.10 o Example 4 DC5- 4 73 Ο Ι ^ θ o Example 5 DG- 5 54 Ο 1.12 II Example β DQ-6 BB Ο 1J6 o Example 7 DQ-7 S3 ο mo Example a DG- 8 12J0 Λ 1.14 13 Example 9 DQ- 9 95 Ο 1.36 o Example 10 DQ-10 02 Ο \32 o Example 11 DG- 11 63 Ο o Example 12 DQ-12 Ο 1.32 0 Example 13 DO- 13 103 Δ 1.34 o Example 14 DO- 14 93 Ο \M o Example 15 DQ- 15 8L7 Ο 1.42 o Example 1β 1θ ai Ο 1.G6 o Example 17 DO- 17 aa Ο 1.38 o Reference Example 1 DO- 18 17.4 X ZOO X Reference Example 2 DG- 19 14^ X 1 Longyan Reference Example 3 DG- 20 \4&amp; X m Δ Reference Example 4 DO- 21 14.1 X Z48 X Reference Example 5 DGK 22 16ϋ5 X Z16 X

As is apparent from the results of Table 2, the coloring composition of the Example containing the quinophthalone compound having a specific structure and the anthraquinone aluminum pigment was excellent in viscosity and coloring power as compared with the reference example. &lt;Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition&gt; [Example 18] (Green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1)) A mixture of the following compositions was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then a filter of 丨#&quot; Filtration was carried out to prepare a photosensitive green coloring composition (RG_1). Green coloring composition (DG-1) 45. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution 2 4. 5 parts 165 324055 201241099 Photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M402" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) 3. 6 parts photopolymerization initiator ( Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. manufactures "IRGACURE-907" 1.3 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.2 parts of cyclohexanone 45. 4 parts [Examples 18 to 34, Reference Examples 6 to 10] The production of (RG-2 to 20) was carried out in the same manner as in the green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1) to prepare a green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-2 to 22).

324055 166 201241099 [Table 6] Table 3

Green photosensitive coloring composition Green coloring composition Example 18 RGr-1 DGr-1 Example 19 RGr-2 DO-2 Example 2D RG~3 DGH 3 Example 21 RQ-4 DO- 4 Example 22 RGl· - 5 DG- 5 Example 23 RQ-6 DG~ 6 Example 24 R3r-7 DGr-7 Example 25 RG-8 DG-8 Example 25 RGr- 9 DQ~ 9 Example 27 RGH 10 DQ~ 10 Example 2B RG- 11 CX3r~ 11 Example 29 R3r- 12 DG- 12 Example 30 RGH 13 DGr- 13 Example 31 RGr- 14 DG- 14 Example 32 RGr* 15 DGK 15 Example 33 RG- 16 DGr - 16 Example 34 FG- 17 DGr- 17 Reference Example 6 RG- 18 DGr- 18 Reference Example 7 FG- 19 DO- 19 Reference Example 8 FG- 2D DGr- 2D Reference Example 9 RS- 21 DGr- 21 Reference Example 10 RQ- 22 DO- 22 &lt;Evaluation of green photosensitive coloring composition&gt; In terms of the obtained green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1 to 22), the tests relating to brightness, contrast value, and coloring power are as follows The method is carried out. 167 324055 201241099 The results are shown in Table 4. (Evaluation of Brightness) The green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1 to 22) was coated on a glass substrate of 100 mm x 100 mm and 1.1 mm thick by a spin coater, and dried at 70 ° C for 20 minutes. Ultraviolet exposure was carried out with an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp at a cumulative illumination amount of 150 mJ/cm2, and then developed with an alkali developing solution at 23 ° C to obtain a coated substrate. Thereafter, the film was heated at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and after standing and cooling, a coated substrate was produced. The color of the obtained coating film was measured by a microphotometer® photometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus, Japan)." The chromaticity of the substrate was measured under a C light source to be x = 〇. 290, y = 0. At 600 o'clock, its brightness: Y (c). Further, in the case of the alkali imaging liquid, 1.5% by weight of sodium carbonate, 0.5% by weight of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 8.0% by weight of an anionic surfactant ("Pelex NBL" manufactured by Kao Corporation, Japan), And 90% by weight of water. The criteria for its determination are as follows. 〇: 59. 5 or more φ △: 58·0 or more and less than 58.5 x: not up to 58.0 (evaluation of contrast value) Light emitted by a backlight unit for a liquid crystal display device, polarized by a polarizing plate' The coating film of the colored composition coated on the glass substrate is passed to the other polarizing plate. At this time, when the polarizing plate is parallel to the polarizing surface of the polarizing plate, the light passes through the polarizing plate, but the light is blocked by the polarizing plate when it is perpendicular to the polarizing surface. However, when the light that is polarized by the polarizing plate passes through the coating film of the coloring composition, light scattering occurs due to the colorant particles, and a portion of the polarizing surface is offset by 324055 168 201241099, and the amount of light transmitted through the polarizing plate is reduced. Or only part of the light is transmitted when it is perpendicular to the polarizing plate. The luminance on the polarizing plate of the transmitted light is measured, and the luminance of the polarizing plate in parallel is compared with the luminance in the vertical direction, and the contrast value is calculated. (Comparative value 辉 luminance when parallel) / (luminance in vertical direction) Therefore, when light scattering occurs due to the coloring agent in the coating film, the luminance in parallel is lowered, and the luminance in the vertical direction is increased, so the contrast value is lowered. . In addition, the luminance meter is a color luminance meter (Topcon® "BM-5A" manufactured by the company's ®), and the polarizing plate is a polarizing plate ("NPF-G1220D" manufactured by Nippon Electric Co., Ltd.). At the time of measurement, it was measured by a black mask in which the measurement portion was separated by a hole having a square of 1 cm. Among them, the same coating film as the brightness evaluation was used, and it was judged according to the following criteria. 〇: 4000 or more △ : 3500 or more and less than 4000 X : Less than 3500 φ (Assessment of coloring power) The coloring power is measured by the same coating film as the brightness evaluation, and the film thickness of the coating film is measured. The film thickness of the obtained coating film was measured by a surface shape measuring instrument "Dektak 8 (manufactured by Veeco)". The results are judged based on the following criteria. The smaller the film thickness of the chromaticity of the object is, the smaller the coloring power is, which is preferable. ◎: Not up to 2. 0[ # m] 〇: 2. 0 or more and less than 2. 5 [ /zm] △ : 2.5 or more and less than 3.0 [#m] 324055 169 201241099 x : 3. 0 or more [# m] [Table 7] Table 4

Green photosensitive coloring composition brightness CR film thickness result word determination result determination result judgment Example 18 FQ-1 Sas △ 4700 Ο LS3 实施 Example shot no- 2 Θ02 O 4SQ0 Ο 1Μ ο Example ® a S6M o 4300 0 1Λ ο Appreciation Example ZI 4 «3 A 47DQ ο 220 ο Example ZZ RQ-5 5BJD Δ SOOQ ο \Μ ο Example 23 pa- β eos 〇 4100 ο Ζ 45 ο Example a* ra- 7 6B.7 o 4 (60 ο 2» ο 贲 25 25 « 3-8 SBJZ Δ 4 Θ 60 ο 1 ο 贲 2 2B ra- 9 β Μ π 4πο ο 232 ο Example 27 R9- 10 ms o 4500 ο 224 ο Example 2B na - ii 5&amp;7 △ 42D0 ο 2J53 厶Example 29 RQ- 12 00JZ o 5300 0 220 ο 实 麻 例 R R R R R R R R R R R R R R H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 32 Ha- 15 5θβ 0 4060 ο U4 ο Example 33 FX»- 1Θ 5U △ 4000 ο zm Δ Example 34 R0- 17 m A 4150 ο 131 0 Reference example β nta- is su X 2800 X ZS6 Λ Reference example 7 R»- 19 w Δ 3200 X m Δ Reference example Β R3- 2D »1 Δ 3100 X m Δ Reference example 9 RO- 21 saA K 28S0 X 414 X Reference example 10 H3- 22 K 2500 X 151 X

&lt;Production of color filter&gt; The preparation of a red photosensitive coloring composition and a blue photosensitive coloring composition used in the production of a color filter was first performed. Further, in the case of the green photosensitive coloring composition, (GR-6) is used. (Production of red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1)) The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and an oxidized recording bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm was used, and an Eiger grinding dispersing machine ("Mini Model" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) was used. M-250 MKE") After 5 hours of dispersion, it was filtered through a 5.00/zm sieve to prepare a red colored composition 1 (DR_1). Red pigment (CI Pigment Red No. 254) 9·6 parts of red pigment (CI Pigment Red No. 177) 2. Four parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part 170 324055 201241099 Acrylic resin solution 1 35. After 0 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, 52.0 parts, the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered through a filter of Ι.Οβιη to prepare a red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1). . Red coloring composition (DR-1) 42. 0 parts Acrylic resin solution 2 13. 2 parts

Photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) 2. 8 parts of photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE-907 manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 2. 0 sensitizer (manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) "EAB-F") 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 39.6 parts (preparation of blue photosensitive coloring composition (RB-1)) The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then used. The oxidized wrong bead of 0.5 mm in diameter was dispersed by an Eiger grinding and dispersing machine ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours, and then filtered by a sieve of 5.0/zm to produce a blue coloring. Composition (DB_6) Blue pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15: No. 6) 7. 2 parts of purple pigment (CI Pigment Violet No. 23) 4. 8 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part After the acrylic resin solution 1 30.5 parts of propylene glycol mono-acetate acetate 52.2 parts, the mixture of the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered by a filter of 1. Oy ra to make a blue photosensitive property. Coloring composition (rb-d. Blue coloring composition (DB-6) 34. 0 parts 324 055 171 201241099 Acrylic resin solution 2 13. Z photopolymerizable monomer ("Higashi 11 匕 00" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 3.3 parts of photopolymerization initiator (2 parts of "IRGACURE_907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) Sensitizer ("EAB_F" manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 4 4 parts of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 45. 1 part (manufactured by color filter) First, the black matrix on the glass substrate is processed into a figure. Further, the red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1) was applied to the substrate by a spin coater to form a colored film, and the film was irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 150 mJ/cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through a mask. The alkali developing solution composed of 0.2% by weight aqueous sodium carbonate solution was spray-imaged to remove the unexposed portion, and then washed with ion-exchanged water, and the substrate was heated at 220 ° C for 20 minutes. A red color filter segment having a C light source (hereinafter, also used in green and blue) x=0.640, y=0.330 is formed. In the same manner, the green photosensitive coloring composition is used ( RG-6) is formed by x=〇. 290, y=0. 600, coloring with blue sensitivity^ The product (RB-1) is formed in combination with χ=〇. 150, y=〇. 060, and a green color filter segment and a blue color filter segment are formed to obtain a color filter. In the use of a photosensitive coloring composition (RG) When -6), a color filter having high brightness and high contrast value and excellent coloring power can be produced. [Embodiment ΠΙ] Hereinafter, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a TSK ge 1 column (manufactured by Sakamoto Tosoh Corporation), and a GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation of Japan, HLC-8320GPC) of a device RI detector, The molecular weight of the converted polystyrene when the solvent was used in DMF was developed. 324055 172 201241099 First, the yellow colorant and the dye derivative used in the coloring composition of the present embodiment will be described. &lt;Preparation of yellow coloring agent&gt; (Production of yellow coloring agent l (Yl)) 100 parts of quinoline yellow yellow pigment CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1200 A portion of sodium chloride and 120 parts of ethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) made of stainless steel, and mixed at 60 ° C for 6 hours. ® Next, put the mixture into 5 liters of warm water, heat to 70 ° C and stir for 1 hour to make it into a slurry. After repeated filtration and washing to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, Drying overnight at 80 ° C gave 98 parts of yellow colorant 1 (Y-1). Lnm。 The average primary particle size of 30. lnm. (Production of Yellow Coloring Agent 2 (Y-2)) The compound (1) was obtained according to the synthesis method described in JP-A-2008-81566. Α Compound (1)

Cl CI firstly, in 300 parts of decyl benzoate, 100 parts of compound (1), 70 parts of 2, 3-naphthalenedicarboxylic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid are added, and then heated to 180 ° C. The reaction was carried out for 4 hours. Then, the formation of the quinophthalone compound (a) and the disappearance of the compound (1) of the starting material were determined by T0F-MS. Thereafter, 324055 173 201241099 After allowing to cool to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 3130 parts of hexanes and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further separated by filtration, washed with methanol, and dried to obtain 12 parts of the quinoline compound (a). As a result of mass analysis by T0F-MS, it was identified as a quinophthalone compound (a). Next, '100 parts of the above quinoline yellow compound, 1200 parts of sodium carbonate, and 12 parts by weight of diethylene glycol were added to a stainless steel kneading kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) and mixed down. Mix for 6 hours, φ for salt grinding. Next, 'refill the mixture into 3 liters of warm water, heat to 70 C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeat it; after washing, to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, then At 8 〇. Drying under the arm and staying up late, 98 parts of yellow coloring agent 2 (?-2) were obtained. 5纳米。 The average primary particle diameter is 31. 3nm. (Production of Yellow Colorant 3 (Y-3)) First, a portion of quinoline yellow compound (a), 30 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by the company), φ wound gas Chemical steel and 120 parts of ethylene glycol are added to the non-recorded steel 1 "co-machine (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), mixed with 8 J at 60 ° C, and then the mixture Put in warm water, heat to about 7 〇. 〇 夺 夺 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Recolorant coloring agent 3 (γ-3) having an average primary particle diameter of 3 〇. 4 nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent 4 (Y-4)) In addition to 70 parts of quinoline yellow compound (a) and 30 parts of CI Pigment No. 138 ("Pali〇t〇l Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF), 324055 174 201241099 Each changed to 50 parts of quinolin #黄化合物(a) and 50 parts of c. I. Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Palioto1 Yellolv K096〇-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation) was operated in the same manner as in the manufacture of yellow coloring composition 2 (Y-2) to obtain a yellow coloring agent 4 (Y-4h has a primary primary particle size of 29.6 nm. (Production of yellow colorant 5 (Y~5)) In addition to 70 parts of quinoline yellow compound (a) and 30 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ( BASF company manufactures "Paliotol YellowK0960-HD"), each of which is changed to 20 parts of the yellowing compound (a) and 80 parts of C·I. Pigment Huangyu No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF) Manufactured in the same manner as in the manufacture of the yellow coloring agent 2 (Y-2), the yellow coloring agent 5 (Y-5) was obtained, and the average primary particle diameter was 31. 8 nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent 6 (Y to 6)) First, in 200 parts of methyl benzoate, add 4 parts of 8-aminomethyl quinoline, 150 parts of 2, 3-naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 154 parts of benzoic acid, and heat to 180 C. After 4 hours, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 5440 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, wherein the product was further subjected to filtration separation, methanol washing, and drying to obtain 116 injured quinine yellow compound (c). The mass analysis by T〇F_MS can be identified as quinoline yellow compound (c). Secondly, '100 more The obtained quinophthalone yellow compound (c), 12 gram of sodium sulphate, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol are added to a steel-free kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and 6 (mixed for 8 hours under TC: secondly, put the transferred material into warm water and heat to about 7 (TC simultaneously disturbed for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated by passing, washing with water to remove 324055 175 201241099 chlorination After sodium and diethylene glycol, it was dried overnight at 80 ° C to obtain 97 parts of yellow colorant 6 (Y-6). Lnm。 The average primary particle size of 34. lnm. (Production of yellow coloring agent 7 (Y-7)) The quinoline yellow compound (c) is used as a raw material, and the synthesis method described in JP-A-2008-81566 is used, together with the compound (1). The same method was carried out to obtain a compound (2). Compound (2)

First, 100 parts of the compound (2), 108 parts of tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid were added to 300 parts of the decyl benzoate, and the mixture was further heated to 180 ° C to carry out a reaction for 4 hours. Then, TOF-MS was used to determine the formation of the indole yellow compound (b) and the disappearance of the compound (2) of the starting material. Thereafter, after cooling φ to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 3510 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further subjected to filtration separation, methanol washing, and drying to obtain 120 parts of quinoline yellow compound (b). The result of mass analysis by TOF-MS can be identified as a bismuth yellow compound (b). Thereafter, 100 parts of the obtained quinophthalone compound (b), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) made of stainless steel, and Mix for 8 hours at 60 °C. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove chlorinated 324055 176 201241099 sodium and diethylene glycol, and then Drying overnight at 80 ° C gave 98 parts of yellow colorant 7 (Y-7). 1纳米。 The average primary particle size of 31.1 nm. (Production of Yellow Colorant 8 (Y-8)) In addition to 70 parts of 2,3-naphthalenedicarboxylic anhydride, it was changed to 70 parts of 1,2-naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride to form a yellow colorant ΚΥ-1. The same procedure was carried out to obtain a yellow colorant 8 (Υ-8) of the quinophthalone yellow compound (d). 6纳米。 The average primary particle size of 31.6 nm. (Production of Yellow Colorant 9 (Y-9)) First, 100 parts of the compound (2), 176 parts of tetrabromophthalic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid are added to 300 parts of the decyl benzoate. The mixture was further heated to 180 ° C and reacted for 6 hours. Then, the formation of the quinophthalone yellow compound (g) and the disappearance of the compound (2) of the starting material were determined by TOF-MS. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 7190 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further subjected to filtration separation, methanol washing, and drying to obtain 138 parts of quinoline compound (h). The results of mass analysis by TOF-MS ^ were identified as 啥琳黄化合物(h). Thereafter, 100 parts of the obtained quinophthalone compound (h), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) made of stainless steel, and Mix at 80 ° C for 8 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 97 parts of yellow colorant 9 (Y-9) were obtained. 3纳米。 The average primary particle size of 28. 3nm. (Manufacture of yellow coloring agent 10 (Y-10)) 324055 177 201241099 First, 52 parts of quinoline yellow compound (a) are dissolved in 428 parts of 98% sulfuric acid and 472 parts of 25% fuming sulfuric acid, and then 85 . (: The next time it was disturbed for 2 hours, it was subjected to a sulfonation reaction. Next, the reaction solution was further dropped into 6 parts of ice water', and the quinophthalone compound which was precipitated was separated by filtration and washed with water to obtain a paste. Then, the obtained paste is redispersed in 8 parts of water, and after 1 hour, it is filtered, separated, washed with water, and then dissolved in _: 二 匕 ( (k). As a result, it can be identified as a yellow compound (1). c I part of a cylindrical yellow compound (1), 50 parts of .... Ί No. 138 ("BA&amp; Η^〇ι" manufactured by BASF Corporation

Yellow K〇D"), 1200 parts of sodium sulphate, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a non-recorded steel 1 kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and the mixture was mixed at 80 C for 8 hours. . Secondly, the mixture is put into the lacquer water and heated to about the same day (four) to mix 1 (four) to make the money for inspection. After the t-brew iron f is washed, washed with water to remove sodium and diethylene glycol, then dry and dry. Day and night 'get it,! 95 parts of the yellow coloring agent 1 〇 (when the average 〆 particle size is 36.8 nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent (10)-(1)) 44 伤 啥 啥 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 先 540 540 540 540 540 540 540 540 540 540 540 540 After the acid, 38 parts of N-methyl succinimide was added thereto for _hour. After cooling, the reaction solution was further filtered and separated in 3600 to be quenched and quenched. The ice powder S is the second slurry. The obtained polyf is re-dispersed in the water of the leaked water to the next hour of the dish. After filtering, separating, washing with water, it is obtained by drying on 8 (rc 324055 178 201241099 dry day and night). 53 parts of quinoline yellow compound (r). The result of in-situ cleavage by TOF-MS ' can be identified as 啥 黄 黄 yellow compound (r ) 〇 after '50 parts of the obtained quinoline yellow compound (r) , 5 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" made by BASF), 12 parts of gasification sodium, and 120 parts of ethylene glycol were added to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel ( Mixed by Inoue, Japan, and mixed for 8 hours at 60 C. Secondly, the mixture was put into warm water and heated. At about 70 C, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour to make it into a slurry. After repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and drying at 8 ° C for one night, a yellow coloring agent was obtained. 11(Y_U). The average primary particle diameter is 35.4 nm. (Production of yellow colorant 12 (Y~i2)) 500 parts of isoporphyrin yellow pigment C·I·Pigment Yellow No. 139 (Clba) Japanese company "IRGAPHOR YELL0W-2R-CF"), 500 parts of sodium chloride, and 250 parts of diethylene glycol were added to the non-recorded steel i-life kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue, Japan). 1 ah mixed for 8 hours. Secondly, the mixture was put into 5 liters of warm water, heated to about 70 C and lining for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeating (d) over-washing, washing to remove sodium vaporized gas and After the diethylene glycol is further dried in the next day, 490 parts of the yellow coloring agent 12 (γ_ΐ2) is obtained. The average primary particle diameter is 34. 2 nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent 13 (Y~i3)) 200 wound nectar compound yellow pigment C·I. Pigment Yellow No. 150 (made by the company, “Purchase”), the gasification of the measurement, and 36〇324055 179 201241099 Diethylene glycol was added to a 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Sakamoto Shoji Co., Ltd.) and mixed for 6 hours at 80 ° C. Next, the mixture was put into 8 liters. In warm water, heat to 80 ° C and stir for 2 hours to make it into a slurry. After repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium and diethylene glycol, dry at 85 ° C for a day and night to obtain 190. Parts of yellow colorant 13 (Y-13). 9纳米。 The average primary particle size of 31.9 nm. &lt;Pigment Derivatives (1), (2)&gt; The dye derivatives (1) and (2) were obtained in accordance with the Synthetic Formula ® method described in Japanese Patent No. 4585781. Pigment derivatives (1)

Pigment derivatives (2)

Next, the pigment dispersant of this embodiment will be described. 324055 180 201241099 &lt;Production of Pigment Dispersant> (Manufacture of Ethylene Polymer (Η)) In a reaction cell equipped with a gas introduction tube, a thermometer, a condenser, and a stirrer, the product is filled with 100 parts.曱 丙 丙 妇 妇 、 vinegar, 2 〇〇 丙 丙 丁 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 Glycerol, and 226 propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were replaced by nitrogen. After that, the reaction was heated to 90 c' in a bar and then added to 0.5 parts of the crucible and allowed to react for 8 hours. After 95% reaction was determined by non-volatile fraction measurement, it was cooled to room temperature to obtain a non-volatile fraction of ethylene polymer (Ai) having a weight average molecular weight of about 3, 5 Å in a single terminal moiety having 2 free radicals. For the solution. (Ethylene polymer (Α-2) to (Α-15), comparative ethylene polymer (Α, _1;) to (Α' -3))) In addition to the materials and additions described in Table 1 In the same manner as in the above-mentioned ethylene polymer (Α-1), an acetonitrile polymer (eight_2) to (eight_15) having two free radicals in a single terminal portion was obtained, and ethylene was compared. The nonvolatile matter of the polymer (A, -1) to (Α, -3) is a solution of 7 〇 wt%. 324055 181 201241099 [Table 8] Table 1· Ethylene Polymer CA) Production Example A-1 A- 2 A- 3 A- 4 A- 5 A- 6 A- 7 A- 8 A- 9 Ethylene Unstable M^ IA rBA )C0 too 100 ιω 25 T5 ISO too 100 1〇〇 and 馑^2) ΖΩ 200 200 ΖΏ 23) 2D0 20Q 2D0 Ethylene unsaturated monoterpene Polymerization into C parts by weight) (a 1 -1) ( a 1-2) (a 1-3) (a 1 - 4) (a 1 - 5) (a 1 - 6) Ca 1 — 7) (al-8) Oil-9) fc1-10) 2G0 200 200 Ζϋ 400 100 200 200 Compound (b3) thiopropyltriazine 2B 11 5 60 ma 2B a 众 合 起始 AB ABN 05 05 QS 05 05 05 05 05 05 Solvent propylene a? Single 22B 210 216 m 226 226 226 228 226 Weight average molecular weight Dong ΝΛ 3500 9000 19000 2000 4000 3500 3500 3500 4000 Ethylene polymer (A) Manufacturing example 10 - 10 Α - 11 Α - 12 Α - 13 Α - 14 Α - 15 Reference manufacturing example Α·- 1 Α·—2 A1-3 Ethylene is not available for MV1A and single Λ rBft 纭2) UW\ 100 1Q0 100 100 ΚΩ 100 ZD 200 2ΕΏ 200 200 200 100 400 400 400 1G0 1C0 Ca1-1) (a 1-2) To 1-3) (heavy * part) Π; Cal-9) Os 1-101 200 200 200 22) 200 200 Compound aaaaaaaa a Polymerization Start Thanks ABN Q5 QS 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 Solvent 5 Dialdehyde Single St. m m m m m 228 228 226 Weight Average Weight Molecular Weight ΙΛν 3S00 3500 3S00 4000 4000 3500 3000 3000 3000

The abbreviations in Table 1 are as follows. 182 324055 201241099 [Table 9] Table 2.

(al-1) (al-2) methoxydiethylene glycol methacrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate, manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. · BLEMMER PME 100 (al-3) (al-4 ) (al-5)

(al-6) ethoxylated diethylene glycol acrylate methoxypolyethylene glycol vinegar BISCOAT #190 Japan New Village Chemicals AM 90G

(al-9) phenoxy acrylate polyglycol acrylate decyl phenoxy propylene glycol glycerin vinegar made by BLEMMER AAE-300 5.5 methoxy methoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate 2-methyl Oxyethyl ester

Made by Nippon Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. BLEMMER PME 400 by BLUEMER PME 1000 2-MTA Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Made by Japan Oil Company BLEMMER ANP-300 2, 2' -Azo 2 (iso 7^)

(al-10)

AIBN η m: addition of ethylene oxide to the molar number of the molars of the epoxy propylene compound (manufactured by the pigment dispersant (Β-l)) prior to the gas introduction tube, thermometer, condenser, mixer In the reaction barrage 1, a non-volatile 70% solution, 5.3 parts of isophorone diisocyanate, and 2.6 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether are charged in one part of the ethylene polymer (Α_ι). Acetate, and 0.027 parts of dibutyltin dilaurate as a catalyst were replaced by nitrogen. Thereafter, the inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 1 Torr, 324055 183 201241099, and allowed to react for 4 hours, and then cooled to 40 ° C to obtain a prepolymer solution having an isocyanate group. Thereafter, in a reaction vessel 2 equipped with a gas introduction tube, a thermometer, a condenser, and a stirrer, 6.08 parts of imine dipropylamine and 156.3 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate were charged and heated to 60 °C. Further, 30 parts of the aforementioned prepolymer solution was added dropwise thereto over 30 minutes, and after continuing the reaction for 30 minutes, it was allowed to cool to room temperature to terminate the reaction. Thereafter, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added thereto to obtain a solution of the pigment dispersant (B-1) having a nonvolatile content of 30%. Its weight average molecular weight is about 1 〇, and the ’ 'theoretical ® amine price is 47 mg KOH/g. (Production of Pigment Dispersants (B-1) to (B-18), Comparative Pigment Dispersants (B'-1) to (^'-3)) In addition to the materials and addition amounts described in Table 3, The same as the above-mentioned pigment dispersant (B-1), the non-volatile fraction of each of the pigment dispersants of (B-2) to (B-18MB'-1) to (B, -3) is obtained by 30%. Solution. [Table 10] Table 3 Pigment dispersion « B-1 B-2 3 B- 4 0-5 Production example B- 8 B- 7 B- Θ B- 9 B- 10 B- 11 Reaction capacity S1 Synthesis composition (weight Ethylene Attenuation (AJ fir- 1 ICO A- 2 to A- 3 100 A- 4 ICO A- 1 I00 A- 1 100 fir 1 100 A- S 100 A- 6 10Q A- 7 IG0 A- 8 100 Dimensional IPD1 HD1 162 022 311 217 153 115 m iaa 153 163 tB3 Touch chess DBm 0027 a〇2S a〇24 Qffl 0027 OQ26 0027 0.007 0ΙΪ27 QU27 0027 Solubility « Mercaptoacetate® m 2DB IB-7 17B 2BB 242 m 2UB 2ββ 2&amp;g anti-compliance S2 multiple (〇BRA &amp;QB 207 m &amp;86 417 SB2 m ωβ BC8 aoe ft£8 Synthetic paper into (parts by weight) Solubility « Two bismuth single f ether 156J 13U IZ4J3 165.1 1SU UEL3 Μ1Λ 1 know 1563 156.3 15β3 Mv maKOH /〇10000 2^000 19 32000 5500 Tian 50000 33 loan 47 IQQQO m 12000 49 I0Q0O « 12000 « 16000 47 分散料分散谢 B- 12 B- 13 B- 14 Manufacture Example B- 15 &amp;- 18 B- 17 B- ia B.-1 Exam Preparation Example B.-2 Br -3 C*«Polymer W) A- 9 (GO A- 10 ICO A- 11 100 A - 12 1GD A- 13 1G0 A- 14 100 A- 15 !0Q A'-1 ICO Α·-2 1GD A'-3 100 Should be S1 Synthetic Composition II True iPOI HOI 1&amp;3 m 153 153 1&amp;3 1SJ m 1S3 153 (Heavy* parts) Touched by 06TDL QQ27 0.027 0027 0.0Z7 0027 a〇27 0.OZ7 0027 0.027 a〇27 Dissolved acetic acid 〒 芮 m m 2SS 2GB 2BB 26B 2Bfl m 2fifi 2GS 2BB Reaction capacity S2 Synthetic plate into (parts by weight) multi s tc> ΒΡΑ ΜΒΡΑ GOB &amp; 0 Θ coffee 6.QB ace aoe mm BOB fiOB 埘 埘 二 痒 痒"Acetic acid by tsu 138.3 156.3 I5U 155.3 1563 15&amp;3 weight average molecular weight valeramine price Wv maKOH /a 12000 12000 12000 « 12000 « 16000 47 16000 47 16000 9000 9CD0 4 9000 47

184 324055 201241099 The abbreviation in Table 3 is expressed as follows. IPDI: isophorone diisocyanate HDI: hexamethylene diisocyanate DBTDL: dibutyltin dilaurate IBPA: imine dipropylamine [alias: N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)amine] MIBPA : mercapto Imine dipropylamine [alias: N, N-bis(3-aminopropyl) decylamine] (Comparative pigment dispersant B' -4) Made by Ajinomoto Seiki Co., Ltd.: AJISPER-PB-711 (nonvolatiles) 40%) (Comparative Pigment Dispersant B' -5) The cadmium polymer part is diamine oxime methacrylate propylene acrylate-mercapto acrylate methacrylate propylene acrylate copolymer, branch The polymer portion is a non-volatile propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate solution of a cationic comb-shaped graft copolymer composed of polymethyl methacrylate vinegar having an acceptable basis weight of 48 mg KOH/g (Japanese special Kaiping No. 9-176511: the pigment dispersant described in Example 6.). &lt;Production of Adhesive Resin&gt; (Manufacture of Adhesive Resin (C-1)) First, 98.4 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was added to the reaction vessel, and then nitrogen gas was injected into the vessel while heating. 2份对对苯苯酚酚。 To a temperature of 110 ° C, then 12.3 parts of methacrylic acid, 20 parts of butyl acrylate, 29. 2 parts of benzyl methacrylate, 24.2 parts of iso-p-propyl propyl phenol A mixture of ethylene oxide modified acrylate ("Aronix M-110" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.), 324055 185 201241099 and 14.3 parts of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 1.65 parts of AIBN in 2 hours The polymerization was carried out by dropping therein. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued at 110 ° C for 3 hours, and then allowed to cool to room temperature to complete the reaction. Further, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added thereto to obtain a nonvolatile fraction of 20% of the binder resin (C-1). 1度的。 The weight of the binder resin is about 30,000, the theoretical Tg is 2. 1 ° C. (Production of the binder resins (C-2) to (C-4)) The synthesis was carried out in the same manner as the above-mentioned binder resin (C-1) except that the materials and the amounts described in Table 4 were used. Thereafter, propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was further added to obtain a solution having a nonvolatile content of 20% of the binder resins (C-2) to (C-4). [Table 11] Table 4, Adhesive Resin Manufacture Example 0-1 0-2 C- 3 0- 4 MAA r&amp;K Ethylene unsaturated monomer M110 Polymerization composition 4# (parts by weight) HEMA RVE 400 1Z3 123 1Z3 123 2D 292 292 292 492 242 242 242 242 14-3 14-3 345 143 2D Polymerization Start Thanks ABN 1.65 1.65 1.65 1.65 Solvent s?s 98.4 984 9&amp;4 9&amp;4 Weight Average Mass Mw 30000 25000 35000 29000 Tg °C 21 Q1 -6l9 5! The abbreviation in Table 4 is as follows. A: Methyl methacrylate nBA: butyl acrylate

BzMA: phenyl decyl acrylate M-110: p-Phenylpropyl phenol oxirane manufactured by Sakamoto East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd. 324055 186 201241099 acrylate 4HBA: 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate HEMA: methacrylic acid 2-Hydroxyethyl ester PME-400: decyl acrylate ethoxylated polyethylene glycol ester AIBN manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.: 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile) &lt;Production of yellow coloring composition&gt [Example 1] ® (Production of yellow coloring composition l (YP-1)) A mixture of the following components was stirred and mixed to make it uniform, and then "oxidized beads of 0.5 mm were directly controlled, and Eigei. The dispersing machine ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) was dispersed for 5 hours, and then filtered by a 5/zm filter, KYP-1). Preparation of a yellow coloring composition Yellow coloring agent l (Yl) 9. 5 parts of pigment derivative (1) 0. 5 parts of pigment dispersing agent (B-1) 6 · 7 parts of binder resin (C-1) 40. 0 Propylene glycol monoacetate acetate 43. 3 parts [Examples 2 to 33, Reference Examples 1 to 1 〇] [Production of yellow coloring compositions 2 to 43 (YP-2 to 43)] except as shown in Table 5 Other than the materials described in the above, yellow colored compositions 2 to 43 (YP-2 to 43) were produced in the same manner as in the yellow colored composition 1 (YP-1). 324055 187 201241099 For the obtained yellow colored composition (γρ-l to 43), the viscosity characteristics, brightness and contrast value were measured by the following methods. The evaluation results are shown in Table 5. (Viscosity characteristic) The viscosity of the yellow coloring composition (ΥΡ-1 to 43) on the next day of the preparation (hereinafter referred to as the initial viscosity), and the Ε-type viscosity meter ("ELD-type viscosity meter" manufactured by Japan Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) It was measured under the conditions of 2 rpm at 25 〇c. • At the same time, 4 (the viscosity promoted by time at TC for one week (hereinafter referred to as time-dependent viscosity) was also measured'. The rate of change in viscosity over time was calculated by the following formula, and its stability over time was evaluated in the following four stages. Time-dependent viscosity change rate (8)M time-dependent viscosity]/[initial viscosity]χ(10) ◎: The change rate over time is less than 1〇5% 〇: The change rate over time is above 105% and less than 13〇% △: Change over time Up to 130% or more and less than 15〇0/〇X: Change over time to 150% or more Spring (brightness) Yellow coloring composition (YP'l to 43), in l_mxl〇0mm, 1. lmm thick glass Coating on the substrate was carried out by a spin coater, followed by heating for 20 minutes to obtain a coating film. At this time, the film thickness of the coating film was 23 (after heat treatment under TC), and X was Q in the C light source. The coating conditions (number of revolutions of the spin coater, time) are applied by appropriate modification, and the obtained coating film is further measured for its brightness (Y) by microscopic spectrophotometry ("QSp_spi" manufactured by Qlympus, Japan). Determined according to the following criteria: 〇: 89.0 or more 324055 201241099 △ : 87. 5 or more and less than 89. 0 X : not up to 87. 5 (comparative value The light emitted by the backlight unit for the liquid crystal display device is polarized by the polarizing plate, and passes through the coating film of the colored composition coated on the glass substrate to reach the other polarizing plate. At this time, the polarizing plate and the polarizing plate are polarized. When the faces are parallel, the light passes through the polarizing plate, but the light is blocked by the polarizing plate when it is on the vertical polarizing surface. However, when the light polarized by the polarizing plate passes through the coating film of the colored composition, ♦ light is generated by the colorant particles. Scattering occurs when one of the polarizing surfaces is partially offset and the amount of light transmitted through the polarizing plate is reduced, or only a part of the light is transmitted perpendicular to the polarizing plate. The luminance of the transmitted light on the polarizing plate is measured, and the polarizing plates are parallel. The ratio of the luminance to the luminance at the vertical is calculated as the contrast value. (Comparative value 辉 luminance in parallel) / (luminance in vertical direction) Therefore, when light scattering occurs due to the coloring agent in the coating film, parallel The φ luminance will be lowered, and the luminance in the vertical direction will be increased, so that the contrast value can be lowered. In addition, the luminance meter is based on the color luminance meter (Topcon 曰 BM-5A manufactured by the company) For the polarizing plate, a polarizing plate ("NPF-G1220DUN" manufactured by Nippon Electric Co., Ltd.) was used. In the measurement, the same coating film as the brightness was used, and the black portion of the hole was opened in the measurement portion. The mask is measured and then judged according to the following criteria: 〇: 3500 or more △: 3000 or more and less than 3500 X: less than 3000 324055 189 201241099 [Table 12] Wrap 5

Pigment Derivative Pigment Dispersant Adhesive Initial Viscosity Time-Dependent Viscosity Brightness CR Resin «Degradation Result Judgment Result Judgment Example 1 Ί Y-1 Pigment Derivative (1) Β-1 0-1 ai ◎ m 0 3700 实施 Example 2 VP-2 V-1 Innocent - 1 Ο- 1 60 〇892 〇3550 ο Example 3 3 Y-1 chromatic derivative (1) Β- 2 0-1 &amp; 5 〇86:9 Δ 3400 △ Example 4 VP-4 Y-1 Pigment Derivative (1) Β-3 0-1 &amp;9 Δ ea4 Δ 3250 Δ Example 5 VP-5 Y- 1 Alizarin Derivative (1) &amp;- 4 G- 1 fit 〇B9 £ Ο 3580 实施 Example β 6 Y-1 Disposable 铷 (1) Β- 6 0- 1 59 〇 89.1 0 3600 Q Example 7 \P- 7 Y- 1 Pigment Derivative (1) Β- Θ 0-1 &amp;4 〇89J9 0 3640 实施 Example 8 VP-8 Y- 1 color* derivative (1) Β- 7 0-1 58 〇89.4 0 3590 实施 Example 9 &gt;P- 9 y-1 Pigment derivatization Β - 1 0-2 54 ◎ 69j6 Ο 3650 ο 10 Example 10 VP- 10 Υ» 1 Pigment Derivative (D &amp;- 1 Ο» 3 57 ◎ 90.1 ό 3900 〇 Example 11 VP- 11 Y- 1 Pigment Derivatives (1) Β» 1 0-4 52 〇89.1 0 3550 ο 贲Example 12 VP- 12 Y- 1 Abandon Derivatives (1) Β- 8 0-1 55 〇m 0 3700 ο Example 13 'iP- 13 Y-1 Pigment Derivative (1) Β- 9 0-1 49 ◎ 8&amp; 2 △ 3450 Δ Example 14 VP- 14 V - 1 Pigment Derivatives - 10 0-1 50 ◎ m 〇 3600 Ο Example 15 15 y- ii-derived 'Materials &amp; - 11 0-1 53 〇m 〇 3550 〇 Example 16 \9- 16 Y - 1 Pigment Derivative (1) &amp; - 12 0-1 57 m 89.1 ο 3650 0 Example 17 'iP- 17 V-1 Pigment Derivative (1) Β- 13 0-1 62 ◎ ea7 Δ 3400 Δ Example 18 18 Y- 1 Pigment Derivative (1) Β- 14 C- 1 5l6 ◎ 895 0 3G00 Q Example 19 VP- 19 Y- 1 Alizarin Derivative 4 (1) Β- 15 0-1 53 89j6 ο 3700 实施 Example 2D 20 Y-1 Pigment Derivative (1) &amp;- 1Θ 0-1 &amp;7 〇895 ο 3650 实施 Example 21 VP- 21 Y- 1 Pigment Derivative 〇) Β- 17 0- 1 512 〇89.1 〇 3600 实施 Example 22 22. Y-1 Alizarin Derivative (1) Β- 18 Ο- 1 S9 〇892 〇3700 ο 贲 Example 23 VP- 23 Y- 1 Alizarin Derivative (2) Β- 1 0 -1 &amp;4 〇B9.1 0 3450 Δ Example 24 24 Y-2 Pigment Derivatives. (1) Β-1 0-1 & 7 〇88B Δ 3200 Δ Example 25 VP- 25 3 Responsibility from 〇) Β- 1 〇- 1 63 〇m ο 3550 ρ 贲 Example 25 VP- 25 ^ 4 Pigment Derivative (1) Β- 1 0- 1 60 〇 0 0 3 ΘΟΟ Example 27 Z7 V- 5 Pigment i Β Β - 1 Ο - 1 52 〇aae Δ 3300 △ Example 28 28 Y-6 Pigment Derivative Β- 1 0- 1 7Q 〇892 Ο 3450 实施 Example 29 29 Y- 7 Abandon Derivative 〇) Β-1 1 0-1 a&lt; 〇 89.4 Ο 3700 Q Example 30 30 Y-8 Baus-derivatives (1) Β- 1 0-1 12 〇890 Q 3650 实施 Example 31 VP- 31 9 Pigmentation (1) &amp;- 1 0-1 5B 〇m Λ 3250 Δ Example 32 VP- 32, V-10 Derivatization - (1) Β - 1 0-1 &amp; S 〇m ό 3600 实施 Example 33 VP- M, ^ 11 Pigment-derived (1 &amp; - 1 0-1 & 7 〇 89.7 Δ 3550 ς > Reference Example 1 VP- 34 Y- 1 Pigment Derivative Π Β' -1 0-1 &amp; 9 X m 2550 X Reference Example 2 NP- 36 Y- 色素 Pigment 圭 知 (1) Β, 1-2 Ο - 4 100 X 65JQ X 2300 X Reference Example 3 VP- 36 Y- 1 color derivative (1) Β· — 3 Ο- 4 125 X 855 X 2700 X Reference Example 4 37 Y-1 Alizarin (1) Β, one 4 0- 1 ao X 87J3 X 2450 X Reference Example 5 VP- 38 V- 1 Pigment Derivative (1) Β* — 5 0-1 16j0 X 85.7 X 2900 X Reference Example 6 39 v- 2 Pigment Derivative (1) Β·-1 0-1 11.6 X 85J0 X 2400 X Reference Example 7 40 Y- 6 Pigment Derivative (1) Β, 一1 0-1 14.7 X 84.1 X 2650 X Reference Example 8 41 Ί-Ί Pigment Derivative (7) Day, 1 0-1 200 X m X 2300 X Reference Example 9 VP- 42 Y - 12 Pigment Derivatives_(1) Β- 1 0-1 69 〇82B X 3100 Δ Reference Example 10 43 Y- 13 Pigment Derivatives (1) Β- 1 Ο- 1 ΊΒ XX 3700 Q

From the results of the evaluation of Table 5, it is understood that the quinophthalone yellow pigment of the present embodiment and the ethylene-unsaturated monomer having at least one of an ethylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain are included in the copolymerization of ethylene polymerization. The colored compositions of Examples 1 to 33 composed of the pigment dispersing agents exhibited a low initial viscosity and a low rate of change in viscosity over time, and thus exhibited good stability. At the same time, the results were all high brightness and high contrast values, showing excellent coloring compositions for color filters. In contrast, the coloring composition of Reference Example 190 324055 201241099 1 to 3 and 6 to 8 using a pigment dispersing agent composed of an ethylene polymer containing no ethylene oxide chain or propylene oxide chain, reference example i The initial viscosity is low and the rate of change of viscosity over time is high, while the brightness is low and the contrast value is low. In addition, in the cases of Reference Examples 2, 3, and 6 to 8, the initial viscosity and the viscosity over time were high, while the brightness was low and the contrast value was low. At the same time, the same applies to Reference Examples 4 and 5 in which different pigment dispersants are used. Reference Example 9 using a pigment dispersant composed of a non-quinoline yellow pigment and an ethylene polymer having at least one of an ethylene oxide chain or a cyclopropane propane chain and comprising an ethylene polymer in a copolymerization composition The coloring composition of 1 , was satisfactory in terms of the contrast value, but the result was inferior to the coloring composition of the example in terms of brightness. &lt;Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition&gt; Next, the green coloring composition used in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present embodiment will be described. Explain. &lt;Preparation of green coloring composition&gt; (Production of green coloring composition (GP-1)) First, a mixture of the following components was mixed and mixed to make uniform, and then an oxide bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm was used. After dispersing for 5 hours in an Eiger polishing and dispersing machine ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.), it was filtered through a 5#m sieve to prepare a green colored composition (GP-1). Green coloring agent (CI Pigment Green No. 58) 10.0 parts of resin type dispersing agent ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part of binder resin (C-4) 45.0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 44.0 parts [implementation Example 34] 191 324055 201241099 (Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition 1 (GR~1)) The mixture of the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered to form a photosensitive coloring composition. (GR-1). The ratio of the yellow coloring composition to the green coloring composition is the ratio of the chromaticity of x = 0.290 and y = 0.600 under the C light source. Yellow coloring composition l (YP-l) is Green coloring composition (GP-1) Adhesive resin (C-4)

Photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M402" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 3.6 parts of photopolymerization initiator ("IGAGAURE_907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. 13 parts of sensitizer (rEAB_F manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)) 2 parts of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate [Examples 35 to 66, Reference Examples 11 to 2] (Production of photosensitive coloring compositions 2 to 43 (GR-2 to 43)) except for change to Table 6 The photosensitive coloring composition 2 was prepared in the same manner as in the photosensitive coloring composition 1 (GR-1) except that the coloring composition shown in the above was changed and the ratio of the yellow coloring composition to the green coloring composition was changed. 43 (GR-2 to 43), wherein the ratio of the yellow coloring composition to the green coloring composition is such that when the coated substrate is produced, the color of the light source is x=0.290, y=〇. 600 In addition, the ratio of the yellow coloring composition and the green coloring composition was 45. The total brightness of the obtained photosensitive coloring composition was measured by the following method. (Brightness) is a photosensitive coloring composition (GR-1 to 43) Apply on a glass substrate of i〇〇mmxi〇〇mm and 1. imm thickness by spin coating 324055 192 201241099, dry at 70 °C for 20 minutes, and then use ultra-high pressure mercury lamp to accumulate 150 mJ. /cm2 was exposed to ultraviolet light, and then developed with an alkali developing solution at 23 ° C to obtain a coated substrate. Thereafter, the film was heated at 220 ° C for 30 minutes, and then placed and cooled to prepare a coated substrate. The film thickness of the coating film was heat-treated at 230 ° C, and then applied under appropriate application conditions (coating number and time of the spin coater) in a C light source of y=0.600. The film was measured for its brightness (Y) by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.) and judged according to the following criteria. 〇: 55.9 or more △ : 58.0 or more and less than 59.5 X: not up to 58.0 (comparative value) The method of measuring the contrast value of the coating film is to use the same coating film as the evaluation of the brightness, and to measure the same φ sample with the comparative value of the yellow coloring composition described above. Determine, calculate the comparison value, and judge according to the following criteria. 3500 or more △ : 3000 or more and less than 3500 X : less than 3000 324055 193 201241099 [Table 13] Sincerity 6.

Photosensitive coloring composition Yellow coloring composition Green coloring composition brightness CR Result judgment result judgment Example 34 GR-1 1 GP-1 59.6 〇4440 —5= Example 36 GR-2 &gt; p- 2 GP- 1 59.5 o 4280 〇贲Example 36 GR- 3 M3- 3 GP- 1 59.3 △ 3900 △ ir 37 Example 37 GR- 4 yp- 4 GP- 1 59.1 △ 3700 △ Example 38 GR- 5 &gt; P- 5 GP « 1 5Θ.Β 1004100 〇Example 39 GR-6 NP-6 GP- 1 59 Λ Δ 4320 〇 Example 40 GR-7 VP- 7 GP- 1 59.9 o 4380 〇 Example 41 GR- 8 \P- 8 GP-1 59.6 o 4310 〇. Example 42 GR- 9 &gt; P- 9 GP- 1 59.7 o 4360 O ▲ 抚 43 GR- 10 &gt; P- 10 GP- 1 6Q1 o 4680 o Real k case 44 GR - 11 &gt; P- 11 GP- 1 59.4 Δ 4260 o Example 45 12 GP- 1 59.7 〇 4440 o Example 46 GR- 13 13 GP- 1 5R8 △ 4140 o Example 47 GR- 14 \P- 14 GP- 1 59.7 〇 4320 o Example 48 GR- 15 &gt; P- 15 GP- 1 59. Θ o 4260 〇贲 Example 4 Θ GR- 16 M3- 16 GP- 1 59.4 △ 4380 o Example 90 GR- 17 17 GP- 1 59.1 △ 3850 △ Example 51 18 yp- 18 GP- 1 59.7 〇 4320 〇 Example 52 19 VP- 19 G P-1 59.7 〇4440 o Barren case 53 GR- 2D vp- aD GP- 1 59.7 o 4380 o Example 54 GR- 21 21 GP- 1 59.4 Δ 4320 〇 Example 55 OR- 22 22 GP- 1 59.5 〇 4440 o Example 56 CFb- 23 23 QP- 1 59.7 〇 4140 o Real k case 57 GR- Ά VP- 24 GP- 1 592 Δ 3840 Δ Example 5B GR- 25 NP- 25 GP- 1 595 〇 4260 〇 Implementation Example 59 GR~ 2B VP- as GP- 1 59.5 0 4320 〇Example Θ0 GR- Z7 \P- 27 GP- 1 K.1 △ 3960 △ Example 61 OR- 23 VP- 2B GP- 1 59.5 o 4t40 〇 Example 62 GR- 29 29 GF^- 1 59.6 o 4440 〇 Example 63 GR-30 30 GP- 1 59.3 Δ 4380 〇 Example 64· GR- 31 &gt; P- 31 GP- 1 59.3 Δ 3900 Δ Real *Example 66 GR- 32 32 GP- 1 59^ 〇 4320 〇Example Θ6 GR- 33 33 GP- 1 sai △ 4260 〇Reference Example 11 GR- 34- VP- 34 GP- 1 57.7 X 3060 X Reference Example 12 GR - 35 \P- 35 GP- 1 56.7 X 2760 X Reference Example 13 GR- 36 VF^- 36 GP- 1 570 X 3240 X Reference Example 14 GR- 37 \P- 37 GP- 1 5ao X 2940 X Reference Example 15 GR- 38 VP- 38 GP- 1 57.1 X 34d0 X Reference Example 16 GR- 39 VP- 3Θ GP- 1 567 X 2880 X Reference Example 17 GR- 40 &gt; P- 40 GP~ 1 56.1 X 3100 X Reference Example 18 GR- 41 &gt; P- 41 QP- 1 57.9 X 3360 X Reference Example 19 GR- 42 \P» 42 GP- 1 54.7 X 3720 △ Reference Example 2D GR- 43 VP- 43 GP-1 55.7 X 4440 可 From the results of the evaluation of Table 6, it is understood that the quinophthalone yellow pigment of the present embodiment and the ethylenic unsaturated single having at least one of an ethylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain are added. The photosensitive coloring compositions of Examples 34 to 66 of the yellow coloring agent containing the pigment dispersing agent composed of the ethylene polymer in the copolymerization composition were excellent in both the brightness and the comparative value, and showed excellent color filter. The coloring composition is used. In contrast to the photosensitive coloring composition of Reference Examples 11 to 20 of 194 324055 201241099 using a pigment dispersant composed of an ethylene polymer containing no ethylene oxide chain or propylene oxide chain, the result is brightness and contrast. Both of the values, or either of them, are inferior to the photosensitive coloring compositions of the examples. &lt;Production of Color Filter&gt; Next, the red photosensitive coloring composition and the blue photosensitive coloring composition used in the color filter of the present embodiment will be described. Further, in the case of the green photosensitive coloring composition, the photosensitive coloring composition 1 (GR-1) of the present embodiment is used. 5匪的氧化错珠珠 After the mixture of the mixture of the following composition, the composition of the following composition is stirred and mixed to make it uniform, using a diameter of 0.5 匪 oxidized wrong beads After dispersing for 5 hours with an Eiger attritor ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.), it was filtered through a 5/zm sieve to prepare a red colored composition 1 (RP-1). Red coloring agent (CI Pigment Red 254, 8.5 parts of red coloring agent (CI Pigment Red No. 177, 3.5 parts of resin type dispersing agent ("EFKA-4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1. 0 parts of adhesive resin (C -4) 30.0 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (modulation of red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1)) A mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then a filter of 1/zm was used. Filtration to prepare a red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1) Red coloring composition (RP-1) 42. 0 parts of binder resin (04) 13. 2 parts 324055 195 201241099 Photopolymerizable monomer (Japan East Asia) Synthetic company manufactures "Aronix M400") 2.8 parts of photopolymerization initiator ("IRGACURE-907" manufactured by Ciba Japan)) 2.0 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts B Diol monoterpene ether acetate 39.6 parts (modulation of blue coloring composition (BP-1))

After mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, the oxidized hammer beads having a diameter of 0·1 mm were dispersed by an Eiger mill ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours. Further, it was filtered through a mesh of m to prepare a blue colored composition (Bp-丨). Blue coloring agent (C.I. Pigment Blue 15: No. 6) 7. Two parts of purple coloring agent (C·I. Pigment Violet No. 23) 4. Eight parts of resin type dispersing agent ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part of 35.0 parts of binder resin (C-4) 52. 0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (modulation of blue photosensitive coloring composition (BR-1)) The mixture of the following composition is uniformly stirred After mixing, the mixture was filtered through a filter to prepare a blue photosensitive coloring composition. Blue coloring composition (BP-1) 34 0 parts of binder resin (C-4) 15 Photopolymerizable monomer ("Ar〇nix _〇" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 3.3 parts of photopolymerization initiator (Ciba) Japanese company manufactures "irgacure_9〇7" 2 sensitizer ("EAB_F" manufactured by Japan's Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 4 4 parts of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate π, &amp; 45. 1 first glass The black matrix on the substrate is processed into an image, and then the red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1) is coated on the substrate by a suspect coating machine to form a film thickness of x=: 0.640-yj. The film is irradiated with ultraviolet light by _mJVcm2 through a mask, and then is imaged by a liquid crystal spray to remove its unexposed °P knife/heart ion exchange water. After washing the substrate at 230 ° C for 20 / knives, red color filter fragments can be formed. In the same way, each color green coloring composition -1) is formed in (4). 290, yG.6GG film thickness, with blue photosensitive coloring composition (10) (1) to form a film of X 0.150, y = 〇. The coating, a green color filter fragments, crossing the blue color filter segment, according to the color obtained. With the photosensitive coloring composition KGIM), a brightener having a high brightness and a south contrast value can be produced. <<Embodiment IV>> The method for measuring the average molecular weight (Mw) of the sputum is as follows. (The weight average molecular weight (MW) of the resin is determined by the weight average molecular weight (Mw:), which is made of TSK gel column (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation of Japan) and manufactured by GPCX Japan Tosoh Corporation of the device RI detector. 'HLC-8120GPC) 'Expansion solvent The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the converted polystyrene measured when THF was used. Next, the method of producing the binder resin solution, the dye derivative, the colorant, the green coloring composition, and the blue coloring composition used in the examples and the reference examples will be described. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Binder Resin Solution&gt; (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution 1) 324055 197 201241099 A reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a drip tube, and a stirring device in a separable 4-necked flask After the 196 parts of cyclohexanone was charged, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C, and the reaction vessel was replaced with nitrogen, 37.2 parts of n-butyl methacrylate and 12.9 parts of methacrylic acid were dropped from the tube. 2-hydroxyethyl ester, 12.0 parts of methacrylic acid, 20.7 parts of p-isopropylidene phenol oxirane modified acrylate ("Aronix Ml 10" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.), 1. A mixture of 2 parts of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the end of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for another 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled and dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to determine the nonvolatile matter, and the nonvolatile matter was added to the previously synthesized resin solution so that the nonvolatile content was 20% by mass. The ester was prepared into an acrylic resin solution 1. Its weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 26,000. (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution 2) In a separable 4-necked flask, 207 parts of cyclohexanone was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen gas inlet φ inlet tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, and then the temperature was raised to After 80 ° C, and the reaction vessel was replaced with nitrogen, 20 parts of methacrylic acid and 20 parts of p-isopropylidene propyl epoxide were modified by a dropping tube (Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) Manufacture of "Aron ix Mil 0"), 45 parts of decyl decyl acrylate, 8.5 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 1.33 parts of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile Instilled within 2 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer resin solution. 5份的异氰酯-2-摩尔丙烯 After the second time, the amount of the copolymer solution was 6.5055 198 201241099 after the cessation of the nitrogen gas and the dry air was injected for 1 hour, after cooling to room temperature, 324055 198 201241099 A mixture of decyloxyethyl ester (Karenz Μ0Ι manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.), 0. 08 parts of dibutyltin laurate, and 26 parts of cyclohexanone was added dropwise at 70 ° C for 3 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 1 hour to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled and dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to determine the nonvolatile matter, and cyclohexanone was added in such a manner that the nonvolatile content was 20% by mass in the previously synthesized resin solution. It was prepared into an acrylic resin solution 2. Its weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 18,000. # &lt;Production Method of Pigment Derivative&gt; (Production of Pigment Derivative 1) First, a dye derivative (1) and a dye derivative (1) were obtained according to the synthesis method described in Japanese Patent No. 4585781.

&lt;Production Method of Coloring Agent&gt; (Production of Quinolin Yellow Compound (1)) The indole yellow compound (1) is obtained in accordance with the synthesis method described in JP-A-2008-81566. As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it can be identified as a compound (1). 324055 199 201241099 喧黄黄化合物(1)

(Production of quinoline yellow compound (2)) First, in 200 parts of decyl benzoate, 40 parts of 8-amino quinoxaline, 150 parts of 2, 3-naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, and 154 parts of benzene are added. The citric acid was heated to 180 ° C and reacted for 4 hours. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the # reaction mixture was poured into 5440 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further subjected to hydrazine separation, decyl alcohol washing, and drying to obtain 116 parts of a specific quinophthalone yellow pigment represented by the formula (A-3). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it can be identified as a quinoline yellow pigment of the formula (A-3). Thereafter, the quinoline yellow pigment of the formula (A-3) is used as a raw material, and the synthesis method described in JP-A-2008-81566 is used in the same manner as the synthesis of the quinoline yellow compound (1). The quinoline yellow compound (2) was obtained.质量 The results of mass analysis by TOF-MS can be identified as quinoline yellow compounds (2).喧 黄 yellow compound (2)

(Production of quinoline yellow compound (3)) 20 parts of 8-hydroxy-2-indolino and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 300 parts of benzoic acid are mixed, and then the reaction is stirred at 200 ° C. hour. 324055 200 201241099 After cooling it, add 1000 parts of sterol and stir for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 37 parts of a ruthenium compound (3). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it was identified as a quinoline yellow compound (3).喧琳黄化合物(3)

(Production of yellow coloring agent (YA-1)) First, 300 parts of methyl benzoate, 100 parts of quinoline yellow compound (1), 70 parts of 2, 3-naphthalenedicarboxylic anhydride, and 143 are added. The benzoic acid was heated to 180 ° C and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours. Then, by TOF-MS, the formation of the specific bismuth yellow pigment represented by the general formula (A-1) and the disappearance of the raw material φ φ yellow compound (1) are determined, and then cooled to room temperature, The reaction mixture was poured into 3130 parts of acetone and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further subjected to hydrazine separation, methanol washing, and drying to obtain 120 parts of a specific bismuth yellow pigment represented by the formula (A-1). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it was identified as a phthalocyanine pigment of the formula (A-1).

Formula (A-1) 324055 201 201241099 Then, the lQfj eight-part quinoline yellow pigment of the general formula (A-1), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 12η / octopus hexadiol are added to stainless steel. The gallon pinch &amp; machine (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) is in (10). Mix for 6 hours under C. Next, the mixture is put into 3 liters of warm water, heated to about 70 〇C, and mixed for 1 hour to make it into a slurry wave, after repeated sputum and water washing to remove sodium and ethylene glycol. It was further dried overnight at 80 ° C to obtain 98 parts of a yellow coloring agent (YA-1). Its average primary particle size is 31.3 nm. (Manufacture of yellow colorant (YA-2))

First, 50 parts of quinoline yellow pigment of the formula (A-1), 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1200 parts of sodium carbonate, and 120 parts Diethylene glycol was placed in a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd., Japan), and mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water ten, heated to about 70 ° C and mixed for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 8 Hey. (: After drying overnight, 97 parts of yellow coloring agent (YA-2) was obtained. The average primary particle diameter was 30. 2 nm 〇 (manufactured by yellow coloring agent (YA-3)) first in 300 parts of benzoic acid In the methyl ester, 'add 1 part of the ruthenium compound (2), 108 parts of tetrachloro sorrel, and 143 parts of sulphuric acid, and heat to 180 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 3510 parts of acetone and dropped at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further subjected to filtration separation, methanol washing, and drying to obtain 118 parts of the formula (A- 2) The specific quinoline yellow pigment e^T〇F shown, this 324055 202 201241099

As a result of mass analysis, it was identified as a quinoline yellow pigment of the formula (A-2). : 〇 ci (A-2)

Thereafter, 100 parts of the quinoline yellow pigment represented by the formula (A-2), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Sakamoto Shoji Co., Ltd.). ), and mix 6 small ® at 60 ° C. Next, the mixture is put into 3 liters of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium and ethylene glycol, and then 80 After drying overnight at ° C, 98 parts of a yellow coloring agent (YA-3) was obtained. 1纳米。 The average primary particle size of 31.1 nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent (YA-4)) 50 parts of the phthalocyanine pigment represented by the formula (A-2) and 50 parts of the CI pigment yellow 138 (Paliotol Yellow • K0960- manufactured by BASF Corporation) HD"), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) made of stainless steel, and mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 97 parts of a yellow coloring agent (YA-4) was obtained. 2nm。 The average primary particle diameter is 30. 2nm. (Production of Yellow Colorant (YA-5)) 20 parts of quinoline yellow pigment of the formula (A-2), 80 parts of 324055 203 201241099 CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 (Pal iotol manufactured by BASF Corporation) Yellow K0960-HD"), 1200 parts of sodium hydride and 120 parts of ethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) made of stainless steel, and mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 96 parts of a yellow colorant (YA-5) were obtained. Its average primary particle diameter is 29.7 nm. Reference (manufacturing of yellow coloring agent (YA-6)) 100 parts of quinoline yellow pigment of the formula (A-3), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol are first added to stainless steel. A 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd., Japan) was mixed and mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 97 parts of a yellow coloring agent (YA-6) was obtained. Lnm。 The average primary particle size of 34. lnm.

(Production of yellow coloring agent (YA-7)) First, 100 parts of quinone phthalate compound (2), 176 parts of tetrabromophthalic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid are added to 300 parts of decyl benzoate. The mixture was further heated to 180 ° C and reacted for 6 hours. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, 324055 204 201241099 The reaction mixture was poured into 7190 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further subjected to filtration, separation, decyl alcohol washing, and drying to obtain 138 parts of the specific stimulating yellow pigment represented by the formula (A-5). As a result of mass analysis by T0F-MS, it was identified as a yellow pigment of the formula (A-5).

A portion of sodium chloride and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) made of stainless steel, and mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Next, put the mixture into 3 liters of warm water and heat to 7 (TC while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, then 80 After drying overnight at ° C, 97 parts of a yellow coloring agent (YA-7) was obtained, and the average primary particle diameter was 28.3 nm. (Manufacture of yellow coloring agent (YA-8)) (A-5) 啥 啥 yellow pigment, 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol added A 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) was mixed for 8 hours at 60 ° C. Next, the mixture was poured into warm water and heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour. After being slurried, it was repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium vaporized and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 80 ° C for one day and night to obtain 98 parts of a yellow coloring agent (YA-8). The average primary particle 324055 205 201241099 The diameter is 28. lnm. (Manufacture of yellow colorant (YB-1)) First, 29 parts of 6-hexyl-2-methylquine The porphyrin was mixed with 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride and 300 parts of benzoic acid, and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After standing to cool, 1000 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. The precipitated solid was collected by suction filtration, and the solid was again added to 2000 parts of methanol. After stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration, followed by drying in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) overnight. 42 ® parts of the specific fluorene yellow dye (yellow coloring agent (YB-1)) represented by the general formula (B-1) was obtained, and the mass analysis by TOF-MS was carried out to identify the general formula (B- 1) 0# yellowing dye.

φ (manufactured by yellow colorant (YB-2)) 34 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-indolequinoline and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 300 parts of benzoic acid Mix and stir at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After it was left to cool, 1000 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 50 parts of a specific quinophthalone yellow dye (yellow coloring agent (YB-2)) represented by the formula (B-5). The results of mass analysis by TOF-MS can be determined as 324055 206 201241099 as the phthalocyanine dye of the formula (B-5).

(Production of yellow coloring agent (YB-3)) 44 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-5-phenyl-2-carboline and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 300 parts The benzoic acid was mixed and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After standing to cool, 1000 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 57 parts of a specific quinophthalone yellow dye (yellow coloring agent (YB-3)) represented by the formula (B-6). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it can be identified as a bismuth yellow dye of the formula (B-6).

(Production of yellow coloring agent (YB-4)) First, 46 parts of 8 - dodecaoxy-yl-5-methyl-based 2-methyl hydrazine and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 300 parts of benzoquinone The acid was mixed and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After it was allowed to cool, 1000 parts of methanol was further added, and 1 324055 207 201241099 hours was stirred. Thereafter, the solids precipitated therein were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after 1 hour of mixing, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (4 (TC) to give 46 parts of the specific quinophthalone yellow dye (yellow colorant (YB-4)) represented by the formula (b-8). The reaction was carried out by T0F-MS. As a result of the mass analysis, it can be determined as the phthalocyanine dye of the formula (B-8).

(Production of yellow coloring agent (YB-5)) First, 34 parts of 6-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-indolequinoline and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 300 parts of benzoic acid are mixed. And at 20 (Tc search for 7 hours. After cooling it, add 1000 parts of sterol and search for i hours. After that, the precipitated solids are collected by suction filtration. The solid was added to 2000 parts of decyl alcohol, and after 1 hour of mixing, the solid was collected by suction filtration, and then dried in a vacuum dryer (40 ° 〇 overnight to obtain 43 parts of the formula (B-10). Specific linden yellow dye (yellow colorant (YB-5)). The result of mass analysis by TOF-MS can be identified as quinoline yellow dye of the general formula (B-10). 324055 208 201241099

(Production of yellow coloring agent (YB-6)) First, 29 parts of 6-(2-ethoxyethoxy)-2-indolone and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride and 300 parts of cloacas are mixed. And stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After it was left to cool, 1000 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 39 parts of a specific σ quetia yellow dye (yellow coloring agent (ΥΒ-6)) represented by the formula (B-11). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it can be identified as a quinoline yellow dye of the formula (Β-11).

(Production of yellow coloring agent (ΥΒ-7)) 34 parts of 6-(2-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)ethoxy)-2-indolyl quinoline and 25 parts of naphthalene The dicarboxylic anhydride and 300 parts of benzoic acid were mixed and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After standing to cool, 1000 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. After that, the precipitated solids are then subjected to suction filtration to collect 324055 209 201241099. The solid was further added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, it was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 33 parts of a specific bismuth yellow dye (yellow coloring agent (YB-7)) represented by the formula (B-12). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it can be identified as a quinoline yellow dye of the formula (B-12).

Zero (manufactured by yellow colorant (YB-8)) 34 parts of 4-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-indolequinoline and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 300 parts of benzoic acid Mix and stir at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After standing to cool, 1 part of sterol was added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 2000 parts of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 42 parts of the specific smear yellow dye (yellow coloring agent (YB-8)) represented by the formula (B-13). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it can be identified as a quinoline yellow dye of the formula (B-13).

Formula (B-1 3&gt; (manufactured by yellow colorant (YB-9)) 324055 210 201241099

The solid was added to a decyl alcohol of 1 〇 (10) υ Η Η knife, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction. Thereafter, it was dried overnight by a vacuum dryer (赃) to obtain a specific yellowing dye (yellow coloring agent (YB-9)) represented by the general formula (B-27) of 16 injuries. With t〇fh#—纽 θ, 1 training MS, the quality analysis results can be identified as

First, mix 20 parts of quinoline yellow compound (3) in 200 parts of mm &lt; N, N - methyl acetamide, then, ? Person Q Ba Bu Dan exhibited 3 parts of sodium hydroxide, 18 parts of 2-ethylhexyl _ 4 ~ "sodium butyric acid, Xi ^ j. It was then stirred at 90 C for 1 hour. After it was allowed to stand for cooling, 1 〇 Π Π //V ΓΤ» β, ϋ 0 known methanol, 1000 parts of water, and stirred for 1 hour, then the solid which precipitated was collected by suction filtration. Further, the quinoline yellow dye of the formula (B-27) is again used.

(Yellow coloring agent (manufactured by YB) In a 200-nose n, n-dimercaptoacetamide, after mixing 2 parts of the bismuth yellowing compound (7), 3 parts of sodium hydroxide and 19 parts are mixed. -ethylhexylbromopentanoic acid, followed by stirring at 9 (TC for 1 hour. After standing to cool, 1000 parts of methanol, 1000 parts of water were added, and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solid was pumped again. The mixture was collected by suction filtration, and the solid was again added to 1000 parts of methanol. After stirring for a while, the solid was collected by suction filtration, followed by a vacuum dryer (40. Dry overnight) 324055 211 201241099 to obtain 20 parts. a specific phthalocyanine dye (yellow coloring agent (YB-10)) represented by the formula (B-28). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it can be identified as quinoline yellow of the general formula (B-28). dye.

(Production of yellow coloring agent (YB-11)) First, 20 parts of commercially available CI disperse dye yellow No. 160 is mixed with 200 parts of N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, and then 3 parts of hydrogen are mixed. Sodium oxide, 18 parts of 2-ethylhexyl-4-bromobutyric acid, was then stirred at 90 ° C for 1 hour. After standing to cool, 1 part of methanol and 1 part of water were added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction φ filtration. The solid was again added to 1000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 20 parts of a specific quinophthalone yellow dye (yellow coloring agent (YB-11)) represented by the formula (B-30). As a result of mass analysis by TOF-MS, it was identified as a quinoline yellow dye of the formula (B-30).

324055 212 201241099 (Manufacture of yellow coloring agent (YC-1)) 100 parts of CI·Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF), 12 parts of sodium sulphate, and 120 Diethylene glycol was added to a stainless steel kneading kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) and mixed at 70 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for a few hours to make it into a slurry, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium and ethylene glycol, and then dried under - Day and night, 98 parts of yellow colorant (YC-1) were obtained. 5纳米。 The average primary particle size of 35. 5nm. (Manufacture of green colorant (GC-1)) 100 parts of CI Pigment Green No. 58 (]) 1 (: "fAsTGENGREENA110" manufactured by the company), sodium chloride of the resolution, and 12 parts of diamethylene The alcohol was added to a non-recorded steel i-joining kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) and mixed for 6 hours. Next, put the mixed matter into warm water and heat it to 7 (rc while mixing for 1 hour to make it into a liquid-like state, repeating the transition, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 8 0. (: After drying, one day, 9 7 parts of a green colorant (G c _ i). The average primary particle size is 28.2 nm. (Manufacture of blue colorant (BC-1)) In 125 parts of n-pentanol in the container, the ugly nitrile of the milk, the anhydrous gas of 78 wounds were added and mixed, and then 266 parts of DBU (1,8-Diazabicyclo[5] was added thereto. ' 4. 0]undec-7-ene) and warmed up, refluxing at 136 ° C for 5 hours, then cooling to 3 (TC reaction solution, mixed solvent in 5000 parts of methanol, 10000 parts of water 324055 In 213 201241099, it is injected under stirring to obtain a blue slurry. After the transition, the slurry is washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of methanol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of aluminum. Then, 100 parts of chloroaluminum in the reaction vessel was slowly added to 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature. After stirring at 40 ° C for 3 hours, the sulfuric acid solution was poured into 24,000 parts of 3 ° C cold water, wherein the blue precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain 102 parts of aluminum (1).酞青素铭(1)

Thereafter, 100 parts of decyl sulphate (1) and 49.5 parts of diphenyl acid ester were added to 1000 parts of sterol in the reaction vessel, and the mixture was further heated to 40 ° C for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the resulting φ material was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 114 parts of ruthenium phthalocyanine (2).

After that, salt grinding treatment is carried out. First, 100 parts of anthraquinone aluminum (2), 1200 parts of sodium carbonate, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol are added to a stainless steel 1 324055 214 201241099 excess kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and Mix for 6 hours at 7 ° °c. Then, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 7 ° C and stirred for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 8 ° ° Dry overnight at c to obtain 98 parts of a blue colorant (BC-1). Its average primary particle size was 31.2 nm. &lt;Manufacturing method of green and blue coloring composition&gt;

Eiger Grinder (manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd. "Mini Model M-250 (Production of Green Coloring Composition (DG-1)) A mixture of the following components was stirred and mixed to make it uniform, and an oxidation of 0. 5 mm in diameter was used. The zirconium beads were dispersed for 5 hours in a Media wet disperser, and then filtered through a 5 mm sieve to prepare a green colored composition 1 (DG-1). Green coloring agent (GC-1) 10.0 parts Resin type dispersing agent ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 2.0 parts of acrylic resin solution 1 40. 0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 48.0 parts (blue coloring composition) (DB-1) production)

After the mixture of the following composition was stirred and mixed to be uniform, a zirconia bead having a diameter of 0.5 Å was used, and dispersed by a Media wet disperser ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours, and then Filtered with a strainer to prepare a blue colored composition (dbo. Blue colorant (BC-1) 2〇q ^ Resin type dispersant (made by BYK Chemical Co., Ltd., Γβγκ_[ρΝ6919" 5.0 parts of acrylic resin solution 1 π η at 324055 215 201241099 Propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate &lt;Production method of yellow coloring composition&gt; [Example 1] (Preparation of yellow coloring composition (DY-1)) First, a mixture of the following composition After stirring and mixing to make it uniform, the oxidized wrong beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were dispersed by a Media wet disperser ("Mini Model M-250" manufactured by Eiger Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours, and then 5 / m. The filter screen is over-made to form a yellow colored composition (DY-1). 50. 0 parts® yellow colorant (YA-1) 4. 8 parts of yellow colorant (YB-1) 4. 8 parts of pigment derivative ( 1) 0.4 parts of resin type dispersant (made by Ajinomoto Seiki Co., Ltd.) "PB821 2 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 24. 0 parts • [Examples 2 to 33, Reference Examples 1 to 5] (Yellow coloring composition (DY) -2 to 38)) A yellow colored composition (DY-) was obtained in the same manner as in the yellow colored composition (DY-1) of Example 1, except that the kind and the amount of the yellow coloring agent were changed as shown in Table 1. 2 to 38) Further, the total content of the yellow coloring agents is 9.6 parts. 324055 216 201241099 [Table 14]

Yellow colorant (YC-2): Commercially available C I. Disperse dye yellow (4) Tiger yellow colorant (YC-3): Commercially available C I. Disperse dye yellow material number &lt; evaluation of yellow coloring composition&gt; The spectral dispersibility, recording, coloring power, contact resistance, and light resistance of the yellow coating film produced by using the obtained yellow colored composition to 38) were evaluated by the following methods. Table 2 is the result of the assessment. (Assessment of Spectroscopic Transmittance) 324055 217 201241099 A yellow colored composition (DY-1 to 38) was coated on a glass substrate of 100 mm x 100 mm and 1. 1 mm thick by a spin coater and then dried at 70 ° C. After heating for 20 minutes at 220 ° C for 20 minutes, it was left to cool to form a coated substrate. The prepared honey-film substrate was subjected to heat treatment at 220 ° C, and the transmittance of 450 ηηι was 5%, and 500 nm was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus, Japan). And 550nm split light transmittance. The higher the spectral transmittance at 500 nm and 550 nm, the better the brightness. The split light transmittance of 500 nm and 550 nm is determined according to the following criteria. 〇: 99% or more △ : 97 or more and less than 99% X : less than 97% (evaluation of comparison value) Light emitted by a backlight unit for a liquid crystal display device, polarized by a polarizing plate 'and then coated on a glass substrate The coloring composition of the coating film, up to # another polarizing plate. At this time, when the polarizing plate is parallel to the polarizing surface of the polarizing plate, the light passes through the polarizing plate. When the polarizing plate is perpendicular to the polarizing plate, the light is blocked by the polarizing plate. However, when the light which is polarized by the polarizing plate passes through the coating film of the coloring composition, light scattering occurs due to the colorant particles, and a part of the polarizing surface shifts, and the amount of light transmitted when paralleled with the polarizing plate decreases, or is polarized. Only a portion of the light passes through the plate when it is vertical. The luminance on the polarizing plate of the transmitted light is measured, and the ratio of the luminance 'when the polarizing plates are parallel to the luminance at the vertical direction is calculated as the contrast value. (Comparative value 辉 luminance when parallel) / (luminance in vertical direction) 324055 218 201241099 Therefore, when light scattering occurs due to the coloring agent in the coating film, the luminance in parallel is lowered, and the luminance in the vertical direction is increased, so The contrast value can be lowered. In addition, the colorimeter is a color luminometer (Topcon 「 "BM-5A" manufactured by the company), and the polarizing plate is a polarizing plate ("NPF-G1220DM" manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation). At the time of measurement, it was measured by a black mask in which the measurement portion was separated by a hole having a square of 1 cm. At the same time, the coated substrate used in the evaluation of the comparative value was coated with a yellow coloring composition (DY-1 to 38) on a glass substrate of 100 mm x 100 mm and 1.1 mm thick by a spin coater. After drying at 7 (dry for 20 minutes at rc), it was heated at 2,202⁄4 for 20 minutes, and placed in a cooled state. The coated substrate was prepared by heating at 22 ° C and then under a C light source. The chromaticity of x=〇. is compared with the following criteria. 〇: 3000 or more △. 2000 or more and less than 3〇〇〇φ X · less than 2000 (evaluation of tinting strength) When the coating value of the same value was evaluated, the film thickness at the chromaticity of X(C)=0.440 was measured, and it was judged according to the following criteria. The chromaticity of x(C)=0·440 was given. The smaller the film thickness is, the higher the coloring power is, which is better. 〇: Less than 2.0[//ιη] △ : 2.0 or more and less than X. 3. 〇 above [^ m] 324055 219 201241099 (Assessment of heat resistance) The yellow colored composition (DY-1 to 38) was spin-coated on a glass substrate of 100 mm×100 mm and 1. lmm thick. The coating was carried out, followed by drying at 70 ° C for 20 minutes, followed by heating at 220 ° C for 20 minutes, and then left to cool to prepare a coated substrate. The coated substrate was heat treated at 220 ° C. It can be combined with the chromaticity of x=0. 440 under the C light source. The chromaticity under the C light source of the obtained coating film ([L*(l)], a*(l), b*(l ))) Determined by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus, Japan). Thereafter, the heat resistance test was performed by heating at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and the chromaticity ([L*(2)], a*(2), b*(2)))) under the C light source was measured, and then The calculation formula is described, and the color difference AEab* is obtained and evaluated in the following three stages. AEab*=/'((L*(2)-L*(l))2+(a*(2)-a^(l))2+(b*(2)-b*(l))2 〇: ΔΕβΙ)* is not up to 5. 0 △ : AEab* is above 5.0 and not up to 10. 0 _ X : AEab* is above 10.0 (evaluation of light resistance) in the case of heat resistance Method for producing a coated substrate, the chromaticity ([L*(l)), a*(l), b*(l)]) under the C light source is a microscopic spectrophotometer (OSP manufactured by Olympus, Japan) -SP100") measurement. After that, a UV-resistant color filter ("COLORED OPTICAL GLASS L38" manufactured by Hoya Co., Ltd., Japan) was attached to the substrate, and the ultraviolet light was irradiated with a 470 W/m2 xenon lamp for 100 hours, and then the chromaticity under the C light source was measured. ([L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)))), the color difference 324055 220 201241099 Δ Eab* was obtained by the above calculation formula, and was evaluated on the same basis as the heat resistance. [Table 15] Table 2.

Yellow coloring composition evaluation result Spectroscopic transmittance Contrast value Tint strength Heat resistance Pre-existence 5 0 0 nm 5 5 0 η m Example 1 DY-1 Δ Ο Δ 〇 Δ Δ Example 2 DY-2 0 0 Δ 0 ο ο 实施例 3 DY-3 ο ο 厶ο ο ο 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施Embodiment 7 DY- 7 ο 0 Δ ο ο 0 Embodiment 8 DY-8 0 0 Δ ο 0 ο Real Drag Example 9 DY- 9 0 0 厶ο ο ο Embodiment 1 0 DY- 1 0 0 0 厶0 ο ο Embodiment 1 1 DY-1 1 ο 0 厶ο ο ο Example 1 2 DY - 1 2 ο 0 ο ο ο ο Example 1 3 DY-1 3 ο 0 厶ο 0 ο Example 1 4 DY-1 4 ο 0 ο ο ο ο 实施 实施 实施 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Example 1 8 DY- 1 8 ο ο ο ο ο ο 实施 实施 实施 1 1 1 DY - 1 9 0 0 ο ο 0 ο Example 2 0 DY-2 0 0 0 厶 0 ο ο Example 2 1 DY-21 0 0 0 ο ο ο Example 2 2 DY-22 0 0 0 0 0 ο Example 2 3 DY-23 0 0 厶ο 0 △ Example 2 4 DY-24 ο 0 Δ ο ο ο Example 2 5 DY- 2 5 ο ο 0 ο ο ο 实施 实施 实施 实施 2 2 DY - 2 6 Δ ο 厶 ο ο ο ο ο ο ο ο Example 2 9 DY-2 9 0 0 厶ο Δ ο Example 3 0 DY-30 Δ 0 Δ ο ο ο Example 3 1 DY-3 1 ο 0 厶ο 厶0 Example 3 2 DY- 3 2 Λ 0 ο ο ο ο Example 3 3 DY-3 3 0 0 Δ ο Δ ο Reference Example 1 DY- 3 4 X 厶厶X ο ο Reference Example 2 DY- 3 5 X 0 XXXX Reference Example 3 DY-36 X厶XXXX Reference Example 4 DY- 3 7 0 0 X _ 0 Δ Δ Reference Example 5 DY-3B 厶ο X Δ ο Q As shown in Table 2, the coloring agent having the features of the present embodiment contains the general formula (1). The yellow colored composition of the quinoline yellow pigment shown and the quinoline yellow dye represented by the formula (6), the results of which are the spectral transmittance, the contrast value of 221 324055 201241099, and the coloring power. Excellent, and (4) no problem in heat resistance and light resistance. another

On the other hand, the yellow colored composition (1) of the examples 1 to 3 (?) was _34 to 36), and as a result, the brightness was low. The yellow colored composition (DY-37, 38) of the reference examples 4 and 5 of C.I. New Zealand No. 138 was used alone, and the result was good in brightness, but the contrast value was low. Further, the yellow colored composition (DY-34) of Reference Example i which is used alone as c. I. Pigment Yellow No. 138 of the conventional pigment has a problem that the coloring power is low in addition to the low luminance. The non-quinoline yellow dye [B] c. 丨. Disperse Dye Yellow No. 54, and C · I. Disperse Dye Yellow 6 No. 4, yellow colored composition (DY-35, 36), The knots are poor in contrast value, heat resistance, and light resistance. &lt;Manufacturing method of green photosensitive coloring composition&gt; [Example 34] (Green photosensitive coloring composition A mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered by a filter of i. to prepare green photosensitive property. Coloring composition (RG_i).: Green coloring composition (DG-1) 23. 5 parts of yellow coloring composition (DY-1) 21. 5 parts of acrylic resin solution 2 2. 0 parts of photopolymerizable monomer ^: Japan The East Asia Synthetic Company's manufacturing plant is ^ 乂 ❾纟 ❾纟 ”! *# Photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE-OXE02) manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. 1. 2 parts of cyclohexanone 20. 0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 27. 4 parts [Examples 35 to 70, Reference Example 6 to 15] 324055 222 201241099 (Production of green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-2 to 47)) In addition to using the yellow coloring composition shown in Table 3, and the green coloring composition or the blue coloring composition, When the coating film is evaluated, the ratio of the yellow colored composition and the green colored composition or the blue colored composition of the chromaticity of x=0.290, y=0.600 under the C light source is changed to the total amount of the yellow colored composition. A photosensitive coloring composition ((RG-2 to 47)) was produced in the same manner as in the photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1) except for the ratio of 45 parts.

324055 223 201241099 [Table 16]

Table 3· Combination of coloring compositions used for green photosensitive color composition Yellow colored paper product Green or blue colored composition Example 3 4 RG-1 DY-1 DG-1 Example 3 5 RG- 2 DY- 2 DG-1 Example 3 6 RG-3 DY-3 DG-1 Example 3 7 RG- 4 DY- 4 DG - 1 Example 3 Β RG- 5 DY- 5 DG-1 Example 3 9 RG- 6 DY-6 DG-1 Example 4 0 RG- 7 DY-7 DG- 1 Example 4 1 RG» 8 DY-8 DG- 1 Example 4 2 RG- Θ DY- 9 DG- 1 Example 4 3 RG - 1 0 DY- 1 0 DG- 1 Example 4 4 RG-1 1 DY-1 1 DG-1 Example &gt; 4 5 RG-1 2 DY-1 2 DG-1 Example 4 6 RG-1 3 DY-1 3 DG- 1 Example 4 7 RG- 1 4 DY- 1 4 DG- 1 Example 4 8 RG- 1 5 DY- 1 5 DG- 1 Example 4 9 RG- 1 6 DY- 1 6 DG - 1 Example 5 0 RG- 1 7 DY- 1 7 DG- 1 Example 5 1 RG~ 1 8 DY- 1 8 DG- 1 Example 5 2 RG-1 Θ DY- 1 9 DG- 1 Example 5 3 RG-20 DY- 2 0 DG- 1 Example 5 4 RG- 2 1 DY» 2 1 DG- 1 Example 5 5 RG- 2 2 DY- 22 DG- 1 Example 5 6 RG-23 DY- 2 3 DG-1 Example 5 7 RG- 2 4 DY- 2 4 DG- 1 Example 5 8 RG-25 DY-25 DG- 1 Example 5 9 RG- 2 6 DY- 2 6 DG- 1 Example 6 0 RG-27 DY- 27 DG- 1 Example 6 1 RG- 28 DY- 2 8 DG-1 Example 6 2 RG- 2 9 DY- 2 9 DG-1 Example 6 3 RG- 3 0 DY- 3 0 DG- 1 Example 6 4 RG-3 1 DY- 31 DG- 1 Example 6 5 RG-3 2 DY- 3 2 DG- 1 Greedy Example 6 6 RG- 3 3 DY-3.3 DG- 1 Example 6 7 RG- 3 4 DY- 1 9 DB- 1 Example 6 8 RG- 3 5 DY- 20 DB- 1 Example 6 9 RG- 3 6 DY - 21 DB- 1 Example 7 0 RG- 3 7 DY- 2 2 DB- 1 Reference Example 6 RG- 3 8 DY-34 DG- 1 Reference Example 7 RG-39 DY- 35 DG- 1 Reference Example 8 RG- 40 DY- 3 6 DG- 1 Reference Example 9 RG-4 1 DY- 37 DG- 1 Reference Example 1 0 RG- 4 2 DY- 3 8 DG- 1 Reference Example 1 1 RG- 4 3 DY- 3 4 DB- 1 Reference Example 1 2 RG-44 DY- 35 DB- 1 Reference Example 1 3 RG-45 DY- 3 6 DB- 1 Reference Example 1 4 RG-46 DY-37 DB-1 Reference Example 1 5 RG- 4 7 DY - 3 8 DB- 1 324055 224 201241099 &lt;Evaluation of green photosensitive coloring composition&gt; Brightness, contrast value, and coloration of the green coating film produced by the obtained green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1 to 47) The force, heat resistance, light resistance, and sensitivity were evaluated by the following methods. Table 4 shows the results of their evaluation. (Evaluation of Brightness) The green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1 to 47) was coated on a glass substrate of 100 mm x 10 Omm and 1.1 mm thick by a spin coater, followed by drying at 70 ° C. After 20 minutes, ultraviolet light exposure was performed with an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp at a cumulative light amount of 150 mJ/cm2, and then developed with an alkali developing solution at 23 ° C to obtain a coated substrate. Thereafter, the mixture was heated at 220 ° C for 20 minutes, and after standing and cooled, the brightness Y (C) of the obtained coated substrate was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus, Japan). The coated substrate was subjected to a heat treatment at 220 ° C, and then subjected to a chromaticity of x=0.290 and y=0.600 under a C light source. In the case of the alkali imaging solution, 1.5% by mass of sodium carbonate, 0.5% by mass of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 8.0 φ% by mass of an anionic surfactant ("Pelex NBL" manufactured by Kao Corporation, Japan), and 90% by mass of water are used. Constitute. Thereafter, the value of the brightness is determined based on the following criteria. 〇: 60. 5 or more △: 58. 5 or more and less than 60. 5 X: not up to 58.5 (assessment of comparative value) The comparison of the coating value of the coating film is compared with the yellow coloring composition. The value was determined by the same method. And use the same as the rating of 324055 225 201241099 in the evaluation of brightness. After the sample is coated, after calculating the contrast value, follow the 〇: 3500 or more △ : 3000 or more and less than 35 〇〇 X : not up to 3000 (evaluation of tinting strength)

The film thickness at the chromaticity of X 0.290 and y (c) = 〇 600 was measured using the same coating film as in the evaluation of the brightness, and was determined according to the following meaning. In the case where x(C)=〇.290 and y(C)=〇.600 are shown as 色p / hr, which means that the greater the coloring power, it is preferable. , drought 〇: and not up to 2. 5 [ // m] △ · 2.5 or more and less than 3.0 [/ / m] X : 3. 0 or more [vm] (assessment of heat) using green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1 to -1Λη 1ΛΛ υ , coated on a glass plate of lOOmmx 100mm, l. I 匪 thick by a spin coater, owing it to dry at 7 ° C for 20 minutes, then with ultra-high pressure mercury The lamp was subjected to ultraviolet exposure with a total amount of illumination of l50 nJ/cm 2 'after exposure to alkali in 2 generations; image liquid: line development. Then, it was heated at 22 (TC for 20 minutes, and after standing cooling, a coated substrate was obtained. The prepared coated substrate was subjected to a heat treatment at 22 〇〇c, and then subjected to a chromaticity of χ=〇·290 and y=〇·6〇〇 under a C light source. The obtained coating film C The chromaticity under the light source, a*(i), b*(l)]) was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by 〇iympUS, Japan). Thereafter, the heat resistance test was performed at 23 ( Heating at rc for 1 hour, and measuring its chromaticity under C light source ([l*(2), a*(2), 324055 226 201241099 b*(2)])), and then calculating the following formula Color difference AEab*, and the following 3 steps △ Eab氺=,((L*(2)-L*(l))2+(a*(2)-a*(l))2+(b*(2)-b*(l) z) 〇: AEab* is not up to 5. 0 △ : AEab* is above 5.0 and not up to 10. 0 X : AEab* is above 10. 0 (assessment of light resistance) First in the evaluation of heat resistance In the same way, a coated substrate is produced, and the chromaticity ([L*(l), a*(l), b*(l)]) under the ® C light source is a microscopic spectrophotometer (manufactured by Olympus, Japan). After measuring the OSP-SP100"), an ultraviolet-resistant color filter ("COLORED OPTICAL GLASS L38" manufactured by Hoya Co., Ltd., Japan) was attached to the substrate, and ultraviolet rays were irradiated with a gas lamp of 470 W/m2 for 100 hours. The chromaticity ([L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)))) under the C light source was measured, and the color difference Δ Eab* was obtained by the above calculation formula, and was the same as the heat resistance. Benchmarking φ (Evaluation of Sensitivity) The green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1 to 47) was first coated on a glass substrate of 10 cm x 10 cm by spin coating, and then added at 70 ° C in a dust-free oven. Heat the solvent for 15 minutes to remove the coating film to obtain about 2 / zm. Secondly, after cooling the substrate to room temperature, the ultra-high pressure The mercury lamp was exposed to ultraviolet light through a strip of 100 mm wide (200 μm pitch) and 25 mm wide (pitch 50/zm) strips, after which the substrate was sprayed with an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 23 ° C. After the image, it was washed with ion-exchanged water, air-dried, and then heated at 220 ° C for 20 minutes in a dust-free oven. Further, the film thickness of the image of the 100//m mask portion of the color filter segment 324055 227 201241099 formed by the above method is measured, and the minimum exposure amount with a film thickness of 90% or more after coating is determined according to the following criteria. . The smaller the minimum exposure amount, the higher the sensitivity of the photosensitive coloring composition. 〇: not more than 50mJ/cm2 △ : 50mJ/cm2 or more and less than 100 mJ/cm2 X : 100mJ/cm2 or more Reference 324055 228 201241099 [Table 17]

As shown in Table 4, the coloring agent having the characteristics of the present embodiment contains the quinophthalone yellow pigment represented by the general formula (1) and the quinoline yellow dye represented by the general formula (6) 229 324055 201241099 As a result, the green photosensitive coloring composition was excellent in brightness, contrast value, and coloring power, and there was no problem in terms of the heat resistance and light resistance of the coating film. In addition, the results are all sensitive regardless of whether or not the dye is contained therein. On the other hand, the yellow coloring agent is a green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-38, 43) of Reference Examples 6 and 11 of C. I. Pigment Yellow No. 138, which uses a conventional pigment alone, and as a result, the coloring power is low. In the yellow coloring agent, the green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-41, 42, 46, 47) of 9, 10, 14, and 15 of the reference example of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 was used alone. ), the result is good brightness, but low contrast value, and sensitivity is also poor. In the case of the yellow coloring agent, the green photosensitive coloring composition (RG) of Reference Examples 7, 8, 12, and 13 of the CI Disperse Dye Yellow No. 54 of the non-purine yellow dye [B] and the CI Disperse Dye Yellow 64 was used. In the case of -39, 40, 44, 45), the results are inferior in all characteristics. &lt;Production of color filter&gt; First, the production of a red photosensitive coloring composition and a blue photosensitive coloring composition used in the production of a color former was performed. (Essence of the red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1)) After mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, the oxidized wrong beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were used, and the Eiger grinding and dispersing machine (manufactured by Eiger Co., Ltd.) was used. "Mini Model Μ-250 ΜΚΠ") was dispersed for 5 hours, and then filtered through a mesh of 5.0 / zm to prepare a red colored composition (DR-1). Red pigment (CI Pigment Red No. 254) 9. 6 parts of red pigment (CI Pigment Red No. 177) 2. 4 parts 324055 230 3 201241099 1.0 part 35. 5225.2 parts of resin type dispersant (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) EFKA4300") Acrylic resin solution 1 propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, and then the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered through a filter of 1.0 μm to prepare a red photosensitive coloring composition. Red coloring composition (DR-1) Λ /ν 13. 2 parts 2.8 parts 2.0 parts 0.4 parts 39. 6 parts Acrylic resin solution 2

Photopolymerizable monomer ("ΑΓ〇η|χ财〇〇" manufactured by Sakamoto East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator (rIRGACURE-9〇7 manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) Sensitizer (manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 5mm的氧化错珠,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, The Eiger grinding and dispersing machine ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger 曰) was dispersed for 5 hours, and then filtered through a 5.0/zm sieve to prepare a blue coloring composition (dld. Blue pigment (C. I·Pigment Blue 15 : No. 6) 7 2 parts of purple pigment (CI Pigment Violet No. 23) Resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 35. 0 parts 25.0 parts of acrylic resin solution 1 propylene glycol monomethyl ether After the acetate, the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered through a 1.0 μm filter to prepare a blue photosensitive coloring composition (RB-1). 324055 231 201241099 Blue coloring Composition (DB-1) 34. 0 parts acrylic Resin solution 2 15. 2 parts of photopolymerizable monomer ("Ar〇nix M4" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 3.3 parts of photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE-907, manufactured by Ciba Japan) 2.0 parts of sensitizer ( Japan's Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. manufactures "EAB_F") 0.4 parts of ethyl alcohol, early formazanic acid, and 55.1 parts (manufactured by color filters). The black matrix on the glass substrate is first processed into an image, and then on the substrate.

The red-grade coloring % composition was applied by a spin coater (κκ_υ was applied to form a colored film. The film was further separated, and ultraviolet rays were irradiated at 15 Gm/cm2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. Secondly, a 0.2% by weight aqueous solution of sodium carbonate was used. After the image is sprayed to remove the unexposed portion, the (4) sub-exchange water is washed, and the substrate is heated at 22 (TC for 2 minutes to form a red color filter segment. Among them, the red color filter The fragment is heated at 220 Torr, and it is combined with a chromaticity of x=0.640 and y=0.330 under a C light source (hereinafter, also used in green and blue). Thereafter, in the same manner, The green color filter segment is a green photosensitive coloring composition (RG_19) and is combined with a chromaticity of x=0.290, y=0·600 to make a blue color filter segment using a blue photosensitive coloring composition. (RB-1) is combined with the chromaticity of x=〇.l5〇, y=〇6〇〇, and each color filter segment is formed to obtain a color filter. The green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-19) is used. At that time, it can be seen that the color picker can be partyized and compared with the south, and other physical properties. Using "Embodiment V" 324055 232 201241099 &lt;. The manufacturing method of quinoline yellow pigment &gt; quinoline yellow pigment 1

2.9 parts of 6-hydroxy-2-indolequinoline and 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride and 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After it was left to cool, 100 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for a while, the solid was collected by suction filtration. After that, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (40 ° 一 overnight to obtain a product of 4.2 parts. The yield was 82%. Then, a mass analyzer (TOF-MS: Bruker·D:lton: manufactured by the company cs Japan] aut〇 The compound was identified by flexI〇, and the result was m/z=408 (molecular weight 407.5), which was determined to be the target. | Quinoline Yellow 2

2份的苯苯-2-曱quinoline and 2.5 parts of anhydride, 3. The mixture of the bitter formic acid is mixed, and then the acid is placed in the t-acid, and then added with 1 part of methanol. The solids precipitated therefrom were subjected to suction filtration/time, and then the solid force was cut again at 324Q55. 233 201241099 Into 200 parts of methanol, after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain a product of 3. Its yield was 67%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, aut〇f lexn). As a result, m/z = 366 (molecular weight 365·4) was confirmed as the target. Quinoline yellow pigment 3

F3c 2.7 parts of 7-trifluoromethyl-2-indene and 2.5 parts of naphthalene diacetic acid anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After it was left to cool, 100 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the solid which precipitated was collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction. After that, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain a product of 2. 9 φ parts. Its yield was 58%. Thereafter, the identification of the compound was carried out by a mass spectrometer (T0F-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan Co., Ltd. 'autoflexn). As a result, m/z = 392 (molecular weight 391.3) was determined as the object.啥琳黄素4

324055 234 201241099 2. 7 parts of 8-n-butoxy-2-indene and 2.5 parts of ca. sialic acid anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After it was left to cool, 100 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids are collected by suction and then collected. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after 1 hour of mixing, the solid was collected by suction filtration. After that, it was dried overnight by a vacuum dryer (4 Torr.) to obtain a product of 3.1 parts. Its yield was 62%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, aut〇f iexn). As a result, m/z = 396 (molecular weight: 395. 5) was confirmed as the target. Quinoline yellow pigment 5

3. 4 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy) 2 -methylquinoline and 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride and 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed at 2 Torr. (: stirring for 7 hours. After standing to cool, add 1 part of methanol and mix for 1 hour. After that, the precipitated solid was collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts. In methanol, after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration, and then a vacuum dryer (4 〇. 〇 dry overnight) gave 5.0 parts of the product. The yield was 88%. The analyzer (TOF-MS: Bruker Da 1 toni cs, manufactured by Japan Corporation, 'autof 1 ex 11) was used for the identification of the compound. The result was m/z = 452 (molecular weight 451.5) and 324055 235 201241099 was determined as the target. σ奎琳黄素6

4. 4 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-5-phenyl-2-methylquinoline and 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid, and Stir at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After it was left to cool, 100 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. 5份的产物物。 After drying in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) overnight, to obtain 5. 7 parts of the product. Its yield is 85%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autoflex II). As a result, m/z = 528 (molecular weight 527.7) was determined as the target.啥 黄色 yellow pigment 7

The mixture of 4.5 parts of 8-dodecyloxy-2-indolequinoline and 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride and 30 parts of benzoic acid was mixed and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. 324055 236 201241099 After cooling it, add 100 parts of methanol and stir for 1 hour. Thereafter, the solids precipitated therein were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol. After a small amount of stirring, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (4 (rc) overnight to obtain a product of 3.6 parts. The yield was 57%. Then, the compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: BrukerDaltonics Japan, autoflex II). The result is m/z=5〇8 (molecular weight 507.6), which can be determined as the target substance.

4. 4 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-5-bromo-2-indolino and 2.5 parts of naphthalene diacetate, 3 parts of benzoic acid, and 2 〇〇t: Stir for 7 hours. After standing to cool, 1 part of methanol was added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Then, it was dried overnight by a vacuum dryer to obtain a product of 4 parts. The yield was 61%. Thereafter, the compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autoflexll). As a result, m/z = 531 (molecular weight 530.5) was identified as the target. 324055 237 201241099 啥琳黄素9

2.9 parts of 6-trifluoromethoxy-2-methylquinoline, 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, and 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After standing to cool, 100 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. 5份的产物物。 After drying in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) overnight, to obtain 4.3 parts of the product. Its yield was 83%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autof lexll). As a result, m/z = 408 (molecular weight 407.3) can be determined as a target.啥琳黄素10

3.5 parts of 6-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-indolequinoline and 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After standing to cool, 100 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, it was suctioned through 324055 238 201241099 to collect the solid. After that, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (4 ° C) to give a product of 3.9 parts. Its yield was 68%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: BrukerDaltonics Japan, Inc. 'autoflexll). The result is m/z = 452 (the amount of breaking up 451.5) can be determined as the target.啥琳黄素11

2 parts by weight of 6-(2-acetoxyethoxy)-2-indolequinoline and 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid, and stirred at 20 (TC for 7 hours) After it was allowed to cool, 1 liter of sterol was added and scrambled for 1 hour. After that, the solid which precipitated was collected by suction filtration, and the solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol. After stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration, and then dried in a vacuum dryer (403⁄4) to give a yield of 3.3 parts. The yield was 64%. Then the mass spectrometer (TOF-MS) : Bruker Daltonics, manufactured by the Japanese company, autoflexll). The result was m/z = 412 (molecular weight 411.5), which was identified as the target. Quinoline yellow pigment 12

3.4 parts of 6-(2-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)ethoxy)-2-methylquina 324055 239 201241099 porphyrin and 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 30 parts of benzene Mix the citric acid and mix for 7 hours at 2 °c. After standing to cool, 1 part of methanol was added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 2 parts of sterol, and after 1 hour of scramble, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight by a vacuum dryer (40 C) to obtain a product of 3. Its yield was 53%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japan, autoflexn). As a result, m/z = 454 (molecular weight 453.5) was determined as the target.啥琳黄素13

3.4 parts of 4-(2-ethylhexyloxy)_2-methylquinine and 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and stirred at 2 〇〇π for 7 hours. . After it was left to cool, 1 part of sterol was added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. After that, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (4 Torr.), and a product of 4.2 parts was obtained. The yield was 74%. The mass spectrometer (T〇F, MS: manufactured by Bruker Daltonics Japan, aut〇flex II) was used. Identification of the compound. The result is m/z = 452 (molecular weight 451.5). It can be confirmed as 324055 240 201241099. Quinoline yellow pigment 14

3.8 parts of ethyl 5-(2-quinoline-8-yloxy)pentanoate and 2. 5 parts of naphthalene bis-acid anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid, and then 2 〇〇 Give 7 hours under c. After it was left to cool, add 1 part of sterol and give it for 2 hours. After that, the solid which precipitated was collected by grapefruit filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterols. After 1 hour of mixing, the solids were collected by suction filtration. After that, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (4 Torr. 一 一 , , , , 4 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物The result is m/z=482 (molecular weight 481.5), which can be determined as the target substance.

2.0 parts of 8-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline and 2.5 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and stirred for 2 hours at 2 Torr (arc was placed, cooled, and then added. 100 parts of methanol and scrambled for 1 hour. After that, 324055 241 201241099, the precipitated solid was collected by suction filtration, and the solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, after 1 hour of scramble, and then After suction, the solid was collected, and then dried in a vacuum dryer (4 ° C) overnight to obtain a product of 3.7 parts. The yield was 86%. Then the mass analyzer (T0F-MS ·· Bruker Daltonics Japan made 'autoflexll' to identify the compound. The result was m/z = 339 (molecular weight 339.3), which was identified as the target.

0份的喹素黄素15号 mixed in 20 parts of N,N-dimercaptoacetamide 'remixed 〇. 3 parts of sodium hydroxide, 1.8 parts of 2-ethyl φ Hexyl- 4-bromobutyric acid was then stirred at 90 ° C for 1 hour. After allowing to cool, 100 parts of sterol, 100 parts of water were added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the solids precipitated therein were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 100 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (4 〇. (:)) to give 1.6 parts of a product. The yield was 51%. Then, it was carried out by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics, Japan, aut〇flex II). Identification of the compound, the result is m/z = 538 (molecular weight 537.7) can be determined as the target. 324055 242 201241099 quinoline yellow pigment 17

份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份。 5-bromopentanoic acid was then stirred at 90 ° C for 1 hour. After allowing to cool, 100 parts of sterol and 100 parts of water were added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 100 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 2.0 parts of a product. Its yield was 62%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autof lexl I). As a result, m/z = 552 (molecular weight 551.7) was confirmed as the target.啥 黄色 yellow pigment 18

First, 2.0 parts of quinophthalone yellow pigment 15 is mixed with 20 parts of N,N-dimethyl 324055 243 201241099 acetaminophen, 'Qihe 〇. 3 parts of sodium hydroxide, 2.4 parts of 2- desert Butyric acid-2-(2-(2-ethylhexyloxy)ethoxy) B was intended from the following. Mix under c for 2 hours. After standing to cool, the reaction liquid was added to a 5 part portion of water and a force of σ into 1 part of chloroform to extract an organic layer. Thereafter, sulfur was added to the organic layer and dried, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained concentrate was subjected to a cut-off tube (four) analysis (secret/acetic acid B (tetra) G/K volume ratio fine I 'served to 2. 8 parts of the product. The yield was 76%. Then with a mass analyzer (T0F,: The compound was identified by Bruker Japan, aUt〇fleXn), and the result was m/z=626 (molecular weight 625.8), which was identified as the target substance.

First, the portion of the yellow pigment No. 15 is mixed with 20 parts of N,N-dimercaptoacetic acid amine to reproduce the hydrazine. 3 parts of sodium hydroxide, 2.5 parts of 5_movaleric acid-2-( 2-(2-Ethylhexyloxy)ethoxy)B-, followed by 2 hours of disruption. After standing to cool, the reaction liquid was added to 50 parts of water, and 1 gram of chloroform was added to extract an organic layer. After that, the organic product is further forced into and dried, (4), separated, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained concentrate was further subjected to a hair gel column chromatography (gas imitation / ethyl acetate = 10/1 (volume ratio m to make 2.7 parts of the production. The yield was ·. After the mass analyzer (cake, : Bruker Daltonics, Inc., manufactured by Japan, autoflexn) for the identification of the compound. The result is that the heart _ (molecule 324055 244 201241099, 633.8) can be identified as the target. Quinoline yellow pigment 20

First, 2.0 parts of quinoline yellow pigment 15 is mixed in 2 parts of n, N-dibenzimidamide, and then mixed. 3 parts of sodium hydroxide, 9. γ parts of 2 (2 • Ethylhexyl)oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane-3,4-diacid ester, followed by stirring at 150 C for 10 hours. After standing to cool, the reaction liquid was added to 50 parts of water, and 1 part of a gas mixture was added to extract an organic layer. Thereafter, magnesium sulfate was further added to the organic layer to dryness, filtration, and concentration under reduced pressure. The resulting product was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (methanol / ethyl acetate = 10/1 (volume ratio)). Its yield is 30%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF_MS: manufactured by Bruker Daltonics Japan φ 'autoflexll). As a result, m/z = 750 (molecular weight 749.9) can be determined as the target. Quinoline yellow pigment 21

First, mix 2.0 parts of Disperse Yellow 160 in 20 parts of N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, then mix 0.3 parts of sodium hydroxide, 1.8 parts of 324055 245 201241099 of 2-ethylhexyl-4- Bromobutyric acid was then stirred for 9 hours at 9{rc. After allowing to cool, 100 parts of sterol, 1 part of water was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the solids precipitated therein were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 100 parts of sterol, and after 1 hour of scramble, the solid was collected by suction filtration. After that, a vacuum dryer (40. Drying overnight) was used to obtain a product of 2.0 parts. The yield was 60%. Then, the compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: manufactured by Bruker Daltonics Japan, 'autoflexll). As a result, m/z = 538 (molecular weight 537·7) can be determined as the target substance. Quinoline yellow pigment 22

The φ method is used for synthesis. Quinoline yellow pigment 23

Among them, Disperse Yellow 54 is used. 324055 246 201241099 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 24

Br

Among them, Disperse Yellow 64 is used. And a solution of 70. 0 parts of cyclohexanone, in a reaction vessel provided with a thermometer, a condensing tube, a nitrogen gas metering tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, in a separable 4-necked flask, After the temperature is further increased to 80 ° C, and the reaction vessel is replaced with nitrogen, 13.3 parts of n-butyl decyl acrylate, 4.6 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 4 3 parts of methacrylic acid, 7.4 parts of p-isopropylidene phenol oxirane modified acrylate ("Aronix M110" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.), 0.4 parts of 2,2'-azo A mixture of isobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin having a weight φ of an average molecular weight of 26,000. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 g of the resin solution was sampled and dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to determine the non-volatile matter, and the non-volatile fraction of the previously synthesized resin solution was added in an amount of 20% by weight. Prepared into an acrylic resin solution. Among them, the polymerization average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is TSK gel column (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, Japan), and GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, LC-8120GPC) of the apparatus RI detector, and the solvent is used, and THF is used. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the converted polystyrene at the time of measurement. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Pigment&gt; 324055 247 201241099 (Production of Blue Pigment 1) 200 parts of the phthalocyanine blue pigment CI Pigment Blue 15 : No. 6 (manufactured by Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) "LI0N0L BLUE ES ” 1400 parts of sodium chloride and 360 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 galvanizing machine (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) and mixed at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixture is put into 8 liters of warm water, heated to about 80 ° C and stirred for 2 hours to make it into a slurry, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then At 85. (: Drying one night, ® obtained 190 parts of blue pigment 1. The average pigment particle size of the obtained pigment was 79 nm. (Preparation of purple pigment 1) First, 200 parts of the second cropped purple pigment c. I . Pigment Violet No. 23 ("LI0N0L VIOLET RL" manufactured by Sakamoto Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd.), 1400 parts of sodium chloride, and 360 parts of diethylene glycol added to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) Mix and mix at 6 〇t for 6 hours. Secondly, put the mixture into 8 liters of warm water, heat it to about 80 ° C and stir for 2 hours to make it into a slurry. Repeat the filtration. After washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, it was dried at 85 ° C for a day and night to obtain 190 parts of purple pigment 1. The obtained pigment had an average primary particle diameter of 28 nm. (Blue pigment 2 Preparation) In a glass 4-necked flask, 60.0 parts of phthalonitrile and 300 parts of 1-chlorinated Qin and 5.6 parts of chlorinated iron were added, and the mixture was mixed under reflux for 6 hours. Then, 'stop heating, Then place it to cool to 20 (about TC, then heat 324055 248 201241099 filter, then 600 parts of hot benzene and 3 parts of acetone were rinsed, and then the obtained wet mass was dispersed in 25 parts of benzene and refluxed for 3 hours under stirring. Again, it was filtered while hot. Wash with 6 parts of hot toluene and 3 parts of acetone, then disperse it in 15 parts of ion-exchanged water, heat and stir for 60 minutes at 60 to 7 (after TC). After washing with water, it was vacuum dried at 50 t to obtain an anthocyanin aluminum pigment (AIPc-Cl) having a blue solid of the desired structure. Then 30 parts of the obtained pigment was kept at a temperature of 12 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid. At the same time, the mixture was slowly dissolved at about 5. Torr, and then stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. Then, the temperature was not more than 5 in 6 parts of ice water. After the end of the injection, it was stirred for another hour. After filtering and washing with water, it was redispersed in 6500 parts of ion-exchanged water and filtered again. After washing with water, the wet mass was redispersed in 25 parts of 4% aqueous ammonia. Stir under reflux for 6 hours. After filtering, the wet mass was washed with ion exchange water. After the net, it was vacuum dried at 5 (rc) to obtain an anthocyanin aluminum pigment (A1Pc_〇H) having a blue solid of the desired structure. Then 50 parts of the (AIPc-OH) pigment and 150 parts of gas were obtained. Sodium hydride and 25 parts of ethylene glycol were added to a stainless steel one-times kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and mixed for 6 hours at 12 (TC). Next, the mixture was put into 5 liters. In warm water, heat to and simultaneously mix for 1 hour to make it into a slurry. Repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium vaporized and diethylene glycol, and then at 85. (: dry overnight, get blue pigment 2 . The pigment obtained had an average primary particle diameter of 28 nm. (Production of Green Pigment 1) A commercially available product of anthraquinone-based green pigment C. I. Pigment Green No. 58 ("FASTGEN GREEN A110" manufactured by DIC Corporation 324055 249 201241099) was used as it is. The green pigment 1 had an average primary particle diameter of 22 nm. (Preparation of Yellow Pigment 1) 270 parts of quinoline yellow yellow pigment CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 (trade name: pali〇t〇l Yellow K0960-HD by BASF Corporation), 1350 parts of gasification sodium, and 500 parts Diethylene glycol was added to a 1 gallon kneading machine made of stainless steel (manufactured by Sakamoto Inoue Co., Ltd.) and mixed for 6 hours at 12 (TC). Next, the mixture was poured into 8 liters of warm water and heated to 8 (TC while stirring for 2 hours to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 85. (: drying one night, 250 parts of yellow pigment 3 was obtained. The obtained pigment had an average primary particle diameter of 36 nm. (Production of Yellow Pigment 2) 200 parts of nickel complex yellow pigment C I. Pigment Yellow 15 No. ("E_4GN" manufactured by Lanxess Co., Ltd.), 14" A portion of sodium sulphate and 36 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue Co., Ltd., Japan), and mixed at 120. (: mixing for 6 hours. Next, The mixture was poured into 8 liters of warm water, heated to 80 ° C and stirred for 2 hours to make it into a slurry. The liquid was repeatedly subjected to a transition, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then dried overnight at 85 ° C to obtain 190 parts of a yellow pigment 2. The obtained pigment had a volume average primary particle diameter of 67 ηηη. Preparation of yellow pigment 3) 500 parts of isoporphyrin yellow pigment CI Pigment Yellow No. 139 ("Igagaph〇R YELLOW 2R-CF" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.), 500 parts of sodium carbonate, and 250 parts Ethylene glycol was added to a 1 gallon stainless steel 324055 250 201241099 kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) and mixed for 8 hours at 120 ° C. Next, the mixture was poured into 5 liters of warm water and heated to The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 1 hour to make it into a slurry. After repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, it was dried overnight at 85 ° C to obtain 490 parts of yellow pigment 1. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment was 92 nm. (Production of Red Pigment 1) 200 parts of ruthenium red pigment CI Pigment Red No. 177 (Ciba • manufactured by Japan Corporation "Cromophthal Red A2B"), 1400 parts of gasification Sodium, and 360 parts Diethylene glycol was added to a 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and mixed for 6 hours at 80 ° C. Next, the mixture was poured into 8 liters of warm water and heated to 80 ° C. While stirring at the same time for 2 hours to make it into a slurry form, it was repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium vaporized and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 85 ° C for one day and night to obtain 190 parts of red pigment 1. The obtained pigment The average primary particle size was 54 nm. φ (Production of the coloring composition Q-1) The following mixture was stirred and mixed to make it uniform, and an oxidized wrong bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm was used as an Eiger grinder ("Epi Model" manufactured by Eiger Co., Ltd. 250 ΜΚ Π") After dispersing for 5 hours, it was filtered into a colored composition Q-1 with a filtration of 5.0 vm. Quinoline yellow pigment 1: 11. 1 part pre-adjusted acrylic resin solution: 40.0 parts cyclohexanone: 48. 0 parts (production of coloring composition Q-2 to 24) 324055 251 201241099 Table 2. The following 'except 啥The colored composition Q-2 to 24 was prepared in the same manner as in the coloring composition Q4 except that the yellow color was taken as the main component of the coloring composition Q4. ,,, [Table 18] Coloring composition Q-1 Q-2 Quinoline yellow pigment 2 One ~ Q-3 ―Quinline ¥^7^1 Q-4 嗤 ' ' Yellow pigment 4 Q-5 啥琳黄素5 Q-6 quinoline yellow pigment 6 Q-7 quinoline yellow Q-8 quinoline yellow ¥1 a 'Q-9 quinoline yellow pigment 9 a Q-10 嗟琳 yellow pigment 1〇Q-11 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 11 Q-12 黄色 黄色 yellow pigment 12 ~~ Q-13 quinoline yellow pigment 13 ~~~ Q-14 喧 黄色 yellow pigment 14 Q-15 quinoline yellow pigment G ~~~ Ο^Τθ 喧琳黄素16 &quot Q-17 喧琳黄素17 ~~ Q-18 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 18 Q-19 啥琳 yellow pigment 19 ~~ Q-20 quinoline yellow pigment 20~~~ Q-21 quinoline yellow pigment 21 — Q -22 quinoline yellow pigment 22 Q-23 quinoline yellow pigment 23 ~ Q-24 quinoline yellow pigment 23⁄4 ~~ —------ 324055 252 201241099 (production of coloring composition DP-1) After the mixture was stirred and mixed to make it uniform, it was dispersed for 5 hours with an Eiger mill ("Mini Model M-250" manufactured by Eiger Co., Ltd.) using a straight #0. 5 mm zirconia bead, and then 5.0. The filter was filtered in /z in to make a colored composition (DP-1). Blue Pigment 1 (CI Pigment Blue 15: 6): 11. 0 parts of pre-adjusted acrylic resin solution: 40. 0 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (PGMAC): 48. 0 parts of resin type dispersant (Ciba) Japanese company "EFKA4300"): 1. 0 parts (production of coloring composition DP-2 to 8)

Hereinafter, the coloring compositions DP-2 to 8 were produced in the same manner as in the coloring composition DP-1 except that the blue pigment 1 was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 3. [Table 19] Table 3. Coloring composition LI. Colorant (Throat 1 DP-1 Blue Pigment 1 CI Pigment 薷 1F; : β DP-2 Purple Pigment 1 Matching Violet 23 ~ DP-3 Blue Pigment 2 酞青素绍 DP-4 green pigment 1 C. 1. 斜 oblique π DP DP-5 yellow pigment 1 -—- ί 1 tj j/ιι i — material yellow 138 DP-6 yellow pigment 2 C· Ij Page material is 150 No. DP-7 yellow pigment 3 C. 1. Pigment even 1 qq hybrid DP-8 red pigment 1 --- __^ ^ ΙΟΌ iSL· material red 177 [Examples 1 to 20, Reference Example 1 to 7] 324055 253 201241099 &lt;Coating film foreign matter test of coloring compositions Q-1 to 24 and DP-5 to 7&gt; Evaluation was carried out by preparing a test substrate and calculating the number of particles. The dried coating film was made on a transparent substrate. 2. On the Onrn method, the coloring composition was applied, and the test substrate was heated at 230 ° C for 20 minutes in the supply box. The surface was observed by a metal microscope "BX60" manufactured by Olympus, Japan. The calculation was permeable at a magnification of 500 times. The number of particles that can be observed in any of the five regions. In the evaluation results below, ◎ and 〇 are good, and △ is a foreign matter, but there is no problem in the use. X is uneven coating (plaque) due to foreign matter. ◎: Less than 5 〇: 5 or more and less than 20 △: 20 or more and less than 100 X: 100 or more, as shown in Table 4 The result is as follows: &lt;Split evaluation of the color components Q-1 to 24 and DP-5 to 7&gt; On the transparent substrate, the transmittance of the wavelength of 450 nm is made 5%. Further, the values of the transmittances at 500 nm and 550 nm were measured. The higher the transmittance at 500 nm and 550 nm, the better the brightness. In the evaluation results below, when the quinoline yellow pigment and the yellow pigment were normalized, The transmittance at 5 〇〇 nm and 550 nm, 〇 is 99% or more, Δ is 97 or more and less than 99% 'X is 97% or less. When it is 99% or more, the brightness is high, so it is preferable. The results are shown in Table 4. Further, the spectral separation of the coating films of Example 5 and Reference Examples 1 and 3 is shown in Figures 1 to 3. 324055 254 201241099 [Table 20] Table 4.

Coloring composition colorant coating film foreign matter spectrometry evaluation 500 nm 550 nm Example 1 Q-1 Lin yellow pigment 1 ◎ 〇〇 Example 2 Q-2 Quinoline yellow pigment 2 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 Q-3 Quinoline yellow pigment 3 ◎ 〇〇 Example 4 Q-4 啥 黄色 黄色 4 4 ◎ 〇〇 Example 5 Q-5 喧 黄色 黄色 5 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 〇〇 Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q 7 quinoline yellow pigment 7 ◎ 〇〇 Example 8 Q-8 啥1 lin yellow pigment 8 〇〇〇 Example 9 Q-9 啥 黄色 黄色 9 〇〇〇 〇〇〇 〇〇〇 Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q 〇〇 Example 11 Q-11 啥 黄色 11 11 11 ◎ 〇〇 Example 12 Q-12 wow yellow pigment 12 ◎ 〇〇 Example 13 Q-13 quinoline yellow pigment 13 ◎ 〇〇 Example 14 Q-14 Quinolin yellow pigment 14 〇〇〇 Example 15 Q-16 啥1 Lin yellow pigment 16 ◎ 〇〇 Example 16 Q-17 Quinoline yellow pigment 17 ◎ 〇〇 Example 17 Q-18 喧琳黄素 18 ◎ 〇 Example 18 Q-19 Quinoline yellow pigment 19 ◎ 〇〇 Example 19 Q-20 Quinoline yellow pigment 20 ◎ 〇〇 Example 20 Q-21 Quinoline yellow pigment 21 ◎ 〇〇 Test Example 1 Q-15 喧琳黄素 15 XXX Reference Example 2 Q-22 Quinoline Yellow 22 〇X 〇 Reference Example 3 Q-23 Quinolin Yellow 23 〇X 〇 Reference Example 4 Q-24 Quinone Yellow 24 Δ X Δ Reference Example 5 DP-5 CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 X X Δ Comparative Example 6 DP-6 CI Pigment Yellow No. 150 ◎ X Δ Comparative Example 7 DP-7 CI Pigment Yellow No. 139 ◎ Examples 1 to 20 As a result, the foreign matter of the coating film is small, so that it is preferable. The results of Examples 1 to 20 were excellent in spectral characteristics and showed a spectral shape in which the brightness became high. The light transmittance at 550 nm of Reference Examples 2 to 6 is preferable, but the light transmittance at 500 nm is low, and a spectroscopic shape in which the brightness can no longer be improved is displayed. 324055 255 201241099 Reference examples 1 to 4 using a hydroxyl group-containing dye on a quinoline ring are compared with the light split shapes of Examples 1 to 20 using a hydroxyl group-free dye (for example, Example 5 of FIG. 1, Reference Examples 1, 3) The light transmittance of the coating film is low at 500 nm, and it is understood that the coloring matter containing a hydroxyl group on the quinoline ring is a pigment which cannot be improved in brightness. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Blue Photoresist Material&gt; The following mixture was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered with a 1.0 μm filter to obtain a blue photoresist material B-1. 48. 0 parts 12. 0 parts 11. 0 parts 4. 2 parts @ coloring composition (DP-1): coloring composition (DP-2): pre-adjusted acrylic resin solution: trihydroxymethyl propane triacrylate :

(Nippon Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. manufactures "NK ester ATMPT photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE-907) manufactured by Ciba Japan: 1.2 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Japan's Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.4 parts of propylene glycol曱 ether acetate (PGMAC): 23.2 parts [Example 21] &lt;Adjustment of photoresist material G-1&gt; The following mixture was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then 1.0 y. After the crucible is over, the green photoresist (G-1) is obtained. The coloring composition (DP-3): 18. 0 parts of the coloring composition (Q-1): 42. 0 parts of the pre-adjusted acrylic resin solution: 11. 0 parts of trishydroxypropane triacrylate: 4. 2 parts 324055 256 201241099 ("NK ester ATMPT" manufactured by Sakamoto Shin-mura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE-907) manufactured by Ciba Japan: 1 2 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 0.4 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (PGMAC): 23. 2 parts [Examples 22 to 66, Reference Examples 8 to 15 &lt;Adjustment of photoresist materials G-2 to 46, R-1 to 4, and Y-1 to 4&gt; Hereinafter, except for the type and amount of the coloring composition As other than those shown in Table 5 and 6, the same operation as the photoresist material G-1, to obtain a resist material • agent G-2 to 46, R-1 to 4, Y-1 to 4.

324055 257 201241099 [Table 21]

Table 5 Color-blocking agent in the first-resistance agent, the coloring composition, the amount of the coloring composition, the amount of the coloring composition, the amount of the compound, the amount of the green, Example 2, 1 G-1 DP-3, 18 parts, Q-1, 2, part 2, Example 2 2 G-2 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-2 4 2 parts Example 2 3 G-3 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-3 4 2 parts Example 2 4 G-4 DP-3 1 8 parts Q- 4 42 parts Example 2 5 G-5 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-5 4 2 parts Example 2 6 G-6 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-6 4 2 parts Example 2 7 G-7 DP- 3 1 8 parts Q-7 7 parts Example 2 8 G-8 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-8 42 parts Example 2 9 G-9 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-9 42 parts Example 3 0 G -1 0 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-1 0 42 parts Example 3 1 G-1 1 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-1 1 42 parts Example 3 2 G-1 2 DP-3 1 8 parts Q -1 2 42 parts Example 3 3 G-1 3 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-1 3 42 parts Example 3 4 G-1 4 DP-3 1 8 parts Q - 14 42 parts Example 3 5 G- 1 5 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-1 6 4 2 parts Example 3 6 G-1 6 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-1 7 42 parts Example 3 7 G-1 7 DP-3 1 8 parts Q - 1 8 4 2 parts of Example 3 8 G-1 8 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-1 9 42 parts Example 3 9 G-1 9 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-2 0 4 2 parts Example 4 0 G-20 DP-3 1 8 Q-2 1 4 2 Reference Example 8 G-2 1 DP-3 1 8 parts Q-1 5 4 2 parts Example 4 1 G-22 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-1 2 4 parts Example 4 2 G-2 3 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-2 24 parts Example 4 3 G-24 DP-4 36 parts Q-3 2 4 parts Example 4 4 G-2 δ DP-4 36 parts Q-4 24 Part 4 5 G-26 DP-4 36 parts Q-5 2 4 parts Example 4 6 G-27 DP-4 36 parts Q-6 24 parts Example 4 7 G-28 DP-4 36 parts Q- 7 2 4 Examples 4 8 G-29 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-8 2 4 parts Example 4 9 G-30 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-9 9 parts Example 5 0 G-3 1 DP -4 36 parts Q-1 0 2 4 parts 324055 258 201241099 [Table 22] Example 5 1 G-3 2 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-1 1 2 4 parts Example 5 2 G-3 3 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-1 2 24 parts Example 5 3 G-3 4 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-1 1 2 2 4 parts Example 5 4 G-3 5 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-1 4 24 parts Example 5 5 G—3 6 DP-4 36 parts Q-1 6 2 4 parts Example 5 6 G-3 7 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-1 7 24 parts Example 5 7 G-3 8 DP- 4 36 parts Q-1 8 24 parts Example 5 8 G-3 9 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-1 9 24 parts Example 5 9 G — 4 0 DP-4 3 6 parts Q— 2 0 24 parts Example 6 0 G-4 1 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-2 1 24 parts Reference Example 9 G- 4 2 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-1 5 24 reference examples 1 0 G-43 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-2 2 24 parts Reference example 1 1 G-44 DP-4 3 6 parts Q- 2 3 24 parts Reference example 1 2 G— 4 5 DP-4 3 6 parts Q-24 24 parts Reference example 1 3 G—4 6 DP-4 3 6 parts DP-5 24 parts

[Table 23] Table 6 Coloring composition in the color resist material, photoresist composition, coloring composition, coloring composition, amount, coloring composition, red color, Example 61, R-1 DP-8, 37 parts, Q-10, 23 parts Example 62 R-2 DP-8 37 parts Q-11 23 parts Example 63 R-3 DP-8 37 parts Q-12 23 parts Reference Example 14 R-4 DP-8 42 parts DP-7 18 parts Yellow Example 64 Y-1 DP-6 30 parts Q-10 30 parts Example 65 Y-2 DP-6 30 parts Q-11 30 parts Example 66 Y-3 DP-6 30 parts Q-12 30 parts Reference example 15 Y -4 DP-6 54 parts DP-7 6 parts &lt;Assessment of photoresist material&gt; 324055 259 201241099 The obtained coating film of photoresist materials G-1 to 46, R-1 to 4, and Y1 to 4 Each test of the color characteristics (Y: brightness), coating foreign matter, heat resistance, and light resistance was carried out in the following manner. The results of the test are shown in Table 7. &lt;Color characteristics (Y: brightness)&gt;

On the glass substrate, under the C light source, the photoresist materials G-1 to 46 are coated with a film thickness of x=0.264 and y=0.600, and the substrate is further heated at 230 ° C. 20 minutes. For the photoresist materials R-1 to 4, a photoresist material was applied to form a film thickness of x=0.340 and y=0.640, and the substrate was further heated at 230 ° C for 20 minutes. The photoresist γ-1 to 4 is coated with a film thickness of χ=〇. 440, y=0.506, and the substrate is further heated at 23 (TC for 20 minutes. Thereafter, the obtained substrate is The brightness (γ) was measured by a microspectrophotometer (r〇SP_SP2〇〇 manufactured by 〇lympus Co., Ltd., Japan). The results are shown in Table 7. &lt;Coating film foreign matter test&gt; First on a transparent substrate Forming a dry coating film of about 2 5 / / m coating light

The resist material was subjected to full-flat ultraviolet exposure, and then heated in an oven for 20 minutes, and the substrate was evaluated after it was left to cool. The surface was observed by a metal microscope "Βχ6〇" manufactured by Olympus Corporation of Japan. = Magnification _ times, calculate the number of particles that can be passed through any of the 5 enchantments. Among the following evaluation results, ◎ and 〇 are ^ « pa , △ is a foreign matter, but ◎ no use of the problem, X is uneven coating due to foreign matter. Less than 5 〇: 5 or more and less than 2 △ △ : 20 or more and less than 1 324055 260 201241099 x : 100 or more The following is shown in Table 7. &lt;Coating film heat resistance test&gt; On the transparent substrate, a dry coating film was formed to have a coating film of about 2.5 #m, and then the ultraviolet ray was irradiated through a reticle having a predetermined image. The developer spray removes its unexposed portions to form a predetermined image. Thereafter, it was heated in an oven at 230 ° C for 20 minutes, and after standing to cool, the color of the obtained coating film under a C light source was l (L*(l)'a*(l) ' b*(l) ) Measured by a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.). Thereafter, the heat resistance test was carried out in an oven at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and the chromaticity 2 (L*(2) ' a*(2) ' b*(2)) under the C light source was measured. Then, the color difference AEab* was determined by the following calculation formula based on the measured color difference value, and the heat resistance of the coating film was evaluated in the following four stages. Among them, when the evaluation is Δ or more, it is a level which is practically no problem. △ Eab*=,((L*(2)-L*(l))2+(a*(2)-a*(l))2+(b*(2)-b*(l))2 ◎ : AEab* is less than 1. 0 : AEab* is less than 1. 5 and not up to 3. 0 △ : AEab* is above 3. 0 and not up to 5. 0 X : AEab* is less than 5. 0 or less The results are shown in Table 7. &lt;Coating film light resistance test> The test substrate was produced in the same order as the coating film heat resistance test, and the chromaticity 1 (L*(1), a*(l), b*(l)) under the C light source was It was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Corporation, Japan). Then, the substrate was placed in a light resistance tester ("SUNTESTCPS+" manufactured by Sakamoto T0Y0SEIKI Co., Ltd.) and placed for 500 hours. After the substrate was taken out, the chromaticity 2 (L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)) under the C light source was measured, and the color difference AEab was calculated in the same manner as the heat resistance test of the coating film. * The solvent resistance of the coating film was evaluated on the same basis as the coating film heat resistance test. Among them, when the evaluation is Δ or more, it is a level which is practically no problem. Below, Table 7 shows the results. &lt;Coating film solvent resistance test&gt; The test substrate was produced in the same manner as the coating film heat resistance test, and the chromaticity 1 under the C light source (L*(1), a*(l), b*(l) The system was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Corporation, Japan). Thereafter, the substrate was immersed in methylpyrrolidone for 30 minutes. After the substrate was taken out, the chromaticity 2 (L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)) under the C light source was measured, and the color difference ΔEab was calculated in the same manner as the heat resistance test of the coating. * The solvent resistance of the coating film was evaluated on the same basis as the coating film heat resistance test. Among them, when the evaluation is △ or more, it is a level that is practically no problem. Hereinafter, the results are shown in Table 7. 324055 262 201241099 [Table 24]

Table 7 Toner photoresist material β (β degree) Coating film Foreign matter heat resistance Light resistance Solvent resistance Green Example 2 1 G-1 54.4 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 2 2 G-2 54.4 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 2 3 G-3 54.5 ◎ △ 〇〇 Example 2 4 G-4 54.2 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 2 5 G-5 54 1 ◎ △ 〇〇 Example 2 6 G-6 54 2 〇Δ 〇〇 Example 2 7 G-7 54. 1 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 2 8 G-8 54.5 〇Δ 〇〇 Example 2 9 G— 9 54 4 〇 △ 〇〇 Example 3 0 G-1 0 54.6 ◎ Δ 〇〇 implementation Example 3 1 G-1 1 54.6 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 3 2 G- 1 2 54 5 ◎ △ 〇〇 Example 3 3 G-1 3 54 5 ◎ △ 〇〇 Example 3 4 G—1 4 54.3 〇 〇〇〇Example 3 5 G-1 5 54.4 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 3 6 G-1 6 54.4 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 3 7 G-1 7 54.4 ◎ 0 〇〇 Example 3 8 G-1 8 54.4 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 3 9 G-1 9 54 4 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 4 0 G-2 0 54 4 ◎ ◎ 〇〇 Reference Example 8 G-2 1 53.2 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 4 1 G -22 57.3 ◎ Δ 〇〇 〇〇 Example 4 2 G-2 3 57.2 . ◎ Δ 0 〇 Example 4 3 G-2 4 57.0 ◎ △ 〇〇 Example 4 4 G-2 δ 57.0 ◎ △ 〇〇 Example 4 5 G-26 57.0 ◎ Δ 〇 〇Example 4 6 G-2 7 57.2 ◎ △ 〇〇 Example 4 7 G-28 56.9 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 4 8 G-29 57.2 ◎ △ 〇〇 Example 4 9 G-30 57.1 ◎ Δ 0 〇 324055 263 201241099 [Table 25]

[Table 26]

The photoresist materials (ki to 2 〇 R1 to 3 Y1 to 3) of Examples 21 to 66 showed good luminance (γ) heat resistance, Nike resistance, and miscellaneous properties. G~22 to 41, and foreign matter of the coating film, 324055 264 201241099 In contrast, the photoresist materials (g_44, g_45) of Reference Examples 11 and 12 are inferior in heat resistance and light resistance, and thus are difficult to be practically used. The photoresists (G-21, G-43 to 46, R-4, Y-4) of Reference Examples 8 to 15 were inferior in brightness (Y) compared with the examples. [Example 5 8] &lt;Color filter (CF-1)&gt; First, a black matrix on a glass substrate was processed into an image, and a red photoresist (R-1) was spin-coated on the substrate. The coating is formed under the C light source, and the film of the film thickness of χ=0.640, y=0.340 is thick. The film was irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 300 mJ/cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through a mask. Next, the alkali developing solution composed of 〇2% by weight of sodium carbonate aqueous solution was spray-imaged to remove the unexposed portion, and then washed with ion-exchanged water, and the substrate was heated at 23 Torr for 20 minutes. A red color filter segment is formed. In the same way, the variegated photoresist material (G-36) is formed into a film thickness of χ=〇. 264, and the blue photoresist material (B_n is formed in combination with χ=〇. 15〇, y=〇. 〇6〇Spring film thickness is applied to form a green color filter segment and a blue color filter segment to obtain a color filter (CF-1). &lt;Production of liquid crystal display device&gt; On the color filter, a transparent IT crucible electrode layer is formed, and a polyimine immissive layer is formed on the /, on the other side of the glass substrate.

(4) Two of the two glass substrates prepared for this operation are arranged with the face layers 324055 265 201241099 between the electrode layers, and the positions of the two substrates are fixed at intervals by spacer beads, and then sealed with a sealant to the periphery. It remains in the opening for liquid crystal composition injection. After the liquid crystal composition is injected from the opening, the opening is sealed. The liquid crystal display device produced in this manner is combined with the three-wavelength muscle light source of the (four) unit to form a color display device. [Examples 68 to 71, | Jade Signature Tests 16, 17] (Color Testers (CF-2 to 7)) Hereinafter, the photoresist materials shown in Table 8 and Examples 68 to 71, Reference Example 16 Axe device.

The same method as the fabrication of the device (CF-1) is carried out in a color display device obtained by a combination of a three-wavelength CCFL light source, a color filter (CF-2 to 7), and a color display. The light source is caused to emit light to display a color image "and the brightness of the color filter segment portion of each color (7) is obtained by a microscopic spectrophotometer (OSP-SP200 manufactured by JEOL Ltd., Japan). The results are shown in Table 8.

324055 266 201241099 [Table 27] Table 8

Far-color photoresist material ___Color filter segment Y (brightness) White display red green blue yellow Y (brightness) R_ 1 20.5 — — Example 6 7 CF-1 G-3 6 57. 1 — 7 28.0 B-1 — 6.3 R-4 20.2 — Example 6 8 CF-2 G-36 — 57. 1 — 27.9 B—1 6.3 R-1 20.5 — Example 6 9 CF-3 G- 46 56. I-26.9 B-1 — 6.3 R-4 20.2 One Reference Example 1 6 CF-4 G-46 A 56.1 1 26.8 B-1 — — 6.3 R-1 20.5 — — Example 7 0 CF -5 G-3 6 — 57. 1 — — 43.3 B-1 ——— 6.3 A Y-1 — — — 89.5 R-4 20.2 One to one embodiment 7 1 CF - 6 G-46 a 56.1 — 42.2 B-1 — — 6.3 — Y-1 —1 89.5 R-4 20.2 — — Reference Example 1 7 CF-7 G-46 — 56.1 — A B-1 — A 6.3 — — 41.8 Y-4 — One by one 88. 1 Comparing Examples 68, 69 and Reference Example 16, the filter and the color filter formed by the yellow pigment in the present embodiment are compared with the color filter segment using the previous pigment, at least one color filter. Slice (Green or red), a form of embodiment of the present quinoline yellow pigment of a color filter (CF-2,3) aspects may increase its brightness. The result is an increase in the brightness of the white display and an increase in the performance of the color filter 324055 267 201241099. Further, it was confirmed that the color filter (CF-1) formed of the quinolin yellow pigment of the present embodiment was green and red in the same manner as in Example 67, and the brightness was improved, and the brightness of the white display was increased. Further, when Comparative Example 71 and Reference Example 17 were compared, the color filter formed of the quinophthalone yellow pigment of the present embodiment was compared with at least one color filter segment as compared with the color filter segment containing the previously used pigment. The color filter (CF-6) formed by containing the quinophthalone yellow pigment of the present embodiment in (yellow) can improve the brightness of the whiteness, and as a result, it is possible to determine the brightness of the white display and improve the performance of the color filter. When the green color, red, and yellow of the embodiment 70 are simultaneously contained in the color filter for a color filter of the present embodiment (CF-5), the brightness can be further increased, and as a result, the brightness of the white display can be determined to be increased. From the above results, it is understood that the coloring composition of the present embodiment and the coloring composition thereof can be used to increase the brightness of the color filter and to have no problem in other physical properties. <<Embodiment VI>> Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is as follows. (Polymer average molecular weight (Mw) of resin) The average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is a TSK gel column (manufactured by Sakamoto Tosoh Corporation), and is a GPC of the device RI detector (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation of Japan, HLC). -8120 GPC), developing solvent The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the converted polystyrene when measured by THF. Hereinafter, the binder resin used in the examples and the reference examples, the 324055 268 201241099 colorant, the fine pigment, and the method for producing the acrylic resin solution will be described. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Binder Resin Solution&gt; (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution 1) The separable 4-necked flask was charged with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device.份份的含酮的优选的优选的优选的优选为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为为-2-hydroxyethyl ester, 12.0 parts of methacrylic acid, 20.7 parts of p-isopropylidene phenol oxirane modified acrylate ("Aronix M110" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.), 1. 1 A mixture of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to measure non-volatile matter, and methoxypropyl acetate was added in such a manner that the non-volatile content was 20% by mass in the previously synthesized resin solution. The φ ester was prepared into an acrylic resin solution 1. Its weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 26,000. (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution 2) 207 parts of cyclohexanone was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device in a separable 4-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 80. °C, and after replacing the inside of the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 20 parts of mercaptoacrylic acid and 20 parts of p-isopropylidene phenol oxirane modified acrylate by the dropping tube (Aronix MllO manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) ”, 45 parts of decyl methacrylate, 8.5 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 324055 269 201241099 and h33 parts of 2'2' ~ azobisisobutyronitrile mixture in 2 hours After the internal drop, after the 're-continuation reaction for 3 hours', the copolymer was obtained, and then the total amount of the copolymer solution was further added. After the nitrogen gas was stopped and the air was injected for 1 hour while being air-dried, the mixture was mixed. Cyanate-based propylene ethoxyacetic acid (manufactured by Japan 8 to Zha = Gongsi Division to make Karenz _, 0.08 parts of dibutyltin laurate, 26 parts of ring (10) was added dropwise at 7 (rc) for 3 hours. At the end of the drop ^

When = =, a solution of acrylic resin is obtained. In the cooling to the chamber, the non-volatile == liquid is added, and the heat is dried for 2 minutes. The 20-mass y is too hopper/first 刖 &amp; the resin solution is made into a non-volatile content, and the cyclohexanone is added to prepare an acrylic resin. Solution 2. The complex reset average molecular weight (Mw) was 18,000. &lt;Manufacturing method of coloring agent&gt; (Manufacture of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanine 1) First, 225 parts of decyl nitrile and 78 parts of anhydrous aluminum hydride are added to 1250 parts of n-pentanol in the reaction vessel. And stir. Thereafter, 266 parts of DBU (1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene) was added thereto and heated, and refluxed at 136 ° C for 5 hours. The reaction solution which was cooled to 3 Torr under stirring was added to a mixed solvent of 5,000 parts of decyl alcohol and 10,000 parts of water under stirring to obtain a blue slurry. The slurry was further filtered, washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of sterol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of a gas aluminum indigo. Thereafter, 100 parts of chlorinated indigo was slowly added to 12 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature. Then at 40. The underarm was spoiled for 3 hours' after 24,000 parts. (: cold 324055 270 201241099 The sulfuric acid solution was poured into water, and the blue precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain 102 parts of hydroxyaluminum iodine i represented by the following formula (3).

(Production of hydroxyaluminum phthalocyanine 2) The following formula (4) was obtained in the same manner as in the production of oxon oxalic acid 1 by changing the phthalic acid substitution to 250 parts of 4-methyl phthalonitrile. The hydroxyaluminum phthalocyanine 2 shown.

(Production of hydroxyaluminum phthalocyanine 3) In the production of hydroxyaluminum phthalocyanine 1, except for the substitution of dinitrile substitution to 285 parts of 4-carbon quinone dinitrile, the following formula was obtained in the same manner ( 5) The Ming Ou Qing 3 shown. 324055 271 201241099

(Manufacture of blue colorant (BC-1)) First, add 100 parts of hydroxyaluminum, 1,200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (Japan Inoue Prepared in the system and mixed at 70 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixture is poured into 3000 parts of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 80 Drying overnight at ° C gave a blue colorant (BC-1). Its average primary particle diameter was 30.4 nm. (Production of Blue Colorant (B-1)) First, 100 parts of hydroxyaluminum phthalocyanine 1 and 49.5 parts of diphenyl phosphate were added to 1000 parts of methanol in the reaction vessel, and then heated to 40. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 8 hours at °C. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 114 parts of the specific anthraquinone pigment of the formula (1-1). After that, salt grinding treatment is carried out. Further, 100 parts of the specific ugly pigment dye represented by the formula (1-1), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (Japan Inoue Co., Ltd.) Manufactured and mixed at 70 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixture is put into 3000 parts of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry form, and repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove the gas 324055 272 201241099 after the sodium-ethyl alcohol, and then It was dried overnight at 80 C to obtain 98 parts of a blue coloring agent (B-1). Its average primary particle size is 312 nm.

(Production of blue coloring agent (B-2)) First, add 1,000 parts of the ugly month and 43.2 of the scalar acid in the reaction vessel to 1000 parts of methanol, and then heat it to 40 ° C to make it Reaction for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to give 112 parts of the specific oxol pigment represented by the formula (1-2). The specific ugly pigment dye ' represented by the obtained general formula (1-2) is further subjected to a salt milling treatment similar to the blue coloring agent (B-1) to obtain a blue coloring agent (B-2). . 5纳米。 The average primary particle size of 29. 5nm.

(Production of Blue Colorant (B-3)) First, in a reaction vessel, 1000 parts of methanol, a portion of hydroxyaluminum phthalocyanine 2, and 28.0 parts of phenylphosphonic acid, and then heated to 4 (TC) After reacting for 8 hours, after cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with 324055 273 201241099, and dried to obtain 102 parts of the specific formula shown in the formula (1-3). A phthalocyanine dye. The specific anthraquinone pigment represented by the obtained formula (1_3) is subjected to a salt milling treatment similar to that of the blue coloring agent (B-1) to obtain a blue coloring agent (B- 3) The average primary particle size is 33. inm.

(Production of Blue Colorant (B-4)) First, a portion of hydroxyaluminum phthalocyanine 3, and 41.5 parts of dibutyl phosphate are added to the reaction vessel in 1 part methanol, and then heated. After reacting to 4 (rc, the reaction was carried out for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with methanol, and dried to obtain 109 parts of the formula (1 to 4). A phthalocyanine pigment. The specific phthalocyanine pigment represented by the obtained formula (丨_4) can be processed into a blue salt by the same salt milling treatment as the blue coloring agent (B-1). 9nm。 The average color particle size of 28. 9nm.

Formula (i-4) (Manufacture of green colorant (G-1)) 100 parts of CI Pigment Green No. 58 (Manufactured by DIC Corporation, 324055 274 201241099 "FASTGEN GREEN AUO"), 1200 parts of sodium carbonate, and One hundred parts of ethyl hexanol was placed in a 1 kneading kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd., Japan), and mixed at 70 ° C for 6 hours. Secondly, the mixture is put into 30,000 parts of warm water, heated to 7 〇C and simultaneously smashed for 1 hour to make it liquid. 'Repeated 遽, washed to remove sodium chloride and two After the diol was further dried at 80 ° C for one night, 97 parts of a green colorant (G-1) was obtained. 2纳米。 The average primary particle size of 28. 2nm. (Manufacture of quinoline yellow 1) 0 First, mix 20 parts of 8-hydroxy-2-indolino and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 300 parts of benzoic acid, and stir for 2 hours at 2 Torr (TC). After it was left to cool, 1 liter of decyl alcohol was added and stirred for 1 hour, after which the precipitated solid was collected by suction filtration, and the solid was added to 2000 parts of methanol and stirred. After 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration, and then dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 37 parts of quinoline yellow 1 as shown in the following formula (6). The compound was identified by TOF-MS (manufactured by Bruker Daltonics Japan, aut〇flexΠ), and the result was m/z = 339 (molecular weight 339.3).

(Production of yellow coloring agent (Y-1)) First, mix 29 parts of 6-hexyl-2-methyl guanidine and 25 parts of naphthalene dihydroanhydride, 300 parts of stupid formic acid, and then mix at 200 ° C 7 hours. After cooling it at 324055 275 201241099, add 1 part of methanol and stir for 1/2 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was further added to 2000 parts of methanol. After stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (4 ° C) to obtain 42 parts of the specific quinophthalone yellow pigment (yellow coloring agent (γ_1}) represented by the general formula (2-1). Thereafter, a mass analyzer (TOF) was used. -MS: Manufactured by Bruker Daltonics Japan, autoflexll). The result was m/z = 4 〇 8 (molecular weight 407.5).

First, 34 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-indolequinoline and 25 parts of naphthalene dioxin needle, 300 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and then stirred at 2 ° C for 7 hours. . After it was left to cool, 1000 parts of sterol was further added and scrambled for 1 hour. ^ After that, the precipitated solids were collected by suction and then collected. The solid was further added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for a few hours, it was suction filtered to collect the solid therein. Thereafter, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (4 〇. (:)) to obtain 50 parts of the specific quinophthalone yellow pigment (yellow coloring agent (Y-2)) represented by the general formula (2-5). The compound (TOF-MS: manufactured by Bruker Dal tonics Japan, autof lexll) was used for the identification of the compound, and the result was m/z = 452 (molecular weight 451.5), which was determined to be the target. 324055 276 201241099

★Formula (2-5) (Manufacture of yellow colorant (Y, 3)) 44 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-5-phenyl_2-methylquinoline and 25 parts Naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride and 3 parts of benzoic acid were mixed and stirred at 2 Torr for 7 hours. After it was allowed to cool, 1 mM methanol was added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was further added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (40 ° 一 overnight to obtain 57 parts of the specific quinophthalone yellow pigment (yellow coloring agent (Y-3)) represented by the general formula (2-6). Thereafter, a mass analyzer (TOF) was used. -MS: Manufactured by Bruker Dal tonics Japan, autoflex II). The result was m/z = 528 (molecular weight 527.7).

Formula (2-6) (manufacturing of yellow colorant (Y-4)) First, 46 parts of 8-dodecyloxy-5-bromo-2-indolino and 25 parts of naphthalene dihydrophenol, Mix 300 parts of bitter formic acid and mix for 7 hours. After it was allowed to cool, 1000 parts of methanol was further added, and 1 324055 277 201241099 hours was stirred. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was further added to 2000 parts of methanol. After stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (4 ° C) to obtain 46 parts of the specific quinophthalone yellow pigment (yellow coloring agent (Y-4)) represented by the formula (2-8). The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autoflexll). As a result, m/z = 531 (molecular weight 530.5) was determined as the target.

★Formula (2-8) (Manufacture of yellow colorant (Y-5)) First, 34 parts of 6-(2-ethylhexyloxy)_2-methylquinoline and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 300 Mix the bitter formic acid and stir for 7 φ hours at 2 °C. After it was left to cool, 1000 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the solids precipitated therein were collected by suction filtration. The solid was further added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, the apparatus was dried by a vacuum dryer (4 ° C) to obtain 43 parts of a specific quinophthalone yellow pigment (yellow coloring matter (Y-5)) represented by the formula (2~1〇). After that, the compound was evaluated by a mass spectrometer (T〇F_MS: Bruker Daltonics, Inc., manufactured by Bruker Daltonics Japan Co., Ltd.). As a result, m/z = 452 (molecular weight 451.5) was determined as the target product. 278 201241099

Formula (2-1 0) (Production of Yellow Colorant (Y-6)) First, 29 parts of 6-(2-ethoxyethoxy)-2-methylquinoline and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, Mix 300 parts of benzoic acid and stir at 200 ° C for 7 ® hours. After it was left to cool, 1000 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 2000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 39 parts of the specific yellow pigment (yellow coloring agent (Y-6)) represented by the formula (2-11). Then, a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autoflexll) was used for the determination of the compound. As a result, m/z = 412 (molecular weight 411.5) was determined as a target.

(Production of yellow coloring agent (Y-7)) 34 parts of 6-(2-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)ethoxy)-2-methylquinoline and 25 parts of naphthalene The dicarboxylic anhydride and 300 parts of benzoic acid were mixed and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After standing to cool, 1000 parts of 324055 279 201241099 methanol' was added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was further added to 2 parts of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 33 parts of the specific quinophthalone yellow pigment (yellow coloring agent (γ-7)) represented by the formula (2-12). The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, Inc., autof lexn). The result is m/z = 454 (breaking amount 453.5) and can be determined as the target.

Formula (2-12) (Production of yellow colorant (Y-8)) 34 parts of 4-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-methylquinoline and 25 parts of naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 300 The benzoic acid is mixed and then at 200. (: stirring for 7 φ hours. After it was left to cool, add another 1000 parts of sterol and give it for 1 hour. After that, the precipitated solid was collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 2000 parts. In the sterol, after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration, and then the specific one shown in the formula (2-13) was added to a vacuum dryer (4 Torr.啥琳Yellow^ (yellow coloring agent (Y-8)). The compound was dreamed by a mass spectrometer (T0F__MS: manufactured by Daltonics Japan, aut〇fiexi[). The result was m/z=452. (Molecular weight 451.5) can be determined as the target. 324055 280 201241099

(Manufacture of yellow colorant (Y-9))

First, in 200 parts of N,N-dimethylacetamide, 2 parts of quinoline yellow pigment represented by the general formula (6), 3 parts of sodium hydroxide, and 18 parts of 2-ethylhexyl group are added. -4-Bromobutyric acid was further mixed, and then it was given at 9 (rc for 1 hour. After it was left to cool), 1000 parts of sterol, (10) parts of water was further added, and stirred for 1 hour, after which it was precipitated. The solid was again collected by suction filtration, and the solid was again added to 1000 parts of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration, followed by drying in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) overnight. a specific quinoline yellow pigment (yellow coloring agent (Y-9)) represented by the formula (2-27), and then the compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: BrukerDaltonics Japan, autoflexll) As a result, m/z = 538 (molecular weight 537.1) can be determined as a target.

324055 281 201241099 (Manufacture of yellow coloring agent (Y-10)) 20 parts of yttrium-dimethyl acetamide is added to 20 parts of yttrium yellow pigment represented by the general formula (6). Three parts of sodium hydroxide and 19 parts of 2-ethylhexyl-4-bromopentanoic acid were further mixed, followed by stirring at 90 ° C for 1 hour. After it was allowed to stand for cooling, 1000 parts of sterol and 1000 parts of water were further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 1000 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain 20 parts of the specific quinophthalone yellow pigment (yellow coloring agent (Y-10)) represented by the formula (2-28). The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japan, autof lexl I). As a result, m/z = 552 (molecular weight 551.7) was confirmed as the target.

★Formula (2-28) (Manufacture of yellow colorant (γ-ll)) First, add 200 parts of commercially available CI Disperse Dye Yellow No. 160 to 200 parts of hydrazine-dimercaptoacetamide. 3 parts of sodium hydroxide and 18 parts of 2-ethylhexyl-4-bromobutyric acid were further mixed, and then stirred at 90 ° C for 1 small 324055 282 201241099. After standing to cool, 1000 parts of methanol and 1000 parts of water were further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 1000 parts of the flat alcohol. After stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (4 (TC) overnight to obtain 20 parts of a quinophthalone yellow pigment (yellow coloring agent (Y-11)) which was not specific to the general formula (2-30). Thereafter, a mass analyzer ( TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japanese company made ' aut〇flex II) to identify the compound. The result was m/z = 538 (the amount of branching 537·7).

★ (2-30&gt; (manufacturing of yellow colorant (YC-3)) 100 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of ethylene glycol was added to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and mixed at 70 ° C for 6 hours. Secondly, the mixture was put into 3000 parts of warm water. Stir at 70 ° C for 1 hour at the same time to make a slurry. Repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium vaporized and diethyl alcohol, and then drying at 80 ° C for one night, to obtain 98 parts of yellow colorant (YC- 5mm。 After using a diameter of 0. 5mm, the average particle size is 0. 5mm. [0. 5mm. The oxidized smeared beads were dispersed in an Eiger mill disperser ("Mini Model M-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours, and then filtered through a sieve of 5.0/zm to prepare a green coloring composition. 'When the coated substrate is produced', it is combined with the C light source x=〇. 290, y= 0. 600 chromaticity, selected blue colorant (bo and yellow colorant (γο ratio).

5. 2 parts 5.8 parts 5. 5 parts 28. 5 parts 39. 0 parts 16.0 parts blue coloring agent (B-1) yellow coloring agent (Y-1) resin type dispersing agent (BYK Chemical Co., Ltd., Japan) Manufacture "BYK-LPN6919") Acrylic resin solution 1 Propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate cyclohexanone [Examples 2 to 24, Reference Examples 1 to 1〇] (Green coloring composition (DG-2 to 34)) The green coloring composition of Example 1 was changed except that the blue coloring agent (B-1) and the yellow coloring agent (γ_ι) were changed to a combination of coloring agents as shown in Table 1, and the mixing ratio of the coloring agent was changed. (DG-1) was operated in the same manner to obtain a green colored composition (DG-2 to 34). Here, the ratio of the blue colorant to the yellow colorant is selected in the case where the coated substrate is produced, and the ratio is selected in the chromaticity of x=0.290 and y=0.600 under the c light source. Further, the total content of the coloring agents was 11.0 parts. &lt;Production and Evaluation of Coating Film&gt; 324055 284 201241099 Evaluation of brightness (color characteristics), heat resistance, and light resistance of the green coating film produced by the obtained green coloring composition (DG-1 to 34) This was carried out in the following manner. The results of the evaluation are shown in Table 1. (Brightness evaluation of the coating film) The green coloring composition (DG-1 straight 34) was coated on a glass substrate of 100 mm×100 mm and 1.1 mm thick by a spin coater, and then dried at 7 ° C for 20 minutes. Then, it was heated at 22 (TC for a minute, and then left to cool to form a coated substrate. The brightness (Y) of the obtained coating film was again microscopically divided by a spectrophotometer (manufactured by 01 ympus, Japan, "0SP-SP10 0" ”Measurement. The coated substrate is made to have a chromaticity of x=0.290, y=〇.6〇〇 under C light source after 22 (heat treatment under TC). ), if it is above 0. 2, there is a significant difference. (Evaluation of heat resistance of coating film) Green coloring composition (DG-1 to 34), on a glass substrate of 100 mm x 100 mm, 1. lmm thick, The coating was carried out by a spin coater, followed by drying at 〇φ for 20 minutes, followed by heating at 22 (TC for 30 minutes, and allowing to cool to form a coated substrate. The coated substrate was produced at 22 (TC). After the heat treatment, it is uniform to the chromaticity of x=〇.290 and y=0.600 under the C light source. The chromaticity of the obtained coating film under the C light source ([ L*(l), a*(l), b*(l)]) were measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by 〇lympus, Japan). After that, the heat resistance test was performed at 23 ( The TC was heated for 1 hour, and the chromaticity under the C light source ([l*(2), a*(2), b*(2)])) was measured, and the color difference AEab* was obtained by the following formula It is evaluated in the following three stages: AEab*=vr((L*(2)-L*(l))2+(a*(2)-a*(l))2+(b*(2)-b *(l))2) 324055 285 201241099 〇: AEab* is less than 5.0 △ : AEab* is above 5.0 and not up to 10. 0 X : AEab* is above 10. 0 (light resistance of coating) A coated substrate is prepared in the same manner as in the evaluation of heat resistance, and the chromaticity ([L*(l), a*(l), b*(l))) under the C light source is a microscopic spectrophotometer. ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus, Japan). After that, a UV filter ("COLORED OPTICAL GLASS L38" manufactured by Hoya, Japan) was attached to the substrate, and a UV lamp was irradiated with a 470 W/m2 xenon lamp. After 100 hours, the chromaticity under the C light source ([L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)))) was measured, and the color difference AEab* was obtained by the above calculation formula, and Same as heat resistance Baseline assessment.

324055 286 201241099 [Table 28] Table 1

Combination evaluation result of coloring composition coloring agent Blue coloring agent or green coloring agent Yellow coloring agent Brightness Y (C) Heat resistance Light resistance Example 1 DG-1 B-1 Y-1 61. 3 0 〇 Example 2 DG - 2 B-1 Y- 2 61. 4 〇 0 Example 3 DG-3 B-1 Y-3 61. 3 0 0 Example 4 DG- 4 B-1 Y- 4 61. 2 0 0 Example 5 DG-5 5-1 Y- 5 61. 3 〇〇 Example 6 DG-6 B-1 Y-6 61. 2 0 〇 Example 7 DG-7 B-1 Y- 7 61. 2 〇〇 Example 8 DG- 8 B-1 Y- 8 61. 2 0 0 Example 9 DG- 9 B-1 Y- 9 61, 3 〇〇 Example 1 0 DG-1 0 B-1 Y- 1 0 61. 3 〇〇Example 1 1 DG- 1 1 B- 1 Y- 1 1 61. 2 0 〇 Example 1 2 DG-1 2 B-2 Y- 1 60. 5 0 0 Example 1 3 DG» 1 3 B - 2 Y- 2 6 0.6 0 0 Example 1 4 DG-1 4 B- 2 Y-3 60. 5 0 〇 Example 1 5 DG-1 5 B-2 Y- 4 60. 5 0 〇 Example 1 6 DG-1 Θ B-2 Y- 5 60. 6 0 〇 Example 1 7 DG-1 7 B- 2 Y- 6 6 0.5 0 〇 Example 1 8 DG-1 8 B-2 Y- 7 6 0 5 0 〇Example 1 9 DG-19 B- 2 Y- 8 60. 6 〇〇 Example 2 0 DG-20 B-2 Y- 9 60. 6 〇〇 Example 2 1 DG-21 B-2 Y- 1 0 6 0.6 0 Example 2 2 DG- 2 2 B- 2 Y- 1 1 60. 5 0 〇 Example 2 3 DG-23 B- 3 Y- 2 6 0.3 0 0 Example 2 4 DG-24 B- 4 Y-2 60. 2 0 0 Reference Example 1 DG-25 BC- 1 YC- 1 55. 0 XX Reference Example 2 DG-26 BC-1 YC-2 54. 7 XX Reference Example 3 DG-27 BC-1 YC-3 5 6, 4 X 厶 Reference Example 4 DG-28 BC-1 Y- 2 56. 7 X Δ Reference Example 5 DG—29 G-1 YC-1 57. 3 Δ △ Reference Example 6 DG-30 G-1 YC- 2 57. 0 Δ Δ Reference Example 7 DG-31 G- 1 YC-3 59. 7 0 〇 Reference Example 8 DG-32 G-1 Y- 2 60. 0 〇〇 Reference Example 9 DG-33 B-1 YC -1 57. 4 Δ Δ Reference Example 1 0 DG-34 B-1 YC-2 57. 0 Δ Δ Yellow colorant (YC-1): Commercially available CI disperse dye yellow No. 54 yellow colorant (YC-2 C. I·Disperse Dye Yellow 64, which is commercially available, as shown in Table 1, the coloring agent having the characteristics of the present embodiment, 287 324055 201241099 contains the anthraquinone pigment represented by the general formula (8A), and The green coloring composition of the quinoline yellow pigment represented by the formula (6) is excellent in terms of brightness, and has no problem in heat resistance and light resistance of the coating film.

On the other hand, with reference to the green coloring compositions (DG-25 to 30, 33, 34) of Examples 1 to 6, 9, and 10, the results were low in luminance, and there were problems in terms of finernity and optical properties. Further, the green colored compositions (DG-31, 32) of Reference Examples 7 and 8 showed no problem in terms of heat resistance and light resistance, but the brightness was low as compared with the examples. &lt;Manufacturing method of green photosensitive coloring composition> [Example 25] (Green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1)) The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered by a filter to obtain Green photosensitive coloring composition (RG_1). Green coloring composition (DG-1) Acrylic resin solution 2 Photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M402" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 4.6 parts of photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE-0XE02) manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. 8 parts of propylene glycol monoterpenoid acetate 19.8 wound ring _ 10. 0 parts [Examples 26 to 48, reference example 11 true (green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-2 in 34)) In addition to coloring green The green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-2 to 34) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 25 except that the composition (PG-1) was changed to the green coloring composition shown in Table 2. 324055 288 201241099 &lt;Coating film Production and Evaluation&gt; The brightness (color characteristics), heat resistance, and photo-accuracy of the green coating film produced by the obtained green photosensitive coloring composition (RGi to 34). The method is as follows. The results of the evaluation are shown in the 纟2 towel. (Brightness evaluation of the coating film) The green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-i to 34) is applied on a 100 mm x lOOirnn'l.lmni thick glass substrate. , coating with a spin coater, followed by drying at 7G ° C for 20 minutes, and super high Mercury lamp, the exposure of the total amount of light 1 coffee 1 / 〇 „ 2 for the exposure of the line, and then sinking to test the imaging liquid into the 仃 image, to obtain the coated substrate. After 22 rc heat 3 〇 After the minute and the cooling was left, 'the brightness Y (G) of the coated substrate was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("Sp-Sp1" manufactured by Olympus, Japan). Further, the coated substrate was prepared. After 22 (rCi heat treatment, it is combined with the chromaticity of x=0.290 and y=〇.6〇〇 under c light source. For alkali imaging liquid, 1.5% by mass of sodium carbonate and 〇5 mass% are used. Sodium bicarbonate, 8 % by mass of an anionic surfactant ("Pelex NBL" manufactured by Kao Corporation, Japan), and 90% by mass of water. Among them, when the brightness Y (C) is 0.2 or more, it is Significant difference. (Evaluation of heat resistance of coating film) With the green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1 to 34), a spin coating machine was applied to a glass substrate of 100 mm x 100 mm and 1. limn thickness at 7 〇乞. Dry for 20 minutes under the 'Ultra High Pressure Mercury Lamp, and use the cumulative amount of light 150mJ/cm2 for UV exposure, then at 23. ( The image was developed with an alkali developing solution, and then heated at 220 ° C for 30 minutes at 324055 289 201241099, and the coated substrate was obtained after being left to cool. The coated substrate was heated at 220 ° C. It can be combined under the C light source to the chromaticity of x=0.290, y=〇. 6〇〇. The chromaticity of the obtained coating film under the C light source ([1^(1), 3*( 1), 13*(1)]) was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus Corporation, Japan). Thereafter, the heat resistance test was performed by heating at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and the chromaticity under the C light source ([L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)))) was measured, and the following The calculation formula is used to find the color difference AEab*, and is evaluated in the following three stages. • ΔΕβΙ)*ν(α* (2)-L*(l))2+(a*(2)-a* (1))2+(b* (2)-b*(l))2) 〇: AEab* is not up to 5. 0 △ : AEab* is above 5.0 and not up to 10. 0 X : AEab* is above 10.0 (light resistance evaluation of coating film) First, the coating substrate is prepared in the same manner as in the evaluation of heat resistance. The chromaticity under the C light source ([L*(l), a*(l), b*(l)])) is based on a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus Corporation) Determination. Then, an ultraviolet-resistant color filter ("COLORED OPTICAL GLASS L38" manufactured by Hoya Co., Ltd., Japan) was attached to the substrate, and the ultraviolet light was irradiated with a xenon lamp of 470 W/m2 for 1 hour, and then the C light source was measured. The chromaticity ([L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)))), the color difference Δ Eab* was obtained by the above calculation formula, and was evaluated on the same basis as the heat resistance. (Evaluation of Voltage Retention Rate) The green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1 to 34) was coated on a glass substrate of 100 mm x 100 Å, 1.1 mm thick using a spin coater to make a film thickness of the dried film 324055 290 201241099. Coating was carried out in a manner of 2. 0 // m, and ultraviolet exposure was performed with an accumulated amount of light of 50 mJ/cm 2 , and then at 23. (: The next development was carried out with an alkali developing solution to obtain a coated substrate. Then, after heating at 22 °C for 30 minutes, and allowing to cool, the obtained coated substrate was scraped off by 0.05 part of the coated film. It was immersed in 1.5 parts of liquid crystal (manufactured by Merck, MLC-2041) and simmered at 120 ° C for 1 hour, and after centrifugation at 4000 rpm for 15 minutes, the supernatant was taken to prepare a film-extracted liquid crystal test. On the other hand, two glass substrates of ITO ® transparent electrodes having an effective electrode size of 10 mm x 10 mm were placed so that the 1 TO transparent electrode faces were arranged face to face, and the cell gap was made to be 9 // m. The sealant is made into a small unit. Then, the liquid crystal sample liquid is extracted into the cell gap by the photoresist in the small plastic unit, and then the voltage is applied at a voltage of 5 V for 60/z seconds at 6 〇t:, after the voltage is released. The unit voltage [vi] after 16·67 m seconds was measured by VHR-1S manufactured by Toyo Technica Co., Ltd., and the measurement was performed five times, and the measured cell voltage was averaged. Then, φ was obtained. The cell voltage is obtained by the following formula The pressure retention ratio (%) is evaluated in the following three stages: Voltage holding ratio (%) = ([Vl]/5xl00) 〇·· 95°/. Above △: 90% or more and less than 95% X : Not Up to 90% 324055 291 201241099 [Table 29] Table 2

Green photosensitive coloring composition Green coloring composition brightness Y &lt;c&gt; Resistance to side example 2 5 RG-1 DG-1 61. 2 Example 2 6 RG-2 DG-2 61. 3 Example 2 7 RG- 3 DG-3 61. 1 c Example 2 8 RG-4 DG-4 61. 1 Example 2 9 RG-5 DG-5 61. 3 Example 3 0 RG- 6 DG_6 61. 1 Example 3 1 RG -7 DG-7 61· 1 Example 3 2 RG-8 DG-8 61. 1 Example 3 3 RG- 9 DG-9 61. 2 r&quot;&quot; Example 3 4 RG-1 0 DG-10 61 2 Example 3 5 RG-1 1 DG-1 1 61. 1 ΪΓ Example 3 6 RG-1 2 DG-1 2 60. 4 _ &quot; 60. 5 Example 3 7 RG-1 3 DG-1 3 贲 Example 3 B RG-1 4 DG-1 4 6 0. 4 Real. Example 3 9 RG- 1 5 DG-15 60. 4 Example 4 0 RG-1 6 DG-1 6 60. 5 Implementation Example 4 1 RG-1 7 DG-1 7 60. 4 Example 4 2 RG-18 DG- 1 8 60. 5 Example 4 3 RG-1 9 DQ-1 9 60· 5 Example 4 4 RG-20 DG-20 60. 4 Example 4 5 RG-21 DG-21 60. 4 Example 4 6 RG-22 DG-22 60. 4 Implementation inverted 4 7 RG-2 3 DG-2 3 60. 3 Example 4 8 RG-2 4 DG-24 60. 2 softer case 1 1 RG-25 DG-2S 55. 〇Comparative example 1 2 RG-26 DG-26 5 4. 7 Comparative example 1 3 RG- 2 7 DG-27 56. 4 1 Comparative Example 1 4 RG-28 DG-28 56. 7 Comparative Example 1 5. RG-2 9 DG-29 57. 3 i Comparative Example 1 6 RG-30 DG-30 57. 〇Comparative Example 1 7 RG-31 DG-31 59. 7 Comparative Example 1 8 RG- 3 2 DG-32 60. 〇-1 Comparative Example 1 9 RG-33 DG-33 5 7. 4 Comparative Example 2 0 RG- 3 4 DG-34 57. 〇

As shown in Table 2, the coloring agent having the characteristics of the present embodiment has an anthocyanin dye represented by the formula (8A) and a green color of the quinoline system 324055 292 201241099 represented by the formula (6). The coloring composition was excellent in brightness, and the heat resistance, light resistance, and voltage holding ratio were also good. On the other hand, the green photosensitive color compositions (RG-25 to 30, 33, and 34) of Reference Examples 11 to 16, 19, and 20 showed a decrease in luminance, heat resistance, and contrast. Further, the result of the towel [Jing Green No. 58 Reference Example 15 18' was compared with the example, and the voltage ^ retention ratio was poor. &lt;Production of color filter&gt;

First, the production of a red photosensitive coloring composition and a blue photosensitive coloring composition used in the production of a color filter is carried out. (Production of red photosensitive coloring composition) After mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, an oxidized wrong bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm was used, and an Eiger grinding dispersing machine ("Mini Model M-250" manufactured by Eiger Co., Ltd. was used. MKII") was dispersed for 5 hours, and then filtered by a filter of 5.0/im to prepare a red colored composition (7). Red pigment (C. I·Pigment Red No. 254) 9. 6 parts of red pigment (C·I·Pigment Red No. 177) 2. 4 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part of acrylic acid After the resin solution 1 35 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene acetate 52.0 parts, 'the mixture of the following composition was uniformly scrambled and mixed, and then filtered by a filter of Ι.Ομιη to prepare a red photosensitive coloring composition. (RR-1). 42. 0 parts 13. 2 parts of red coloring composition (DR-1) Acrylic resin solution 2 324055 293 201241099 Photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 2. 8 parts photopolymerization start (ImcoCURE-907, manufactured by Ciba Japan) 2. 0 sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Japan's Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 39.6 parts (blue The production of the color-sensitive coloring composition (RB-1) was carried out by stirring and mixing the mixture of the following composition, using an oxidized beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm, and using an Eiger grinding and dispersing machine ("Eiger" Model M-250 MKII") After 5 hours of dispersion, it was filtered through a 5.00 /zm filter to prepare a blue colored composition (DB-1). Blue pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15 ··6) ) 2 parts of purple pigment (CI Pigment Violet No. 23) 4. 8 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA43" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) I·0 parts of acrylic resin solution 1 35.0 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene acetate vinegar 52 After 0 parts, the mixture of the following components is uniformly stirred and mixed, and then 1 · 0 β After filtering with m, a blue photosensitive coloring composition (RB-1) was produced. Blue coloring composition (DB-1) 34. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution 2 15 · 2 parts of photopolymerizable monomer (Japan) East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd. manufactures "8 1 '〇11丨 meaning 1\1400") 3.3 parts of photopolymerization initiator ("IRGACURE-907" manufactured by Ciba Japan) 2. 0 parts of sensitizer (Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Manufacture of "EAB-F") 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monomethyl hydrazine acetic acid g. 45. 1 part (production of color filter) 324055 294 201241099 First, the black matrix on the glass substrate is processed into an image, and then on the substrate The red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1) was applied by a spin coater to form a colored film. The film was further irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 150 mj/cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through a photomask, and secondly with 0.2% by weight of carbonic acid. A red color filter fragment was formed after the image of the sodium aqueous solution was developed to remove the unexposed portion and then washed with ion-exchanged water. The substrate was heated at 220 ° C for 20 minutes. Wherein the red color filter segment is heated at 220 ° C to make it Under the C light source (the following is also used in green and blue) ® is combined with the chromaticity of χ = 〇 · 640, y = 0.33. At the same time, in the same way, the green color filter fragments are green-sensitive. The coloring composition (RG-6) is formed to have a chromaticity of x=0.290, y=0.600', so that the blue color filter segment is formed in a blue photosensitive coloring composition (RB-1). χ=〇. 150, y=〇. 色6〇 chromaticity, each color filter segment is formed to obtain a color filter. As a result, it was found that the green photosensitive coloring composition (RG_6) can increase the brightness of the color filter and is suitable for use in φ without any problem in other physical properties. <<Embodiment νπ>> Hereinafter, "PGMAC" means propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Further, the method for measuring the weight average molecular weight (MW) of the resin and the comparative value is as follows. <Replacement average molecular weight (Mw) of resin &gt; Weight average molecular weight (MW) of resin, manufactured by HTC-8220GPCC Japan Tosoh Corporation; and TSK-GEL SUPER HZM-N with 2 connections The solvent used was determined by the molecular weight of polystyrene 324055 295 201241099 in terms of THF. &lt;Comparative value&gt; The light emitted from the backlight unit for a liquid crystal display was polarized by a polarizing plate, and then passed through a coating film of the coloring composition coated on the glass substrate to reach the polarizing plate at the other end. At this time, when the polarizing plate is parallel to the polarizing surface of the polarizing plate, the light passes through the polarizing plate, but when the polarizing surface is perpendicular, the light is blocked by the polarizing plate. However, when the light which is polarized by the polarizing plate passes through the coating film of the coloring composition, light scattering occurs due to the colorant particles, and a part of the polarizing surface is partially displaced, and the amount of light transmitted when it is parallel to the polarizing plate is reduced, or is polarized. Only a portion of the light passes through the plate when it is vertical. The luminance of the transmitted light on the polarizing plate is measured, and the luminance of the polarizing plate in parallel and the luminance at the vertical direction are calculated as the contrast value. (Comparative value 辉 luminance in parallel) / (luminance in vertical direction) Therefore, when light scattering occurs due to the coloring agent in the coating film, the luminance in the vertical direction is increased, so that the contrast value can be lowered. In addition, the luminosity § ten is based on the color luminance (T〇pCOn 曰 "BM-5A" manufactured by the company), and the polarizing plate is a polarizing plate ("NPF-G1220DUN" manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation). At the time of measurement, it was measured by a black mask in which the measurement portion was separated by a hole having a square of 1 cm. First, 'quinoline yellow pigment [A1] and quinoline yellow pigment [A2], binder resin solution, resin type dispersant solution, quinoline yellow pigment [B], and indigo used in the examples and reference examples. Method for producing aluminized aluminum pigment, method for miniaturizing pigment, method for producing green colored composition and red colored composition, green photosensitive coloring composition, and red photosensitive 324055 296 201241099 Description. &lt;Production method of quinoside yellow pigment [A1]&gt; [啥淋黄素 [A1-1 ]]

2.3 parts of 6-isopropyl-2-methylquinoline, 2.5 parts of naphthalenedicarboxylic acid anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. After allowing to cool, 100 parts of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. After that, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain a product of 3.1 parts. Its yield was 67%. Then, the product was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japan, auto flex®) φ. As a result, m/z = 366 (molecular weight 365.4) was confirmed as the target. [Quinolin Yellow [A1-2]]

BT

a pigment formed by reacting 8-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)-mercapto-2-indolino with naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride in the same manner as quinoline yellow pigment (A1-1). 324055 297 201241099 Synthesis by bromination of N-bromosuccinimide to give quinoline yellow pigment (A 2 ). Then, the product was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japan, autoflex II) to determine the target product. [Quinoline yellow pigment [A1-3 to 14]] In the same manner as quinoline yellow pigment (A1-1), the corresponding 2-methylquinoline is reacted with naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride to obtain quinoline yellow pigment. [A1-3 to 14]. The product was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics® Japan, autof lexll) to determine the target. &lt;Production method of quinoline yellow pigment [A2]&gt; [啥琳黄素 [A2-1 ]]

10.8 parts of 6-isopropyl-2-indolyl quinoline, 12.1 parts of benzenetricarboxylic acid anhydride, and 60 parts of benzoic acid were mixed and stirred at 200 ° C for 7 hours. The refined yellow solid was washed with dimethyl decylamine to give 14 g of a yellow material. 5克。 After adding 5g of the yellow matter, the bite, o-dibenzene, and then with 3.8 parts of sulphur chloride, after distillation under reduced pressure, then added 1. 76g The 3-amino-2-propanol was reacted at 180 ° C for 7 hours, then allowed to cool, washed with hexane, dried, and then purified through a silica gel column to obtain a yellow powder. The configuration is determined by the mass analyzer 324055 298 201241099 (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japan company 'au_t〇flexII). [Quinoline yellow pigment [A2-2]]

Reacts with 5-amino--8-(1,3-di-pyridin-2-yl)methyl-2-carbendene and sulphuric acid Sf in the same manner as 0i: lin yellow pigment (A2-1) A yellow Φ powder was obtained. Further, the identification of the compound by a mass analyzer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics, manufactured by the company 'autoflex π) can be determined as a target. [Quinoline Yellow Pigment [A2-3 to 16]] In the same manner as the quinoline yellow pigment (A2-1), the corresponding 2-oxime quinoline is reacted with an anhydride to obtain quinoline yellow pigment [ A2-3 to 16]. The compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics, Japan, autoflexll) to determine the target. The structures of the quinoline yellow pigment [A1] and the quinoline yellow pigment [A2] produced are shown in Table 1. 324055 299 201241099 [Table 30] an.

Quinoline yellow pigment 丨All A1-1 structure quinoline yellow pigment fA2l A2-1 structure A1-2 A2 —2 A1 — 3 A2-3 A1-4 A2-4 Ri A1-5 A2-5 A1-6 A2- 6 A1-7 A2-7 A1-8 A2-8 A1-9 7 A2-9 A1-10 A2-10 A1-11 A2-11 324055 300 201241099 Table 1 (碛) Quinoline yellow pigment 构造 Quinoline yellow Pigment 丨A21 Structure A1-12 A2-12 A1-13 A2-13 A1-14 A2-14 AZ-15 A2-16

&lt;Method for Producing Binder Resin Solution&gt; (Propylene Glycol Solution 1) A reactor in which a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device are placed in a separable 4-necked flask 196 parts of cyclohexanone, the temperature was raised to 80 ° C, and the reaction vessel was replaced with nitrogen, and 37.2 parts of phenyl decyl acrylate and 12.9 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate were added from the dropping tube. 1份份2. 2 parts of methacrylic acid, 20.7 parts of iso-p-propyl propyl epoxide modified acrylate ("Aron i X M110" manufactured by Sakamoto East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.), 1. 1 part 2 A mixture of 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to determine non-volatile matter, and PGMAC was added to a ratio of 20% by weight in the previously synthesized resin solution. Dilute acid resin solution 1 (resin solution 1). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 26,000 〇 324055 301 201241099 (Acrylic resin solution 2) 370 parts are placed in a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device.份份的含propyl ketone, the temperature was raised to 80 ° C, and the flask was replaced with nitrogen, 18.2 parts of glycidyl acrylate propyl acrylate, 53 parts of methyl methacrylate, and 2. 0 A mixture of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the dropwise addition, after further reacting at 100 ° C for 3 hours, 1.0 part of azobisisobutyronitrile was dissolved in 50 parts of cyclohexanone, and the reaction was continued at 100 ° C. hour. 2份的氢醌in the above container, in place of the air in the container, in place of 9.3 parts of acrylic acid (equivalent propylene equivalent), 0.5 parts of tri-diaminophenol and 0.1 part of hydroquinone into the above container And the reaction was continued at 120 ° C for 6 hours until the solid acid value became 0.5. The reaction was terminated to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After that, a solution of acrylic acid resin was obtained by further adding 19.5 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (the amount of the resulting hydroxyl group), 0.5 parts of triethylamine and reacting at 120 ° C for 3.5 hours. φ After cooling to room temperature, approximately 2 g of the resin solution was sampled and dried at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to determine the nonvolatile matter, and PGMAC was added to the acrylic acid in a manner of making the nonvolatile content 20% by weight in the previously synthesized resin solution. Resin solution 2 (resin solution 2). Its weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 19,000. &lt;Production of Resin-Type Dispersant Solution&gt; (Resin-type Dispersant Solution 1) 80 parts of n-butyl decyl acrylate and 120 were placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a gas introduction tube, a thermometer, a condenser, and a stirrer. Part of benzoyl methacrylate and replaced by nitrogen. Then, the reaction vessel was heated to 324055 302 201241099 to 80C, and then 12 parts of 3_Weiyl_12_lactone was dissolved therein. 1 part of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile The solution was reacted for 1 hour. After the determination of the solid fraction, 95% of the reaction was confirmed. Then, an additional 30 parts of benzotetrazole, 242 parts of cyclohexylene, and 4 parts of iridium-cyclo[5,4 fluorene]undecene are used as catalysts, and (10). . The reaction was carried out for 7 hours. It was confirmed by the measurement of the acid value that 98% or more of the acid anhydride was half-acetified, and then the reaction was terminated to obtain the resin type dispersant 1. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled and dried by heating at 18 passages for 2 minutes to determine the non-volatility. The hair styling agent is prepared by adding cyclohexanone so that the nonvolatile matter in the previously synthesized resin solution becomes % by mass to prepare the resin type dispersant solution as the dispersing agent 1). Its weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 95 Å. (Resin type dispersant solution 2) A resin type dispersant ("BYK-LPN6919" manufactured by BYK Chemical Co., Ltd., Japan) was diluted with pgmaC to adjust a resin type dispersant solution 2 (dispersant 2) having a nonvolatile content of 20% by weight. . φ &lt;Production Method of Quinoline Yellow Pigment [B]&gt; (Production of Quinoline Yellow Pigment [B-1]) Compound (1) was first obtained according to the synthesis method described in JP-A-2008-81566. ). Compound (1)

Then, in 300 parts of decyl benzoate, 1 part of 324055 303 201241099 compound (1), 70 parts of 2, 3-naphthalenedicarboxylic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid were added. The mixture was heated to 180 ° C and reacted for 4 hours. Then, the formation of the quinophthalone yellow pigment (B-1) represented by the following formula (50) and the disappearance of the compound (1) of the starting material were determined by TOF-MS. Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 3130 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further subjected to filtration separation, methanol washing, and drying to obtain 120 parts of quinoline yellow pigment (B-1). The result of mass analysis by TOF-MS was confirmed to be a quinophthalone yellow pigment (B-1). General formula (50) quinoline yellow pigment (B-1)

(Production of quinoline yellow pigment [B-2]) First, the quinoline yellow pigment (B-1) is used as a raw material, and the synthesis method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2008-81566 is used to In the same manner as in the synthesis, the compound (2) was obtained. Compound (2)

Then, 100 parts of the compound (2), 108 parts of tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, and 143 parts of benzoic acid were further added to 300 parts of the decyl benzoate, and the mixture was further heated to 180 ° C to carry out a reaction for 4 hours. . Then, TOF-MS was used to determine the formation of quinoline 324055 304 201241099 yellow pigment (B-2) and the disappearance of the starting compound (2). Thereafter, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 3510 parts of acetone, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The product was further separated by filtration, washed with methanol, and dried to obtain 120 parts of a quinoline yellow pigment (B-2) of the formula (51). The result of mass analysis by T0F-MS was confirmed to be a quinophthalone yellow pigment (B-2). Formula (51) quinoline yellow pigment (B-2)

&lt;Manufacturing Method of Anthraquinone Aluminum Pigment&gt; (Brassicain Pigment (C-1)) First, in 1250 parts of n-pentanol in a reaction vessel, 225 parts of sebaconitrile and 78 parts of anhydrous are added. Aluminium chloride and stir it. Thereafter, 266 parts of DBU (1, 8-Diazabicyclo [5. 4. 0] undec-7-ene) was added thereto and heated, and refluxed at 136 ° C for 5 hours. Thereafter, the reaction solution was cooled to 30 ° C under stirring, and a mixed solvent of 5000 parts of sterol and 10,000 parts of water was added while stirring to obtain a blue slurry. The slurry was further filtered, washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of methanol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of chloroaluminum indigo. Thereafter, 100 parts of chloroaluminum in the reaction vessel was gradually added to 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature. The mixture was further stirred at 40 ° C for 3 hours, and then the sulfuric acid solution was poured into 24,000 parts of 3 ° C cold water. The blue precipitate was washed and dried with water 324055 305 201241099 to obtain 102 parts of anthraquinone as shown in the following formula (53). Formula (53) Azurene pigment (C-1)

• (酜青素 pigment (C-2)) First, 100 parts of the sterol in the reaction vessel, 100 parts of the eucalyptus pigment (C-1) represented by the formula (53) and 49.5 The mixture was filled with diphenyl ester and heated to 40 ° C for 8 hours. Thereafter, the product was cooled to room temperature, and the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 114 parts of the phthalocyanine Ilu pigment (C-2) represented by the formula (54). General formula (54) Azure pigment pigment (C-2)

(Azurin I Lu pigment (C-3)) First, 100 parts of 324055 306 201241099 anthraquinone aluminum pigment (Cl) represented by the general formula (53) is added to 1000 parts of sterol in the reaction vessel. And 23.2 parts of diphenylphosphonic acid, and further heated to 40 ° C, and allowed to react for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 112 parts of an anthocyanin aluminum pigment (C-3) represented by the formula (55). General formula (55) anthraquinone aluminum pigment (C-3)

&lt;Pellet refining method&gt; (Yellow coloring agent (PY-1)) 100 parts of quinoline yellow pigment (B-1), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, φ and 120 parts of diethylene glycol It was added to a 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd., Japan), and mixed at 60 ° C for 6 hours to carry out a salt milling treatment. Next, the mixture is put into 3 liters of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium and ethylene glycol, and then 80 After drying overnight at ° C, 98 parts of a yellow coloring agent (PY-1) was obtained. Its average primary particle size is 31.3 nm. (Yellow Colorant (PY-2)) First, 40 parts of quinoline yellow pigment (B-2), 60 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 ("Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD" manufactured by BASF Corporation), 324055 307 201241099 1200 A portion of sodium chloride and 120 parts of ethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) made of stainless steel, and mixed at 60 ° C for 8 hours. Next, the mixture is put into warm water, heated to about 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then at 80 ° C After drying overnight, 97 parts of a yellow coloring agent (PY-2) was obtained. 8纳米。 The average primary particle size of 36. 8nm. (Yellow Colorant (PY-3)) First, add 100 parts of CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 (made by BASF, "Paliotol Yellow K0960-HD"), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol. A 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd., Japan) was mixed at 70 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixture is poured into 3000 parts of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 80 After drying at ° C for a day and night, 98 parts of a yellow coloring agent (PY-3) was obtained. 5纳米。 The average primary particle size of 35. 5nm. φ (yellow colorant (PY-4)) 500 parts of the metal complex yellow pigment CI Pigment Yellow 150 ("E4GN" manufactured by Lanxess), 2500 parts of sodium chloride, and 250 parts of 2 The diol was placed in a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Sakamoto Shoji Co., Ltd.), and mixed at 100 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixture is put into 5 liters of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 80 Drying overnight at ° C gave a yellow colorant (PY-4). 3nm。 The volume average primary particle size of the obtained pigment was 28. 3nm. 324055 308 201241099 (Yellow Colorant (PY-5)) 500 parts of isoporphyrin yellow pigment CI Pigment Yellow No. 139 ("Paliotol Yellow-D1819" manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2500 parts of sodium chloride, and 250 parts of ethylene glycol was placed in a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.), and mixed at 6 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixture is put into 5 liters of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 80 Dry at °C for one night and get • Yellow colorant (PY-5). The volume average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment is 29·3 nm 绿色 (green colorant (PG-1)) 500 parts of green pigment CI Pigment Green No. 58 (Ugly Green, DIC company "FASTGEN GREEN A110" ” 1500 parts of sodium chloride and 250 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader made by stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and mixed at 120 ° C for 8 hours. Next, φ the mixture is put into 5 liters of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then Drying at 80 ° C for one day and night gave a green colorant (PG-1). 2nm。 The volume average primary particle size of the obtained pigment is 25. 2nm. (Green Colorant (PG-2)) First, 500 parts of green pigment CI Pigment Green No. 36 ("LIONOL GREEN 6YK" manufactured by Toyo Ink and Tobacco Manufacturing Co., Ltd.), 2,500 parts of sodium chloride, and 250 parts of two The diol was placed in a 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Ltd.) made of stainless steel, and mixed at 100 ° C for 2 hours. Next, 324055 309 201241099 The mixture is then put into 5 liters of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, It was further dried overnight at 8 ° C to obtain 49 parts of a green coloring agent (PG-2). The obtained pigment had a volume average primary particle diameter of 26.6 nm. (Green colorant (PG-3)) 500 parts of green pigment (CI Pigment Green No. 7, manufactured by Toyo Ink and Tomoi Co., Ltd., "LI0N0L GREEN Y-101"), 1500 parts of sodium chloride, and 250 parts The ethylene glycol was added to a 1-kneading kneading machine (manufactured by Sakamoto Inoue Co., Ltd.), which was not made of steel, and mixed at 12 ITC for 8 hours. Secondly, the § mysterious mixture was put into 5 liters of warm water, heated to 70 ° C and stirred for 1 hour to make it into a slurry. After repeated filtration and washing to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, After drying overnight at 80 ° C, a green colorant (PG-3) was obtained. The volume average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment is 33. lnm 〇φ (red colorant (PR-1)) 500 parts of red pigment (c. I. Pigment Red No. 177, manufactured by Ciba Special Chemical Co., Ltd.) CROMOPHTAL RED A2B"), 1500 parts of sodium sulphide, and 250 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Sakamoto Shoji Co., Ltd.) and mixed at 12 (Tc for 8 hours). The mixture was poured into 5 liters of warm water and heated to 7 (TC was stirred for 1 hour to make it into a slurry form, and after repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium vaporized and diethylene glycol, it was further stirred at 8 Torr. (: After drying overnight, a red coloring agent (PR-1) was obtained. The volume average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment was 324055 310 201241099 28.3 nm. (Blue colorant (PB-1)) 100 parts first Anthraquinone aluminum pigment (Cl), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Sakamoto Inoue Co., Ltd.) and mixed at 70 ° C. Hour. Next, put the mixture into 3000 parts of warm water, heat to 70 ° C while stirring 1 small It was made into a slurry, and after repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, it was dried overnight at 80 ° C to obtain a blue coloring agent (PB-1). It is 30.4 nm. (Blue colorant (PB-2)) In addition to changing the anthraquinone aluminum pigment (C-1) to an anthraquinone aluminum pigment (C-2), with a blue coloring agent (PB) -1) The same salt milling treatment was carried out to obtain a blue colorant (PB-2) having an average primary particle diameter of 31.2 nm. (Blue colorant (PB-3)) In addition to an anthraquinone aluminum pigment ( C-1) A blue coloring agent (PB-3) was obtained by a salt milling treatment similar to the blue coloring agent (PB-1) except that it was changed to an anthraquinone aluminum pigment (C-3) φ. The average primary particle size is 29.5 nm. (Blue colorant (PB-4)) 500 parts of blue pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15 ··6, manufactured by BASF, "Heliogen Blue-L-670 OF") 2,500 parts of sodium chloride, and 250 parts of diethylene glycol were added to a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Sakamoto Sakae Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and mixed at 100 ° C for 2 hours. Mix 5 litres of mixture In warm water, heat to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make a slurry, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium vapor and 324055 311 201241099 diethylene glycol, and then dried at 80 ° C for one night, get 6nm。 The volume average primary particle size of the obtained pigment having a volume average primary particle size of 26. 6nm. (Blue colorant (PB-5)) 500 parts of anthocyanin copper-based cyanide pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15: No. 1, manufactured by Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd., "LIONOL BLUE 7120-V"), 2500 A portion of sodium chloride and 250 parts of ethylene glycol were placed in a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue, Japan), and mixed at ® 100 ° C for 2 hours. Next, the mixture is put into 5 liters of warm water, heated to 70 ° C while stirring for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium and ethylene glycol, and then 80 After drying overnight at ° C, 490 parts of a blue colorant (PB-5) were obtained. 2nm。 The volume average primary particle size of the obtained pigment is 35. 2nm. The obtained coloring agent is shown in Table 2.

324055 312 201241099 [Table 31]

Table 2. Colorant compound name average - secondary particle size PY-1 啥 黄 yellow pigment (B-1) 31. 3nra PY-2 嗱 员 员 (B-2) 36. 8nm PY-3 ^ yellow 138 35. 5nm PY-4 C·^Huang 150 No. 28.3nm PY-5 c· Yellow 139 No. 29. 3nra PG-1 α Green No. 58 25. 2nm PG-2 L Green No. 36 26. 6nm PG-3 c· I.· m Dou Green No. 7 33. lnm PR-1 c. I. Pigment Red No. 177 28.3nm PB-1 Ugly Aluminium Pigment (C-1) 30.4nm PB-2 Ugly Aluminium Pigment (C- 2) 31. 2nm PB-3 Brewing Green Aluminum Pigment (C-3) 29. 5nm PB-4 CI Pigment Blue 15 : No. 6 26.6nm PB-5 CI Pigment Blue 15 : No. 1 35. 2nra <Green Color (Manufacturing method of the composition (DG-1)) After the mixture of the following composition was stirred and mixed to make it uniform, an oxidized cerium bead having a diameter of 0.5 m was used, and an Eiger grinding dispersing machine ("Mini Model M" manufactured by Eiger Co., Ltd. was used. -250 MKU") after 5 hours of dispersion, and then

Filtration with 5.0 m sieve Green colorant (PG-1) Resin type dispersant solution 2 Acrylic resin solution 1 PGMAC was prepared into a green coloring composition (DG-1). 10. 0 parts 10. 0 parts 40. 0 parts 40. 0 parts &lt;Manufacturing method of red coloring composition (DR-1)&gt; 324055 313 201241099 After mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, the diameter is used 0. 5mm of oxidized beads, which were dispersed by Eiger grinding and dispersing machine ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger 曰 )) for 5 hours, and then filtered by a net of 5. 0 // m, and made into red Coloring composition (DR-1). Red colorant (PR-1) 3. 3 parts Red colorant (C. I. Pigment Red No. 254) 6. 7 parts

"IRGAPHOR RED B-CF" Resin type dispersant solution 2 10. 0 parts ® Acrylic resin solution 1 40. 0 parts PGMAC 40. 0 parts &lt;Green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1) (Manufacturing Method) The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered through a 1/zm filter to prepare a photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1). Coloring composition (DG-1) 60. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution 1 15. 0 parts (resin solution 1) Photopolymerizable monomer A 3. 0 parts ("Aronix M402" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization 1. 6 parts ("IRGACURE-379" cyclohexanone manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. 20.4 parts &lt;Manufacturing method of red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1)> The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred After mixing, it was filtered through a filter of l#m to prepare a photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1). 60. 0 parts of coloring composition (DR-1) 324055 314 201241099 Acrylic resin solution 1 (resin solution 1 15. 0 parts of photopolymerizable monomer A ("Aronix M402" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 3. 0 parts of photopolymerization initiator 1. 6 parts ("IgGURE-379" cyclohexanone manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 4 parts [Example 1] (Coloring composition (P-1)) ® A mixture of the following components was heated at 5 (TC) while stirring for 5 hours to make it uniform. After that, the diameter was 0 5 min. Oxide beads, Eiger grinding and dispersing machine ("Mini M〇del Μ-250 ΜΚ 制造" by Eiger Japan) 5. After 5 hours, 'more than 5 / zm 遽 遽 遽, made into a color composition (P-1). Quinolin yellow pigment (A1-1) 5. 0 parts quinoline yellow pigment (A2-1) 5. 0 parts φ Acrylic resin solution 1 (Resin solution 1) 50. 0 parts of cyclohexanone [Examples 2 to 24, Reference examples 1, 2] 40. 0 parts (Coloring composition (P-2 to 24 and P) -46, 47)) In addition to changing the quinoline yellow pigment, the resin type dispersant solution, the acrylic resin solution, the solvent type, and the blending amount (parts by weight) to those shown in Table 3, P-1) In the same operation, a colored composition (P-2 to 24) and a ochre composition (P-46, 47) were produced. Further, when the coloring 324055 315 201241099 agent was used in combination, the total amount of the coloring agent was All of the color compositions were 10 parts. [Table 32] Table 3.

Coloring composition quinoline yellow pigment [Al] (parts by weight) quinoline yellow pigment [A2] (parts by weight) resin type scattering solution (parts by weight) acrylic resin solution (weight t parts) organic solvent (parts by weight) Example 1 P-1 A1-1 A2-1 - Resin Solution 1 Anon 2.0 8.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 2 P-2 A1-1 A2-1 - Tree Germination Solution 1 Anon 4.0 6.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 3 P-3 A1-1 A2-1 - _ Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 Q 50.0 40.0 Example 4 P-4 A1-1 A2 - 1 - Tree solution 1 Anon 6.0 4.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 5 P-5 A1-1 A2-1 « Resin solution 1 Anon 8.0 2.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 6 P - 6 A1«1 A2-1 Dispersant 1 Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 20 30.0 40.0 Example 7 P- *7 A1-1 A2-1 Dispersant 2 Resin Solution 1 Anon 5Ό 5.0 20 30.0 40.0 Example 8 P-8 A1-1 A2-1 - _ Tree® Solution 2 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 9 P- 9 A1-1 A2-1 - Tree Deer solution 1 PGMAC 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 10 Ο 1 Λ A1-2 A2-2 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 11 D-1 1 A1-3 A2-3 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40Ό Example 12 □ λ η A1 — 4 A2-4 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 13 D 1 Ο A1—5 A2-5 - . Tree deer solution 1 Anon 5.0 5, 0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 14 D 1 Λ A1-6 A2-6 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 15 a 1 c A1-7 A2-7 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 16 ο 1 e A1-8 A2-8 - Shumiao solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 17 n *i » A1-9 A2 —9 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40Ό Article 18 D 1 Q A1-10 A2-10 - ^ Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 19 Ο - Ί ft A1-10 A2-11 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 20 P- 20 A1-12 A2-12 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 21 P - 21 Al - 13 A2-13 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 6.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 22 P - 22 A1-13 A2-14 - . Resin Solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 23 P- 23 A1-14 A2-15 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Example 24 P-24 A1-14 A2 -16 - Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 5.0 0 50.0 40.0 Reference example 1 P- 46 A1 — 1 - - Resin solution 1 Anon 10.0 0 0 50.0 40.0 Reference example 2 P- 47 - A2-1 - Resin solution 1 Anon 0 10.0 0 50.0 40.0 316 324055 201241099 The abbreviation in Table 3 is as follows. Organic solvent • Anon: cyclohexanone [Example 25] (Coloring composition (P-25)) A mixture of the following components was stirred at 50 ° C while being heated and homogenized, and then a diameter of 0.5 mm was used. The oxidized beads were dispersed by an Eiger mill disperser ("Mini Model M-250 _ 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours, and then filtered through a 5# m sieve to prepare a colored composition 25 (P-25). ).啥琳黄素(A1-1) 2. 5 parts quinoline yellow pigment (A2-1) 2. 5 parts yellow colorant (PY-1) 5. 0 parts resin type dispersant solution 1 10. 0 parts (dispersion Agent 1) Acrylic resin solution 1 40. 0 parts (Resin solution 1) Cyclohexanone 40. 0 parts [Examples 26 to 45, Reference Examples 3 to 8] (Coloring composition (P-26 to 45 and P-48) To 53)) In addition to changing the type of the phthalocyanine, the pigment, the resin-based dispersant solution, the acrylic resin solution, the solvent, and the amount of the solvent (parts by weight) to those shown in Table 4, (P-25) In the same manner, a coloring composition (P-26 to 45) and a coloring composition (P-48 to 53) were produced. 0份。 In 324055 317 201241099, when the coloring agent is used in combination, the total amount of the coloring agent is 10.0 parts in all the coloring compositions. [Table 33]

Table 4· Colored composition quinacin yellow pigment [A1] (parts by weight) Quinoline yellow pigment [A2] (parts by weight) Pigment (parts by weight) Pigment (heavy weight) Resin dispersant Loose solution (parts by weight) Acrylic acid Tree deer solution (heavy t parts) Organic solvent (weight t parts) Example 26 P-25 .aT-T ργ^Γ&quot; ' ** ——·· Bifurcation. + Two sputum 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 26 P-26 A1-1 A2-1 ΡΥ-2 - Dispersion 1 Resin solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 27 P-2*7 A1-1 Α2-Ί ΡΥ-3 - Dispersion "η Resin Solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 28 P-28 A1-1 A2-1 PV-4 - Dispersant 1 Resin Solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 29 P -29 A1-1 A2-1 ΡΥ—5 - Dispersing brake 榭 Resin solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 30 P-30 A1-1 A2-1 PG-1 - Dispersing an resin solution Ί Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 31 P-31 Α1-Ί A2-1 PG-2 - Dispersion «1 Resin Solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 32 P-32 A1-1 A2-1 PG- 3 - Partial Scattering 1 Resin Solution 1 Anon 2.S 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 33 P-33 A1-1 A2-1 PR-1 - Dispersion 剌1 Resin solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 34 P-34 A1-1 A2-1 PB -1 - Partial Scattering 1 Resin Solution 1 Anon 2.5 Z5 5,0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 35 P-35 A1-1 A2-1 PB-2 - Dispersant 1 Resin Solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10,0 40.0 40.0 Example 3Θ P-36 A1-1 A2-1 PB-3 - Disperse X 1 Elk Solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 37 P-37 A1-1 Α2-Ί PB-4 - Dispersion Agent 1 Rouge solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10,0 40.0 40.0 贲Example 3B P-30 A1-1 A2-1 PB-5 - Disperse steel 1 Resin solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 39 P-39 A1-1 A2-1 PB-2 PG-1 Dispersing porridge 1 Retaining fat solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.S 2.5 2.5 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 40 ΑΊ-1 A2-1 PG-1 PY-1 Dispersing 剤1 Rouge solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.6 2.5 2.5 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 41 P-41 A1-1 A2-1 PG-1 PY-2 Dispersion « 1 Rouge solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 to.o 40.0 40.0 42 A1-1 AZ-1 PG-1 ΡΥ-3 Dispersant 1 Resin solution 1 Anon Z5 2.5 2.5 2.5 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 43 P-43 A1-1 A2-1 PB-2 ΡΥ-1 Dispersant 1 榭掰 Solution 1 Anon 2.5 ZS 2.5 2.5 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 44 P-44 A1-1 A2-1 PB-2 ΡΥ- 2 Disperse Hu 1 Resin Solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 10.0 40.0 40.0 Example 45 P-45 A1-1 A2-1 PB-2 ΡΥ-3 Dispersion 刽1 Resin Solution 1 Anon 2.5 2.5 2.5 2,5 10.0 40.0 40.0 Reference Example 3 P-48 A1-1 - PG-1 - Dispersion section 1 Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 0 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Reference Example 4 P-49 A1-1 - PB-2 - Dispersion X 1 Resin solution 1 Anon 5.0 0 5Ό 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Reference Example 5 P-50 A1-1 - PB-3 - Dispersion « 1 Resin Solution 1 Anon 5,0 0 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Reference Example 6 - A2-1 PG-1 - Dispersion剌1 榭脂溶液1 Anon 0 5.0 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40Ό Reference Example 7 P-52 - A2-1 PB-2 - Disperse Xie 1 Resin Solution 1 Anon 0 5.0 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 Reference Example B P-53 - A2 -1 PB-3 - Dispersant 1 Resin solution 1 Anon 0 5.0 5.0 0 10.0 40.0 40.0 The abbreviation in Table 4 is as follows. Organic solvent • Anon: cyclohexanone 318 324055 201241099 [Evaluation of coloring composition] The evaluation of the contrast value and the coloring power in the coloring composition (P-1 to 53) was carried out in the following manner. The results are shown in Tables 5 and 6. (Evaluation of Contrast Value) The colored compositions (P-1 to 53) obtained were coated on a glass substrate of i〇〇mmxl〇〇mm and 1.lmm thickness by a spin coater, followed by ruthenium. The crucible was dried for 20 minutes, and placed on a substrate to be coated and cooled. Thereafter, the initial comparison value (initial CR) of the obtained coated substrate was measured in the stomach. In this case, the coating conditions of the spin coater were adjusted so that the thickness measured by the surface shape measuring instrument "Dektak 8 (manufactured by Veeco)" was combined with lem to prepare a coating. (Evaluation of Tint strength) The known color compositions (Ρ_1 to 32, and p-34 to 53) and the green coloring composition (DG-1) were mixed to prepare a green coloring composition. # where, the coloring composition (ρ_1 to 32, and Ρ-34 to 53) and the green coloring composition (DG-1) are formulated in a ratio of 'any of the coated substrates, to be combined under the C light source x-0 290, y = 0. 6 〇〇 chroma, select the vertical ratio. Next, the obtained mixed coloring composition was applied by a spin coater at a C light source of y = 〇 600, and then dried at 703 ° C for 2 〇 minutes to obtain a coated substrate. Further, the coloring power was evaluated based on the results of measurement of the obtained coated substrate film thickness. The film thickness of the obtained coating film was measured by a surface shape meter "Dektak 8 (manufactured by Veeco)". The results are judged according to the following criteria. The smaller the film thickness of the chromaticity that gives the purpose, the higher the coloring power of 324055 319 201241099, the better. ◎: not up to 2.40 [ /zm] 〇: 2.40 or more and less than 2.56 [ /zm] x: 2.56 or more [/zm] At the same time, the resulting colored composition (P-33), It was mixed with a red coloring composition (DR-1) to prepare a red coloring composition. Further, the blending ratio of the coloring composition (P-33) and the red coloring composition (DR-1) is the same as that of the C light source, x=0.640, y=0. Chroma • Selected ratio. Next, the obtained mixed coloring composition was applied by a spin coater in a manner of x = 0.640 in a C light source, followed by drying at 70 ° C for 20 minutes to obtain a coated substrate. Then, the coloring power was evaluated in accordance with the measurement result of the film thickness of the obtained coated substrate. The film thickness of the obtained coating film was measured by a surface shape measuring instrument "Dektak 8 (manufactured by Veeco)". The results are judged based on the following criteria. The smaller the film thickness of the chromaticity imparted to the object, the greater the coloring power, which is excellent. • ◎: Not up to 1. 52[ # m] 〇: 1. 52 or more and less than 1. 60[ #m] X : 1. 60 or more [# m] 324055 320 201241099 [Table 34]

Table 5·Coloring Composition CR Tinting Force Example 1 Ρ - "~ 6020~ Example 2 Ρ - 2 5890 ◎ Example 3 p) «ΜΜ 3 5780 ◎ Example 4 P-4 5640 ◎ Example 5 P-5 4400 ◎ Example 6 ρ-6 6710 ◎ Example 7 ρ 7 6320 ◎ Example 8 P - 8 5400 ◎ Example 9 P-9 5810 ◎ Example 10 P-10 5820 ◎ Example 11 P - 11 5890 ◎ Implementation Example 12 P-12 5830 ◎ Example 13 P - 13 5880 ◎ Example 14 P-14 5790 ◎ Example 15 P - 15 5810 ◎ Example 16 P - 16 5830 ◎ Example 17 P-17 5840 ◎ Example 18 P-18 5890 ◎ Example 19 P-19 5830 ◎ Example 20 P-20 5830 ◎ Example 21 P-21 5820 ◎ Example 22 P-22 5810 ◎ Example 23 P-23 5830 ◎ Example 24 P— 24 5840 ◎ Reference Example 1 P-46 3000 ◎ Reference Example 2 P-47 6050 X 324055 321 201241099 [Table 35] Table 6

Coloring Composition CR Tinting Force Example 25 P-25 &quot; ~ 6610 &quot; ''© - Example 26 P-26 6710 ◎ Example 27 P-27 6690 ◎ Example 28 P - 28 6630 ◎ Example 29 P- 29 6710 ◎ Example 30 P-30 6690 ◎ Example 31 P - 31 6670 ◎ Example 32 P-32 6790 ◎ Example 33 P - 33 6740 ◎ Example 34 P-34 6720 ◎ Example 35 P-35 6740 ◎ Example 36 P—36 6710 ◎ Example 37 P — 37 6730 ◎ Example 38 P — 38 6740 ◎ Example 39 P—39 6740 ◎ Example 40 P—40 6690 ◎ Example 41 P-41 6710 ◎ Implementation Example 42 P-42 6770 ◎ Example 43 P-43 6810 ◎ Example 44 P-44 6660 ◎ Example 45 P-45 6690 ◎ Reference Example 3 P-48 3120 ◎ Reference Example 4 P-49 3220 ◎ Reference Example 5 P-50 3130 ◎ Reference Example 6 P-51 6450 X Reference Example 7 P-52 6400 X Reference Example 8 P - 53 6300 X As shown in Tables 5 and 6, the coloring agent having the features of the present embodiment contains a specific structure of quinoline yellow pigment [A1], and a further specific 322 324055 201241099 structure of quinoline yellow pigment [A2] Color composition, its ratio is high, and excellent color strength. Wherein, as in Examples 25 to 45 (colored composition (p-25 to 45)), when the coloring agent further contained a pigment, the comparative value was better. Further, in Example 3 (coloring composition (p_3)), and in comparison with Examples 6 and 7 (coloring composition (P-6, 7)), the coloring composition of the resin-containing dispersing agent (P-6, 7) The person is better at the point of comparison. On the other hand, when the coloring composition of the reference example does not contain quinoline ® yellow pigment [A2], the result is a decrease in the contrast value due to the influence of fluorescence. Further, when quinoline yellow pigment [A1] was not contained therein, the result was good because the fluorescence was not emitted, but the coloring power was extremely poor. [Example 46] (Photosensitive coloring composition (R-1)) A mixture of the following compositions was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered with a melon filter to prepare a photosensitive coloring composition (R-1). ). φ coloring composition (P-1) 60.0 parts of acrylic resin solution 1 15.0 parts (resin solution 1) Photopolymerizable monomer A 3.0 parts ("Aronix M402" manufactured by Sakamoto East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator 1. 6 (Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. manufactured "irgaCURE-379" cyclohexanone 20. 4 parts [Examples 47 to 90, Reference Examples 9 to 16] (Photosensitive coloring composition (R-2 to 53)) 324055 323 201241099 In addition to The coloring composition, the acrylic resin solution, the photopolymerizable monomer, the photopolymerization initiator, the sensitizer, the organic solvent, the type of the antioxidant, and the blending amount (parts by weight) are changed as shown in Tables 7 to 9, The photosensitive coloring composition (R-2 to 53) was produced in the same manner as in the photosensitive coloring composition (R-1). [Table 36]

Ml coloring composition (parts by weight) Acrylic resin solution (different amount) Photopolymerizable single vessel (parts by weight) First polymerization starting enthalpy (113: parts) Sensitizer (parts by weight) Organic solvent (re- ing) Resistant Oxidation (parts by weight) Example 46 R-1 ·—ρ^-Ί Photopolymerization X-Anon 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 47 R-2 Ρ-2 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable single "A Starting agent B sensitizer A Anon - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.5 0.1 20.4 0 Example 48 R-3 Ρ-3 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting agent A - PGMAC - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1·β 0 ZOA 0 Example 49 R-4 Ρ-4 Resin solution. 1 First polymerizable monomer A Starting day - Anon Antioxidant 剞A 60.0 15,0 3.0 1.5 0 20.4 0.1 Example 50 R-5 Ρ-5 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting 剞Β - Anon - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.8 0 20.4 0 Example 51 R-6 Ρ-6 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable single "A initiator Β - Anon - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 52 R-7 Ρ-7 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting agent 增 Sensitizer A PGMAC - 60.0 15.0 3,0 1.5 0.1 20.4 0 Example 53 R-8 Ρ-Θ Lipid solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting day - Anon - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 54 R-9 Ρ-9 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting 剞Β - Anon Antioxidant B 60.0 15.0 3.0 1'5 0 20.4 0.1 Carriage Example 55 R-10 Ρ-10 Resin Solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Initial shot A - Anon - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.8 0 20.4 0 Example S6 R-11 Ρ- 11 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting agent day - Anon 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 57 R-12 Ρ-12 Resin solution 2 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting agent B - Anon - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 58 R-13 Ρ-13 Resin solution 1 First polymerizable single "A starting «Β sensitizer A PGMAC - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.5 0.1 20.4 0 Example 59 R-14 Ρ-14 Resin Solution 1 Photopolymerizable monoterpene A Starting agent A - Anon - 60.0 15.0 3.0 t.6 0 20.4 0 Example 60 R-15 Ρ-15 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable single "A starting 剤Β - Anon oxidizing agent C 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.5 0 20.4 0.1 Example 61 Ρ-1Θ Resin solution 1 First polymerizable mono-initiator A - Anon - 60.Q 15.0 3.0 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 62 R-17 Ρ- 17 Resin solution 1 First polymerizable monoterpene A Initial injection A - Anon Antioxidant D 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.5 0 20.4 0.1 贲 Example 63 R-18 Ρ-1Θ Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting 剞Β Increase Sensitizer A PGMAC - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.5 0.1 20.4 0 Example 64 R-19 19-19 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting shot - Anon - 60,0 1S.0 3,0 1.8 0 20.4 0 Example 65 R-20 20-20 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting agent Β - Anon Antioxidant E βο.ο 15.0 3,0 1.5 0 20.4 0.1 Example 66 R-21 Ρ-21 Resin solution 1 First polymerizable monomer A Starting «Α - PGMAC - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.β 0 20Λ 0 Example 67 R-22 Ρ-22 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting agent A - PGMAC - 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.8 0 20.4 0 Example 68 R-23 Ρ—23 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monomer A Starting agent A - PGMAC A 60.0 15.0 3.0 1.6 0 20.4 0 贲 Example 69 R-24 Ρ-24 Resin solution 3 First Polymerizable monomer A initial shot A - PGMAC - 80.0 15.0 3.0 Ι.β 0 20.4 0 324 324055 201241099 [Table 37] 逋8.

Example 70 R-25 Coloring composition (weight 馋) P-Z5 Acrylic resin Loose solution (parts by weight) Lixian 1 Photopolymerization single (weight parts) a~ Photosynthetic start 剤 (parts by weight) Phase sensitization 剤 (parts by weight) Organic solvent (4 parts by weight) Anon Pit oxidation shot (parts by weight) 60 15 3 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 71 R-26 P-26 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerization 箪 "from A剤B sensitizer A Anon - 60 15 3 1.5 0.1 20.4 0 Example 72 R-27 P-27 Resin solution 1 Polymerization 覃 « A Initial shot A - PGMAC - 60 15 3 1.8 0 20.4 0 Example 73 R-28 P-28 Resin solution 1 First polymerizable single « A Starting B - Anon Antioxidant A 60 15 3 1.5 0 20.4 0.1 Example 74 R-29 P-29 Tree® Solution 1 Light" Synthetic Single "A Starting B - Anon - 60 15 3 1.S 0 20.4 0 Example 75 R-30 P-30 Tree Deer Solution 1 Light "Sexual Single * A Starting Dance 1B - Anon — 60 15 3 1.6 0 2Q.4 0 Example 76 R-31 P-31 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable single β A Starting sensitizer A PGMAC - 60 15 3 1.5 0.1 20.4 0 Example 77 R-32 P-32 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerization 箪« A Starting Shot B - Anon - 60 15 3 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 78 R-33 P-33 Tree "Solution 1 Photopolymerizable Single ft A Starting Xie - Anon Antioxidant Shot B 60 15 3 1.5 0 20.4 0.1 Example 79 R-34 P-34 Tree® Solution 1 Photopolymerizable Monomer A Starting A-Anon - 60 15 3 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 80 R-35 P-35 Resin Solution 1 .. Photopolymerizable 箪Λ A Starting Agent B - - Anon - G0 15 3 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 81 R-36 P-36 Resin solution 2 Photopolymerizable grass "A initiator B - Anon - 60 15 3 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 82 R-37 P- 37 Resin Solution 1 Light &amp; Synthetic Single β A Initial Shot B Sensitizer A PGMAC - 60 15 3 1.5 0.1 20.4 0 Example 83 R-3B P-33 Tree Grinding Solution 1 Photopolymerization 莩 "A Start #]A - Anon - 60 15 3 1.6 0 20.4 0 Example 84 R-39 P-39 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable leather « A Starting agent B - Anon Antioxidant C 60 15 3 1.5 0 20.4 0,1 Implementation Example 85 R-40 P-40 Resin Solution 1 Photopolymerizable Grass β A Starting Agent B - Anon - 60 15 3 1.G 0 20.4 0 Example 86 R-41 P-41 Resin Solution 1 Photopolymerization Army* A starting fflA - Anon anti-oxidation D 60 15 3 1.5 0 20.4 0.1 Example 87 R-42 P-42 tree Lipid solution 1 light 合 箪 A A A starter B sensitizer A PGMAC - 60 15 3 1.5 0.1 20.4 0 Example 88 R-43 P-43 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable single β A Starting Λβ - Anon - 80 15 3 ϊ,β 0 20.4 0 Example 89 R-44 P-44 Resin solution 1 Photopolymerizable monoterpene A Starting agent Β - Anon Anti gasification shot E 60 15 3 1.5 0 20.4 0 Example 90 R -45 P-45 Tree Deer Solution 2 Photopolymerizable Single "A Starting Agent A - PGMAC - 60 15 3 1.6 0 20.4 0 324055 325 201241099 [Table 38]

324055 326 201241099 The abbreviations in Tables 7 to 9 are as follows. Photopolymerizable monomer • Photopolymerizable monomer A: hexaacrylic acid/digopentaerythritol pentaacrylate mixture (“Aronix M402” manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator • Starting agent A : 2-( Diammonium)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)indenyl]-l-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone ("IRGACURE-379" manufactured by Ciba Japan) • Initiator B: 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-indolyl)-y-9Η_α卡0--3-yl]-ethanone 1-(0-ethylindenyl) Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. manufactures "IRGACURE-Φ OXE02") sensitizer and sensitizer A: 4, 4'-diethylamine diphenyl ketone ("EAB-F" manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Antioxidant and anti-antioxidant Oxidant A: hindered lanthanide antioxidant propionic acid pentaerythritol tetra [3-(3, 5-di-t-butyl-4- hydroxyphenyl] ester • antioxidant B: sulfur-based antioxidant 3, 3' - Thiopropionate bis-eighteen burns • Antioxidant C · Filling antioxidants three [2,4-di~(third)_butylbenzene] Phosphine φ •Antioxidant D: Hindered amine antioxidant 癸Di(2,2,6 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl) diacid •Antioxidant E: salicylate antioxidant salicylic acid An octyl ester organic solvent • Anon: cyclohexanone [Evaluation of photosensitive coloring composition] The comparison of the contrast value, coloring power, and brightness of the photosensitive coloring composition (IM to 53) was carried out as follows. The results are shown in Tables 1 to 12. 324055 327 201241099 (Assessment of Contrast Value) The colored composition (R-1 to 53) obtained on a glass substrate of l〇〇mmxl〇〇mm, Ilmm thickness The coating was applied by a spin coater, followed by drying at 7 ° C for 20 minutes, and left to cool to prepare a coated substrate. Then, the initial contrast value (initial CR) of the obtained coated substrate was measured. The coating film was prepared by adjusting the coating conditions of the spin coater by measuring the film thickness of the shape measuring instrument "Dektak 8 (manufactured by Veec)) at 1 am. (Evaluation of coloring power) ® The resulting photosensitive coloring composition The materials (R-1 to 32, and R-34 to 53) and the green photosensitive coloring composition (RG_1;) are mixed to prepare a photochromic composition. Among them, the green photosensitive coloring composition has a sensitivity of 53%) The ratio of the green photosensitive coloring composition (RG-1) is adjusted. Coating group, when bonded to are C light source at x = 0. 29〇, y = square. 6〇〇 chromaticity of selected ratios. Next, the obtained mixed coloring composition was applied by a spin coater under a C light source at y = 0.600, followed by drying at 7 ° C for _ minutes to obtain a coated substrate. Further, the coloring power was evaluated based on the measurement results of the obtained coated substrate film thickness. The film thickness of the obtained coating film was measured by a surface measuring instrument "Dektak 8 (manufactured by Veeco Co., Ltd.)". The result is in accordance with the benchmark of the town. The smaller the film thickness of the chromaticity of the object is, the larger the coloring power is, and it is considered to be excellent. ◎: Not up to 3.91[/zm] 〇: 3.91 or more and less than 4.17[ /zm] X : 4. 17 or more [/zm] The photosensitive coloring composition obtained (R-33) ), mixed with red photosensitive 324055 328 201241099 color composition (RR-1) to prepare a red coloring composition. Sense

The color of the light-colored coloring composition (R-33) and the coloring composition of the red coloring material (Ri^L), when the coating substrate is produced, the color of the light source is 0. 640, y=0. 334 The ratio was selected, and then the obtained coloring composition was further coated by a spin coater under the C light source to be x=〇.64()", followed by 7 (drying at TC for 20 minutes). The substrate was coated, and the coloring power of the film thickness of the obtained coating film was evaluated. The film thickness of the obtained coating film was measured by the surface shape measurement "Dektak 8 (manufactured by Veeco Co., Ltd.)". The result is judged according to the following criteria. The smaller the film thickness of the chromaticity of the target is, the greater the force is, which is excellent. The color ◎: not up to 2.47 [em] 〇: 2.47 or more and less than 2. 61 [# m] χ : 2·61 or more Um] (Evaluation of film brightness) φ Sensitive coloring composition (R-1 to 32, R-34 to 53), i〇〇Jn 100mm, 1·1_ thick On the glass substrate, the coating was carried out by a spin coater, which was dried at 7 ° C for 2 minutes, and then cooled by 22 (TC for 30 minutes, = 8 for cooling). A coating film substrate was produced. The brightness Y (c) of the obtained coating film was *, a micro-knife photometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Olympus, Japan), and a coated substrate" was produced in 2 After heat treatment at 20 ° C, it can be combined under the C light source to the chromaticity of χ=〇29〇, 丫=〇6〇〇. Also, regarding the photosensitive coloring composition (R-33), The chromaticity is such that, in addition to the chromaticity of X 〇. 640 and y=0·334, the brightness of 324055 329 201241099 is also evaluated by the aforementioned method. [Table 39]

Table 10 Example 46 R-1 Colored composition P-Ϊ ... - CR 6000 Tinting strength 〇 60 Example 47 R-2 P-2 5880 ◎ 60 Example 48 R-3 P-3 5770 ◎ 60 Example 49 R —4 P-4 5590 ◎ 60 Example 50 R-5 P-5 4520 ◎ 60 Example 51 R-6 P-6 6770 ◎ 60 Example 52 R-7 P-7 6340 ◎ 60 Example 53 R-8 P-8 5440 ◎ 60 Example 54 R-9 P-9 5790 ◎ 60 Example 55 R-10 P-10 5800 ◎ 60 Example 56 R-11 P-11 5820 ◎ 60 Example 57 R-12 P— 12 5810 ◎ 60 Example 58 R-13 P-13 5860 ◎ 60 Example 59 R-14 P-14 5780 ◎ 60 Example 60 R-15 P-15 5770 ◎ 60 Example 61 R-16 F-16 5810 ◎ 60 Example 62 R-17 P-17 5820 ◎ 60 Example 63 R-18 P-18 5880 ◎ 60 Example 64 R-19 P-19 5810 ◎ 60 Example 65 R-20 P-20 5840 ◎ 60 Example 66 R-21 P-21 5790 ◎ 60 Example 67 R-22 P-22 5780 ◎ 60 Example 68 R-23 P-23 5800 ◎ 60 Example 69 R-24 P-24 5810 ◎ 60 324055 330 201241099 [Table 40]

Table 11 Coloring composition - ... P-25 CR 6550 Tinting strength ◎ Example 70 R-25 60 Example 71 R-26 P-26 6690 ◎ 60 Example 72 R-27 P-27 6650 ◎ 60 Example 73 R - 28 P-28 6610 ◎ 60 Example 74 R-29 P-29 6730 ◎ 60 Example 75 R-30 P-30 6720 ◎ 60 Example 76 R-31 P-31 6660 ◎. 60 Example 7 7 R -32 P-32 6770 ◎ 60 Example 78 R-33 P-33 8720 ◎ 60 Example 79 R-34 P-34 6700 ◎ 60 Example 80 R-35 P-35 6730 ◎ 60 Example 81 R-36 P—36 6720 ◎ 60 Example 82 R—37 P—37 6750 ◎ 60 Example 83 R-38 P—38 6720 ◎ 60 Example 84 R-39 P — 39 6730 ◎ 60 Example 85 R-40 P- 40 6730 ◎ 60 Example 86 R-41 P-41 6720 ◎ 60 Example 87 R-42 P-42 6560 ◎ 60 Example 88 R-43 P-43 6740 ◎ 60 Example 89 R-44 P-44 6690 ◎ 60 Example 90 R-45 P-45 6660 ◎ 60 324055 331 201241099 [Table 41] Table 12 Reference Example 9 R-46 Coloring composition _ p-46 ... CR 2990 Tinting strength ◎ 60 Reference Example 10 R-47 P -47 6090 X 60 Reference Example 11 R 48 P—48 3040 ◎ 60 Reference Example 12 R-49 P—49 3090 ◎ 60 Reference Example 13 R-50 P-50 3050 ◎ 60 Reference Example 14 R—51 P-51 6430 X 60 Reference Example 15 R-52 P —52 6440 X 60 Reference Example 16 R — 53 P-53 6490 X 60 As shown in Tables 10 to 12, the coloring agent having the features of the present embodiment contains a quinoline yellow pigment [A1] having a specific structure, and Further, the photosensitive coloring composition of quinoline yellow pigment [A2] having a specific structure has an extremely high contrast value and excellent coloring power. Among them, as in Examples 70 to 90 (photosensitive coloring composition (R-25 to 45)), when the pigment was further contained therein, the comparative value was better. Further, in Example 48 (photosensitive coloring composition (R-3)), compared with Examples 51 and 52 (photosensitive coloring composition (R-6, 7)), photosensitive coloring of the resin-containing dispersing agent The composition (R-6, 7) was better from the viewpoint of the comparative value. On the other hand, when the photosensitive coloring composition of the reference example does not contain quinoline yellow pigment [A2], the result is reduced by the influence of fluorescence. Further, when quinoline yellow pigment [A1] was not contained therein, the result was good because the fluorescence was not emitted, but the coloring power was extremely poor. Meanwhile, in terms of brightness, the photosensitive coloring composition of the present embodiment, 324055 332 201241099, was higher in brightness than the photosensitive coloring composition of the reference example, and the result was good. Further, in terms of the pigment, the brightness of the photosensitive coloring composition (R_3〇, 31 to 33, 36 to 45) containing the anthraquinone pigment or the anthraquinone aluminum pigment is extremely high, and the result is excellent. &amp; [Color filter production]

First, the production of a blue photosensitive coloring composition used in the production of a color filter was carried out. Further, a photosensitive coloring composition (R-33) was used for the red color, and a photosensitive coloring composition (R_41) was used for the green color.

(Production of Blue Sensitive Coloring Composition (Production of RB_D) A mixture of the following composition was stirred and mixed to obtain a "Mini Model Μ-250 ΜΚΠ" manufactured by Eiger Grinding Disperser using a zirconia bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm. After dispersing for 5 hours, it was filtered through a 5.0/m sieve to prepare a blue colored composition (db_6). Blue pigment (CI Pigment Blue 15: No. 6) 7 2 sulphur purple pigment (CI Pigment Violet No. 23) * . ^ Resin type dispersant (rEFKA43 制造 manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1 丙烯酸 part of acrylic resin solution 1 35. Backup

PGMAC 52. After the mixture, the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered through a filter to prepare a blue photosensitive coloring composition (RB-1). Blue coloring composition (DB-6) 34. 0 Acrylic resin solution 2 15&gt; 2 ^ Photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.) 3. 3 parts 324055 333 201241099 Photopolymerization initiator ( Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. manufactures "IRGACURE-907") 2.0 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 45. 1 part (color filter) Production) The black matrix on the glass substrate is processed into an image, and the red photosensitive coloring composition (R-33) is applied to the substrate by a spin coater under the C light source (hereinafter, in green, blue) It is also used to form a color film by film thickness of x=0.640 and y=0.334. The film was then passed through a reticle and irradiated with ultraviolet light at 300 mJ/cm2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury ® lamp. Next, the image liquid was spray-imaged by an aqueous solution of 0.2% by weight of sodium carbonate to remove the unexposed portion, and then washed with ion-exchanged water, and the substrate was heated at 230 ° C for 20 minutes. , forming a red color filter segment. In the same manner, in the case of the green photosensitive coloring composition (R-41), y = 0.60, and in the case of the blue photosensitive coloring composition (RB-1), x = 0.150, y. =0. 060, each was coated to form a green color filter segment and a blue color filter segment to obtain a color filter. φ When the red photosensitive coloring composition (R-33) or the green photosensitive coloring composition (R-41) is used, a color filter of high contrast value and high brightness can be produced. <<Implementation Title>> &lt;Manufacturing Method of Quinoline Yellow Pigment&gt; 啥琳黄素1

6.8 parts of 8-hydroxymethylquinoline and 9 parts of 4-ethoxyphthalic anhydride, 324055 334 201241099 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and stirred at 200 ° C for 5 hours. After allowing to cool, 50 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids are collected by aspiration transition. The solid was again added to 400 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. After that, it was dried overnight in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) to obtain a product of 6.1 parts. Its yield was 42%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autoflex®). As a result, m/z = 333. 23 (molecular weight 333.10) was identified as the target. Oh, yellow pigment 2

0H 9 parts of 8-hydroxyindolequinoline and 1 part of 4-hydroxyphthalic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid, and 40 parts of decyl benzoate were mixed, and further at 200. (: stirring for 5 hours. After standing to cool, 50 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solid was collected by suction filtration, and the solid was again added to 400 parts of methanol. After 1 hour of mixing, the solid was collected by suction filtration, and then dried in a vacuum dryer (4 ° C) overnight to obtain a product of 3.5 parts. The yield was 18%. The compound (TOF-MS: manufactured by Bruker Daltonics Japan Co., Ltd., autoflexIE) was used to identify the compound, and the result was m/z = 305.1 (molecular weight 307.07), which was determined as the target. Example 1 324055 335 201241099 啥Yellow pigment 3

3.0 parts of quinoline yellow pigment 1 was mixed in 30 parts of n, N-dimethylacetamide, and then mixed with 4 parts of ruthenium oxide, 2 parts by weight of ι 淳 base-2 -ethylhexanol' and stirred at C for 1 hour. After standing to cool, 20 parts of chloroform and 1 part of water were added to extract an organic layer. The organic layer was dried over 5 parts of magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained concentrate was subjected to a silica gel column chromatography (gas imitation / ethyl acetate = 5 / 1 (volume ratio purification to obtain a product of 3.2 parts. The yield was 81%. TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics made the 'autof lexH' from Japan to identify the compound. The result was m/z = 445 &gt; 33 (molecular weight 445.23) was determined to be the target. Example 2 Quinoline Yellow 4

Mixing 3 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-5-benzyl-2-methyl-lin and 17 parts of 4-ethoxyl-acidic acid, part of the astringent acid, and 2 〇〇 ° C under the disturbance for 5 hours. After it was allowed to cool, add 100 parts of sterol and smash it for 1 day. After that, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration to collect 336 324055 201241099 1 K B . The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after 1 liter of mixture, the solid was collected by suction filtration. After that, it was dried under vacuum (40. 〇 dry overnight, and 3.4 parts of the product was obtained. The yield was 75% °·^ after mass analyzer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan's 第' ρ- π 1 0 5, autoflexll) to identify the compound. The result is (molecular weight 521.6) can be determined as the target. Example 3 黄色 yellow pigment 5

3.0 parts of quinophthalone yellow pigment 1 was mixed in 30 parts of N,N-dimethylacetamide, and then 0.4 parts of sodium hydroxide and 1.7 parts of 1 odorous diethyl ether were mixed. 1〇5. (: stirring for 1 hour. After standing to cool), add another 20 parts of water and 1 part of water to extract the organic layer. The organic layer φ is dried after adding 5 parts of magnesium sulfate. The mixture was separated by filtration and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained concentrate was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / ethyl acetate = 5 / 1 (volume ratio)) to give a product of 3.0 parts. The compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: 'autoflex 制造 manufactured by Bruker Dal tonics Japan Co., Ltd.). The result was 11 1/2 = 405.32 (molecular weight 405.16), which was determined to be the target. Example 4 324055 337 201241099 Quinoline yellow pigment 6

3.0 parts of quinophthalone yellow pigment 2 was mixed in 3 parts of N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, followed by mixing 0.9 parts of sodium hydroxide and 4.2 parts of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexyl The alkane was stirred at 105 ° C for a few hours. After standing to cool, 20 parts of chloroform and 1 part of water were added to extract an organic layer. The organic layer was dried by adding 5 parts of magnesium sulfate, and then subjected to a transition separation and concentration under reduced pressure. The resulting concentrate was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (methanol / ethyl acetate = 7 / 1 (volume ratio)) to give a product. Its yield was 78%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japan, autoflexn). As a result, m/z = 529.45 (molecular weight: 529.32) was identified as the target.

Example 5 Quinoline Yellow 7

3.0 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-indole and 2.7 parts of 4-cyclohexyloxyphthalic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid mixed 'and at 200 ° Stir for 5 hours at C. After allowing to cool, 100 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, 324055 338 201241099 was again suction filtered to collect the solid therein. After that, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (4 Torr. 一 一 , , , 4 4 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物The result was m/z=499.29 (molecular weight 499.27), which was determined as the target. Example 6 喧琳 yellow pigment 8

3.0 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-methylquinoline and 2.7 parts of 4-phenoxyphthalic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed and mixed at 200 ° C hour. After it was left to cool, 100 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. 4份的产物物。 After drying in a vacuum dryer (4 ° ° C) overnight, to obtain 4. 4 parts of the product. Its yield was 81%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, Inc., aut〇flexH). As a result, m/z = 491.31 (molecular weight 493·23) was confirmed as the target. Example 7 324055 339 201241099 Quinoline Yellow 9

3.0 parts of quinophthalone yellow pigment 2 is mixed in 30 parts of N,N-dimethylacetamide, and then mixed with y. 9 parts of sodium hydroxide, 5.3 parts of 1-yolyl- 4-Trifluoropyrene' was mixed at 105 C for 1 hour. After standing to cool, 20 parts of chloroform, 1 part of water was added to extract the organic layer. The organic layer was dried by adding 5 parts of magnesium sulfate, followed by filtration and concentration under reduced pressure. The concentrate thus obtained was purified by celite column chromatography (chloroform / ethyl acetate = 5 / 1 (volume ratio)) to give a product of 4.5 parts. Its yield was 78%. Then, the compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japan, autof lexn). As a result, it was confirmed that m/z = 593.58 (molecular weight: 593.1). φ Example 8 Quinoline Yellow 10

3.0 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-methylquinoline and 2.6 parts of 4-(2-ethoxyethoxy)phthalic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid, Stir at 5 °C for 5 hours. After it was left to cool, 100 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. After that, the precipitated solids are then subjected to suction filtration to collect 324055 340 201241099. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after 1 hour of searching, the solid was collected by suction filtration. After that, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) overnight to obtain 4. 3 parts of a product. Its yield was 79%. Thereafter, the compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruflex Dal tonics Japan Co., Ltd. 'autoflexn). As a result, m/z = 489.46 (molecular weight 489.25) was determined as the target. Example 9 Quinoline Yellow Pigment 11

3 parts of 8-(2-ethylhexyloxy)-2-methylquinoline and 3.1 parts of 4-(2-(1,3-dioxan-2-yl)ethoxylate Base) phthalic anhydride, 30 parts of benzoic acid mixed' and stirred at 20 (TC for 5 hours. After standing to cool, add 100 parts of methanol and stir for 1 hour. After that, the precipitated solid was pumped again. The mixture was collected by suction and filtered. The solid was again added to 200 parts of decyl alcohol. After stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration, and then dried in a vacuum dryer (40 〇 dry overnight to obtain 4. 3 parts). The yield was 74%. The compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics, Inc., autoflexn). The result was m/z = 531.56 (molecular weight 531.26). Can be determined as the target. Example 10 324055 341 201241099 喧琳黄素12

3.0 parts of 5-(2-methylquininyloxy) umano-2-ethylhexyl and 2.2 parts of 4-(1,3-di- oxy-1,3-dihydroiso) Methyl benzofuranyloxy)butyrate, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed and stirred for 5 hours at 2003⁄4. After leaving it to cool, add another 100 parts of sterol and mix for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. 5份的产物物。 After drying in a vacuum dryer (4 ° ° C) overnight, to obtain 3.6 parts of the product. The yield was 72%. Then, the compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japan, φ autoflexll). As a result, m/z = 6 〇 3.62 (molecular weight 603. 28) can be determined as the target. Example 11 324055 342 201241099 啥琳黄素13

份份乙乙乙乙酸酸-2。 Mixing quinone yellow pigment 2 in 30 parts of N, N-dimercaptoacetamide, and then mixing 0. 9 parts of sodium hydroxide, 6.6 parts of 4-bromobutyric acid-2 Ethylhexyl ester was stirred at 105 ° C for 1 hour. After standing to cool, 20 parts of chloroform and 100 parts of water were further added to extract an organic layer. The organic layer was dried by adding 5 parts of magnesium sulfate, then filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting concentrate was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / ethyl acetate = 10/1 (volume ratio)) to give a product of 4.9 parts. Its yield was 71%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Da 1 tonics Japan, autoflex®). As a result, 111/^=701.67 (molecular weight: 701.39) was identified as the target. Example 12 324055 343 201241099

The quinone phthalocyanine 2 is mixed with 30 parts of quinone-dimercaptoacetamide, and then mixed with 0.9 parts of sodium hydroxide and 6.9 parts of 5-bromopentanoic acid-2. Ethylhexyl ester was stirred at 105 ° C for 1 hour. After standing to cool, 20 parts of chloroform and 100 parts of water were further added to extract an organic layer. The organic layer was dried by adding 5 parts of magnesium sulfate, then filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting concentrate was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / ethyl acetate = 10/1 (volume ratio)) to give a product. Its yield is 70%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autoflexn). As a result, 111/2 = 729.83 (molecular weight 729.42) was identified as the object. Example 13 324055 344 201241099 喧琳黄素15

3.0 parts of 5-(2-indoloquinolin-8-yloxy)pentanoic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester and 3.0 parts of 4-(1,3-di- oxy-1, 3-Dihydroisobenzofuran-5-yloxy)butyric acid-2-ethylhexyl ester, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and stirred at 200 ° C for 5 hours. After it was left to cool, 100 parts of methanol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of sterol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. 5份的产物物。 After drying in a vacuum dryer (40 ° C) overnight, to obtain 3.5 parts of the product. Its yield is 65%. Thereafter, the compound was identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autoflexn). As a result, m/z = 715.90 (molecular weight 710.41) was determined as the target. Example 14 324055 345 201241099 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 16

The quinone sulphate is then mixed with 30 parts of N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, and then mixed with 0.9 parts of bismuth oxide, and 8. 0 parts of 5-bromopentanoic acid- 2-(2-Ethylhexyloxy)ethyl ester was stirred at 105 ° C for 1 hour. After standing to cool, 20 parts of chloroform and 100 parts of water were further added to extract an organic layer. The organic layer was dried by adding 5 parts of magnesium sulfate, followed by filtration and concentration under reduced pressure. The concentrate thus obtained was purified by column chromatography (chloroform / ethyl acetate = 10/1 (volume ratio)) to yield 5.9 parts. Its yield was 73%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Dal tonics Japan, autoflex®). As a result, m/z = 817.88 (molecular weight 817.48) can be determined as a target. Example 15 324055 346 201241099 quinoline yellow pigment 17

The quinone yellow pigment 2 is mixed with 30 parts of quinone, dimethyl phthalamide, and then mixed with 0.9 parts of sodium hydroxide, 9.3 parts of 5-bromopentanoic acid - 2-(3-(2-Ethylhexyloxy)propoxy)ethyl ester was stirred at 105 ° C for 1 hour. After standing to cool, 20 parts of chloroform and 100 parts of water were further added to extract an organic layer. After further adding 5 parts of magnesium sulfate, the organic layer was dried, filtered, and evaporated. The concentrate thus obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / ethyl acetate = 10/1 (volume ratio)) to obtain a product of 4.6 parts. Its yield was 71%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autof lex®). As a result, m/z = 919.91 (molecular weight 919.54) was determined as the target. Example 16 324055 347 201241099 ϋ奎琳黄素18

5份的七二氧环环。 After the mixture of 3.0 parts of quinoline yellow pigment 1 in 30 parts of hydrazine, hydrazine-dimercaptoacetamide, and then mixed with 0.5 parts of sodium hydroxide, 4.5 parts of 7-oxabicyclo [4. 1. 0]Heptane-3-carboxylic acid-2-ethylhexyl ester and stirred at 105 ° C for 1 hour. After standing to cool, 20 parts of chloroform and 100 parts of water were further added to extract an organic layer. The organic layer was dried by adding 5 parts of magnesium sulfate, followed by filtration and concentration under reduced pressure. The resulting concentrate was purified by a silica gel column chromatography (methanol / ethyl acetate = 10/1 (volume ratio)). Its yield is 75%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, autof lexn). As a result, m/z = 587.51 (minute amount 587.29) can be determined as the target. Example 17 Quinoline Yellow Pigment 19

3.0 parts of 4-hydroxy-3-(2-methylquinolin-8-yloxy)cyclohexanecarboxylic acid-2-ethylhexyl ester and 2.1 parts of 5-(2-phenoxyl) Ethoxylated phthalic anhydride and 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed and stirred at 200 ° C for 5 hours. Place it in cold 324055 348 201241099, then add 100 parts of sterol and stir for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of methanol. After stirring for 1 hour, the solid was collected by suction filtration. After that, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (4 Torr. 一 一 , , , , 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 Identification of the compound, the result is m/z = 679.76 (molecular weight 679.31) can be determined as the target. Φ Example 18 啥琳黄素 2 0

0份份。 The bis(2-ethylhexyl) 4 hydroxy _5_(2_ quinolinol-8 yloxy) cyclohexane-1,2-didecanoate and 1. 5 parts 5_(2-phenoxyethoxy) ugly acid needle, 30 parts of benzoic acid were mixed, and then scrambled for 5 hours under 2 〇〇. After it was left to cool, 1 part of sterol was further added and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of methanol, and after stirring for a while, the solid was collected by suction. Thereafter, it was dried overnight by a vacuum dryer (4〇»c) to obtain 3.4 parts of a product. Its yield was 78%. The compound was then identified by a mass spectrometer (TOF-MS: Bruker Daltonics Japan, aut〇flex II) 324055 349 201241099. As a result, m/z = 835 88 (molecular weight 834 43) was identified as the target. Example 19 Quinoline Yellow Compound 21

One part will be 3.0 parts of bis(2-ethylhexyl) 4-hydroxy-5-(2-methylquinoline-8-yloxy)cyclohexanol-1,2-dihydro acid vinegar and 1.4 parts of 5-phenylene Hydroxamic acid liver, 30 parts of benzoic acid mixed 're-. c under the mix for 5 hours. After allowing to cool, 1 part of methanol was added and stirred for a few hours. Thereafter, the precipitated solids were collected by suction filtration. The solid was again added to 200 parts of methanol, and after stirring for a while, the solid of φ was collected by suction filtration. Thereafter, it was dried in a vacuum dryer (40 ° 一 overnight to obtain 3.2 parts of a product. The yield was 75%. Then a mass analyzer (TOF-MS:

Bruker Daltonics Japan, manufactured by aut〇f lexn) for the identification of compounds. The result was ^/2 = 819.72 (molecular weight 819.43) which was identified as the target. Reference example 1 324055 350 201241099 Quinoline yellow pigment 22

The method is used for synthesis. Combination of pigments (IV)

Reference Example 2 Quinoline Yellow Pigment 23

Among them, Disperse Yellow 54 is used. • &lt;Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution&gt; In a separable 4-necked flask, a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device was charged with 7 〇. After heating to 8 (TC, and replacing the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 13. 3 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 4.6 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 4. 3 parts of methacrylic acid, 7.4 parts of p-isopropylidene phenol epoxiconate modified acetoacetate ("Aron ix ΜΙΙΟ" manufactured by Japan East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.), 0.4 parts 2, A mixture of 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the end of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for another 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin having a weight of 324055 351 201241099 and an average molecular weight of 26,000. After cooling to ~ sampling About 2g of the resin solution is heated and dried at 18 (rc, 2 〇 minutes, the hair is distributed, and the non-volatile content is obtained in the previously synthesized resin solution).

The method is to add methoxypropyl acetate to prepare an acrylic resin solution.蕙% Among them, the average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is based on the column (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation of Japan) and is detected by the device RI = GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation 51, HL (&gt;812() Gp (:), the solvent is developed to convert the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polystyrene at the time of measurement. &lt;Production method of pigment&gt; (Production of blue pigment 1) 200 parts of cordier blue are first Pigment c. 颜料. Pigment Blue: No. 6 ("LIONOL BLUE ES" manufactured by Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) 1400 parts of sodium chloride and 360 parts of ethylene glycol were added to a stainless steel 丨 gallon kneader (Japan Inoue Manufactured in the factory, and mixed for 6 hours at 80 ° C. Next, put the mixture into 8 liters of warm water, heat it to 8 〇 and simultaneously disturb it for 2 hours to make it into a slurry, repeating After filtering and washing with water to remove the vaporized sodium and diethylene glycol, it was dried overnight at 851 to obtain 190 parts of blue pigment 1. The obtained pigment had an average primary particle diameter of 79 nm. ) First, 200 parts of the cultivating purple pigment CI Pigment Violet No. 23 (Sakamoto East) Ink and ink manufacturing company manufactures "LIONOGEN VIOLET RL"), 1400 parts of sodium chloride, and 360 parts of ethylene glycol are added to a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) and mixed at 8 (TC) Mix for 6 hours. 324055 352 201241099 Next, put the mixture into 8 liters of warm water, heat the 〇8〇C brigade and stir for 2 hours to make it into a slurry. Repeat the filtration, wash the water and remove the sodium and gas. After the ethylene glycol, it was dried overnight at 85. It was paid 190 parts of the purple pigment 1. The average pigmentation history of the obtained pigment was 28 nm. (Production of green pigment 1) Direct use of ugly green A commercial product of Pigment CI Pigment Green No. 58 ("FASTGEN GREEN A110" manufactured by DIC Corporation). The average primary particle size of the green pigment 1 is 2 2 run. (Preparation of Blue Pigment 2) First in the reaction vessel, at 225 parts of oxalylonitrile and 78 parts of anhydrous aluminum chloride were mixed and stirred in 1250 parts of n-pentanol, after which 266 parts of DBU (1,8-Diazabicyclo[5. 4. 〇]undec-7 was added thereto. -ene) and heat up 'reflow at 136 ° C for 5 hours. Then after The reaction solution which was cooled to 30 ° C was mixed, and it was added to a mixture of 5,000 parts of methanol and loooo water, and it was added under stirring to obtain a blue slurry. After filtration, it was washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of sterol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of chloroaluminum phthalocyanine (AIPc-Cl). Then, in the reaction vessel, another 1200 parts were used. In the concentrated sulfuric acid, 1 part of chloroaluminum is added slowly at room temperature. Then at 40. (: stirring for 3 hours, after which 24,000 parts of 3 ° C cold water was poured into the sulfuric acid solution, wherein the blue precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain 92 parts of aluminum indigo (AIPc-OH). Then, in the reaction vessel, 2000 parts of N,N-dimercaptopurine 324055 353 201241099 amine, 100 parts of Aipc-〇jj, 53 parts of bismuth diphenyl vinegar were added. At 85 C, the reaction was carried out for 3 hours. Thereafter, the solution was further injected in 12 parts of water. The reaction product was further dried, washed with 24,000 parts of water, and dried at 60 ° C for one day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 123 parts. Anthraquinone aluminum (A1Pc_DPP). After that, 50 parts of the AIPc-DPP pigment, 150 parts of sodium chloride, and 25 of the wound-monoethylene glycol were added to the unfilled one-time kneading machine (曰本In the Inoue Manufacturing Co., Ltd., and mixing at 120 ° C for 6 hours. Secondly, the mixture was put into 5 liters of warm water, heated to 80 ° C while stirring for 1 hour # to make it into a slurry, repeat After filtering and washing with water to remove sodium vaporized and diethylene glycol, it was dried overnight at 85 ° C to obtain a blue pigment 2. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment was 29 nm. (Preparation of Yellow Pigment 1) 270 parts of porphyrin yellow-based yellow pigment CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 (trade name: Paliotol Yellow K0961HD, manufactured by BASF Corporation), and 1350 parts of sodium chloride And 500 parts of ethylene glycol was added to a stainless steel 丨 gallon φ kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) and mixed at 120 ° C for 6 hours. Secondly, the mixture was put into a temperature of 8 liters. In water, heat to 8 (TC and stir for 2 hours to make it into a slurry. Repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then drying at 85 ° C for one night, to obtain 250 parts. Color pigment 3. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained pigment was 36 nm. (Production of yellow pigment 2) 200 parts of the recording compound was yellow pigment c. I. Pigment Yellow No. 150 (manufactured by Lanxess, "E-4GN" "), 1400 parts of sodium chloride, and 360 324055 354 201241099 One of the injuries is added to a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue, Japan) at 1 9π〇/-. Λ , U〇C Mix for 6 hours. Next, mix the mixture Into 8 liters of warm water, heat to 8 〇. 扰 and disturb for 2 hours at the same time to make two into J: liquid 'repeated 遽, washed with water to remove gasified sodium and diethyl alcohol, and then dried at 853⁄4 - Day and night, 19 parts of yellow pigment 2 were obtained. The average primary particle diameter of the obtained sea rough was 67 nm. (Production of yellow pigment 3) 胄5G() &amp; different yellow pigment CI pigment yellow 139 (Ciba Japan company "IRGAp 臓 应 应 」 」 」 」 」 」 」 」 」 」 IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR IR In the middle, and fell down for 8 hours in the 12th generation. Next, the mixture was put into 5 liters of warm water, heated to 8 Torr &lt;t and simultaneously mixed for 1 hour to make it into a slurry, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol. After drying at 85 一日 one night, 490 parts of yellow pigment 1 were known. The obtained pigment had an average primary particle diameter of 0 of 92 nm. (Production of Red Pigment 1) 200 parts of bismuth red pigment c. 颜料. Pigment Red No. 177 (Ciba 曰 "Cromophtal Red A2B" manufactured by the company), 1400 parts of sodium chloride, and 360 parts of two The diol was placed in a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Sakamoto Sakae Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) and mixed at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixture is put into 8 liters of warm water, heated to 8 (TC and stirred for 2 hours at the same time to make it into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 85. Drying one day and one night to obtain 19〇324055 355 201241099 parts of red pigment 1. The average pigment particle size of the obtained pigment was 54 (10). (Production of coloring composition Q-1) The mixture was stirred and mixed with the following mixture. After the uniformity, it was dispersed by an Eiger grinding and dispersing machine ("Mini Model Μ-250 制造" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours, and then filtered with a filter of 5. Oym. Coloring composition Q-1. 〇40. 4848. 〇 喹 quinoline yellow pigment 1:

Pre-adjusted acrylic resin solution: Cyclohexanone: (Production of coloring composition Q-2 to 23) Coloring composition Q-2 to 23 The following 'except for 啥 黄色 黄色 丨 ( ( ( ( ( ( 四 四In addition to the generation, the same operation as the production of the colored composition W, two =

324055 356 201241099 [Table 42] Table 1 Coloring composition coloring matter Q-1 quinoline yellow pigment 1 Q~2 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 2 Q-3 quinoline yellow pigment 3 Q-4 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 4 Q-5 啥Lin yellow pigment 5 Q-6 olfactory yellow pigment 6 Q-7 啥琳 yellow pigment 7 Q-8 i-lin yellow pigment 8 Q-9 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 9 Q-10 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 10 Q-ll 啥琳黄Pigment 11 Q-12 啥琳黄素12 Q-13 啥琳黄素13 Q-14 啥琳黄素14 Q-15 啥惊·黄素15 Q-16 ~1 啥琳黄素16 Q-17 啥琳Yellow pigment 17 Q-18 quinoline yellow pigment 18 Q-19 porphyrin yellow 19 Q-20 quinoline yellow pigment 20 Q~21 quinoline yellow pigment 21 Q-22 quinoline yellow pigment 22 Q-23 quinoline yellow pigment 23 (Production of the coloring composition DP-1) After the mixture was stirred and mixed to make uniform, the zirconia beads of 0.5 mm were used, and the Eiger grinding and dispersing machine (Mini Model Μ-250 制造 manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) was used. Π") After 5 hours of dispersion, it was filtered through a sieve of $ 〇 324055 357 201241099 to prepare a colored composition (DP-1). 11. 0 parts 40. 0 parts 48· 1.0 parts 1.0 parts of blue pigment l (c. I. Pigment Blue 15 : 6): Pre-adjusted acrylic resin solution: propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (PGMAC): resin Type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.): (Production of colored composition DP-2 to 8) Hereinafter, except that the blue pigment 1 is replaced by the pigment shown in Table 2

Further, in the same manner as in the production of the coloring composition DP-1, the coloring compositions DP-2 to 8 were produced. [Table 43] Table 2 Coloring Composition Colorant (i Member) ~~--- DP-1 Blue Pigment 1 Material Blue 15: No. 6 DP-2 Purple Pigment 1 ci Pigment Violet No. 23 DP-3 Green Pigment 1 C· 1·Pigment Green No.58-DP-4 Blue Pigment 2 Anthraquinone Aluminum DP-5 DP-6 Yellow Pigment 1 Yellow Pigment No. 2 C. I· Self-contained I 1ςη站 DP-7 DP-8 Yellow pigment 3 Red pigment 1 --- η ίου The yellow material 139 is red 177 stupid [Examples 20 to 38, Reference Examples 3 to 9] <Coating compositions Q-1 to 23, DP-5 to 7 Membrane foreign matter test> This evaluation was performed by preparing a test substrate and calculating the number of particles. The colored coating composition was applied to the transparent substrate on the basis of a dry coating film, and the test substrate was obtained by heating in a container at 23 (TC for 20 minutes. The evaluation was performed in Japan 324055 358 201241099

The metal microscope "BX60" manufactured by Olympus performs surface observation β at a magnification of 500 times, and counts the number of particles that can be observed in any five visible areas. In the evaluation results described below, ◎ and 〇 are good, and Δ is a foreign matter, but the level of use is no problem. X is uneven coating (plaque) due to foreign matter. ◎: less than 5 〇: 5 or more and less than 20 △: 20 or more and less than 100 X: 100 or more _ Hereinafter, the results are shown in Table 3. &lt;Split test of coloring compositions Q-1 to 23 and DP-5 to 7&gt; A coating film was produced on the transparent substrate to have a transmittance of 5% at a wavelength of 450 nm, and then 500 nm and 550 nm were measured at this time. The value of the transmittance. The higher the transmittance of 500 nm and 550 nm, the better the brightness. In the evaluation results below, when the quinoline yellow pigment and the yellow pigment are normalized, the transmittance at 500 nm and 550 nm is 99% or more, Δ is 97 or more, and the amount is not 99% 'X is not Up to 97%. When it is 99% or more, the brightness thereof becomes high, so that it is preferable. The results are shown below in Table 3. Further, the light splitting of the coating films of Example 1 and Reference Examples 1 and 4 is as shown in Figs. 1 to 3. 324055 359 201241099 [Table 44] Table 3

Coloring composition coloring film coating foreign matter spectrometry evaluation 500 nm 550 nm Example 2 0 Q-3 quinoline yellow pigment 3 ◎ 〇〇 Example 2 1 Q-4 quinolin yellow 4 〇〇〇 Example 2 2 Q- 5 quinoline yellow pigment 5 Δ 〇〇 Example 2 3 Q-6 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 6 ◎ 〇〇 Example 2 4 Q-7 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 7 ◎ 〇〇 Example 2 5 Q-8 啥 黄色 黄色8 ◎ 〇〇 Example 2 6 Q-9 Quinolin yellow pigment 9 ◎ 〇〇 Example 2 7 Q-10 quinine #· yellow pigment 10 ◎ 〇〇 Example 2 8 0-11 quinoline yellow pigment 11 ◎ 〇〇 Example 2 9 Q-12 quinolin yellow 12 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 0 Q-13 啥 黄色 yellow 13 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 1 Q-14 quinoxalin 14 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 2 Q -15 quinine #· yellow pigment 15 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 3 Q-16 啥 yellow pigment 16 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 4 Q-17 quinoline yellow pigment 17 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 5 Q-18 . Quinoline Yellow pigment 18 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 6 Q-19 Quinolin yellow pigment 19 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 7 Q*20 啥咕 yellow pigment 2 0 ◎ 〇〇 Example 3 8 Q-21 quin·# yellow pigment 2 1 ◎ 〇 〇 Reference Example 3 Q-1 啥 黄色 yellow pigment 1 XXX Reference Example 4 Q-2 Quinoline yellow pigment 2 XXX Reference Example 5 Q-22 啥 黄色 黄色 22 22 〇X 〇 Reference Example 6 Q-23 Quinoline yellow pigment 23 〇X 〇Reference Example 7 W-5 CI Pigment Yellow No. 138 X Δ Reference Example 8 DP-6 CI Pigment Yellow No. 150 ◎ X Δ Reference Example 9 DH-7 CI Pigment Yellow No. 139 ◎ XX Examples 20 to 38, As a result, the foreign matter of the coating film was small and good. Further, Examples 20 to 38 were excellent in the spectral characteristics, and showed a spectral shape having a high luminance. Reference Examples 5 to 8 were excellent in transmittance at 550 nm, but low transmittance at 50 Onm was shown as a spectral shape in which luminance could not be improved. Reference examples 3 to 7' in which a dye having a hydroxyl group in a quinoline ring is used, and a spectroscopic shape of Examples 20 to 38 in which a dye having no hydroxyl group is used is used in the form of a spectral shape 360 324055 201241099 (for example, the examples of FIGS. 1 to 3) In the case of the coating film of Reference Examples 3 and 6, the light transmittance at 50 nm is low, and therefore the pigment having a base group in the 0-quile ring is a pigment which cannot improve the brightness. &lt;Method for producing blue photoresist material&gt;

First, the following mixture was uniformly mixed and mixed, and then the blue resist agent Β-1 was paid by the consideration of 1. 〇β m. Coloring composition (DP-1): 48. 0 parts of coloring composition (DP-2): 12. 0 parts of pre-adjusted acrylic resin solution: 11. 0 parts of trimethylolpropane triacrylate: 4. 2 parts (manufactured by Sakamoto New Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE-907) manufactured by Ciba Japan: 1.2 sensitizers (EAB-F manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ): : 0.4 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAC): 23. 2 parts [Example 39] &lt;Adjustment of photoresist agent G-1&gt; The following mixture was uniformly stirred and mixed. Then, the filter was filtered with a filter of 1.00 m to obtain a green photoresist (G-1). The coloring composition (DP-3): 18. 0 parts of the coloring composition (Q-1): 42. 0 Pre-adjusted acrylic resin solution: 11.0 parts of diacrylic acid, bismuth-based propylene glycol: 4·2 parts ("NK ester ATMPT" manufactured by Sakamoto Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE, manufactured by Ciba Japan) -907" : 1.2 324055 361 201241099 Sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Japan Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 0.4 parts of propylene Alcohol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAC): 23. 2 parts [Examples 40 to 82, Reference Examples 10 to 18] <Photoresist materials G-2 to 45, R-1 to 4, Y-1 to 4 In the following, the photoresist materials G-2 to 45, R- are obtained in the same manner as in the photoresist material G-1 except that the type and amount of the coloring composition are changed to those shown in Tables 5 and 6. 1 to 4, Y-1 to 4.

324055 362 201241099 [Table 45] Table 4

i AM photoresist material photoresist composition in the coloring composition, the amount of the coloring composition, the amount of the composition, the coloring composition, the amount of the composition, and the amount of the embodiment 3 9 G 1 DP-3 36 parts Q-3 24 parts of the example 4 0 G-2 DP-3 36 parts Q-4 24 parts Example 4 1 G-3 DP-3 36 parts Q-5 24 parts Example 4 2 G-4 DP-3 36 parts Q-6 24 parts Examples 4 3 C-5 DP-3 36 parts Q-7 24 parts Example 4 4 G-6 DH-3 36 parts Q-8 24 parts Example 4 5 G-7 DP-3 36 parts Q-9 24 parts implementation Example 4 6 G-8 DP-3 36 parts Q-10 24 parts Example 4 7 G-9 DP-3 36 parts Q-11 24 parts Example 4 8 C-10 DP-3 36 parts Q-12 24 parts Example 4 9 G-11 DP-3 36 parts Q-13 24 parts Example 5 0 G-12 DP-: i 36 parts Q - 14 24 parts Example 5 1 G-13 DP-3 36 parts Q-15 24 parts Example 5 2 G-14 DP-3 36 parts Q-16 2·1 part Example 5 3 G-15 DP-3 36佾Q-17 24 parts Example 5 4 G-16 DP-3 36 Part Q-I8 24 parts Example 5 5 G 17 DP-3 36 parts Q-19 24 parts Example 5 6 G-18 DH-3 36 parts Q-20 24 parts Example 5 7 G-19 DH-3 36 Q-21 24 parts Reference 1 0 G 20 DP-3 36 parts Q-1 24 parts Reference example 1 G-21 DP-3 36 parts Q-2 2'1 part Test Case 1 2 G-22 DP-3 36 parts Q-22 24 parts Green Reference Example 1 3 G-23 DP-3 36 parts Q-23 24 parts Reference Example 1 4 G-24 DP-3 36 parts DP-5 24 parts of Example 5 8 G-25 DP-4 18馋QH 42 parts Example 5 9 G-26 DP-&gt;1 18 parts Q 4 42 parts Example 6 0 G-27 DP-4 18 parts Q-5 42 female examples 6 1 G-28 DP-4 18 parts Q-6 42 parts Example 6 2 G-29 DIM 18 parts Q-7 42 ^ Example 6 3 ti-30 DP-4 18 parts Q 8 42 Part 6 4 G-31 DP-,] 18 parts Q-9 Criminal Example 6 5 G-32 DP-4 18 parts Q-10 42 parts Example 6 (5 G-33 DP-4 18 parts Q -ll 42 parts Example 6 7 G-34 i) Bu 4 18 parts Q-12 42 parts Example 6 8 Γ.-35 DP-4 18 parts Q 13 42 parts Example 6 &lt;J G-36 DP- 4 18 parts (3-14 42 parts of embodiment 7 0 G-37 DP-4 18 parts «-15 Ί 2 parts of Example 7 1 G-38 OP-4 18 parts Q-16 42 parts Example 7 2 G-39 DP-4 18 parts Q-17 42 parts Example 7 3 G-40 DP-4 18 parts Q-18 42 parts Example 7 4 G-41 DP-4 18 parts Q-19 Crime Example 7 5 fi- 42 DP-4 18# Q-20 Ί 2 parts of Example 7 6 G-43 DP-4 18 bait Q 21 .12 parts Reference example 1 5 G-44 DP-4 18 parts Ql 42 parts Reference example 1 6 G H5 DP—1 18 parts Q-2 42 parts 324055 363 201241099 [Table 46] Table 5 color tone resist material color 纟 and ffc G ----- 纟 and the compound is red-hot Example 77 R-1 〇 w,, *jx DP^S- 5 weekly dosing amount _ Example 78 R-2 37 parts ~ 37 # ~ — 23 parts of Example 79 R-3 '1 ~~ τ \η η * __0^9 23 DP-8 37 parts ~42^~ ΟΛ»入23份 - Reference Example 17 R-4 ~DM ~~~ Yellow Example 80 Y-1 DP^6 DP-7 18 parts Example 81 Y-2 30 parts 30 parts Q~3 Q-9 30 parts 'QH y/v Example 82 &gt; Test 18 Y-3 Y-4 30 parts 34 parts Q-16 Γ\Ρ ry 〇uw 30 parts ur-( 6 parts &lt; Evaluation of Photoresist Material> The obtained photoresist material (color characteristics (Y: brightness) of the coating film of M to 45, R_i to 4, Μ to 4, foreign matter of coating film, heat resistance, light resistance Each test was carried out in the following manner. The test results are shown in Table 6. &lt;Color characteristics (Y: Brightness)&gt; Under a C light source on a glass substrate, the photoresist material was applied to the photoresist to form a film thickness of X = 0.264 and y = 0.1 mm, and the photoresist was applied and The substrate was heated at 230 C for 20 minutes. At the same time, the photoresist materials R] to 4 were coated with a film thickness of x = 0.340, y = G. 640, and the substrate was coated at (10). Heat at C for 20 minutes. At the same time, the photoresist η to 4 is coated with a photoresist to form a film thickness of x=0· 440 and y=G. 5G6, and the substrate is heated at 23 (TC for 20 minutes). The brightness (7) of the substrate was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("Gsp_sp2" manufactured by 〇lympus Co., Ltd., Japan). 324055 364 201241099 The results are shown below in Table 6. <Coating film foreign matter test> I on a transparent substrate The dried coating film was made to be about 2.5/zm, and the photoresist was coated with a full ultraviolet exposure, and then heated at 230 ° C for 20 knives in an oven. After the cooling was placed, the evaluation substrate was obtained. The evaluation was performed by Olympus. The surface observation of the metal microscope Γβχ6〇 manufactured by the company was carried out. The number of particles observable in any five visible areas was calculated at a magnification of 500 times. Among the following evaluation results, ◎ and 〇 are good, but △ is a foreign matter. There is no problem in the use, and the coating is uneven due to foreign matter. ◎: Less than 5 〇: 5 or more and less than 2 △ △ : 20 or more and less than 1 X X : 100 Above the above, the results are shown in Table 6. &lt;Coating film Thermal test&gt; A photoresist material was applied on a transparent substrate such that a dry coating film was formed to be about 2.5 Å, and then subjected to ultraviolet light exposure through a photomask having a predetermined image, and then sprayed with an alkali developing solution by a sprayer. The unexposed portion was removed to form a predetermined image. After that, it was heated in an oven at 23 (TC for 20 minutes, and after standing and cooling, the resulting coating film was chromaticity 1 under a C light source (L*(1) , a*(l) ' b*(l)) was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by 〇1 ympus Co., Ltd.). After that, the heat resistance test was carried out in an oven at 230 ° C for 1 hour. Operation, and then measure the chromaticity 2 (L*(2), a wood (2), b*(2)) under the C light source. Then, the measured color difference is calculated by the following formula, 324055 365 201241099 The color difference ΔΕ & 13* was obtained, and the heat resistance of the coating film was evaluated in the following four stages. Among them, the evaluation was Δ or more, which was practically no problem. AEab*=/_((L*(2) - AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE AE △以上。 The AEab* is above 3. 0 and not up to 5. 0. X: Δ Eab* is 5.0 or more, and the results are shown in Table 6. ♦ &lt;Coating film light resistance test&gt; The test substrate was produced in the same order as the coating film heat resistance test, and the C light source was used. The chromaticity 1 (L*(1), a*(l), b*(l))) was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Corporation, Japan). Then, the substrate was placed in a light resistance tester ("SUNTESTCPS+" manufactured by T0Y0SEIKI, Japan) and placed for 500 hours. After the substrate was taken out, the chromaticity 2 (L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)) under the C light source was measured, and the color difference ΔΕ&amp was calculated in the same manner as the coating film heat resistance test. 13*, and the solvent resistance of the coating film was evaluated on the same basis as the coating film heat resistance test. Among them, when the evaluation is Δ or more, it is a level which is practically no problem. The results are shown below in Table 6. &lt;Coating film solvent resistance test&gt; The test substrate was produced in the same manner as the coating film heat resistance test, and the chromaticity 1 under the C light source (L*(1), a*(l), b*(l) ) was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by 〇lympus Corporation, Japan). Thereafter, the substrate was immersed in N-methyl n-rhodium for 30 minutes. Take out the substrate 324055 366 201241099

Then, the chromaticity 2 (L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)) under the C light source is measured, and the color difference AEab* is calculated in the same manner as the heat resistance test of the coating film, and then The solvent resistance of the coating film was evaluated on the same basis as the coating film heat resistance test. Among them, when it is judged to be Δ or more, it is a level which is practically no problem. The results are shown below in Table 6. 324055 367 201241099 [Table 47] Table 6

Toner photoresist Y (brightness) Coating film foreign matter heat resistance Light resistance Solvent resistance Example 3 9 0-1 57. : 3 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 4 0 G-2 57.1 〇〇〇 0 Example 4 1 G-3 56.9 Δ Λ 〇〇 Example 4 2 (Bu 4 S7.2 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 4 3 G-5 57.0 〇Δ 〇〇 Example 4 4 G-6 57.1 〇〇〇〇 Example 4 5 C-7 56.9 〇〇〇〇 Example 4 6 G-8 5B. 9 〇Δ 〇〇 Example 4 7 G-9 57.0 〇〇〇ο Example 4 8 G-10 57.3 ◎ 〇〇ο Example 4 9 G-1I 57.3 ◎ 〇〇 0 Example 5 0 G 12 57.2 ◎ 〇〇 0 Example 5 1 G-13 57.1 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 5 2 G-14 57.0 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 5 3 G- 15 57.1 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 5 4 G-16 57.2 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 5 5 G-17 57.0 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 5 6 G~18 57.1 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 5 7 G-19 57 1 ◎ 〇〇〇 Reference Example 1 0 G-20 48.8 Δ XX Δ Reference Example 1 1 G-2] 48.7 Δ XX Λ Reference Example 1 2 G-22 54.9 〇Δ Δ Δ Green Reference Example 1 3 G-23 54.6 〇XX Δ ginseng Example 1 4 G'24 56.1 ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 5 8 G-25 57.2 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 5 9 G-26 57.1 〇〇〇〇 Example 6 0 Π 27 57.0 Δ Δ ο 〇 Example 6 ! _ G-28 57.1 ◎ Δ 〇〇 Example 6 2 ϋ-29 57.2 〇Δ ο 〇 Example 6 3 G-30 57.1 〇〇〇〇Example 6 4 U-31 57· 0 〇〇0 〇Example 6 5 G-32 56.9 〇Δ 〇〇 Example 6 6 C-33 56.9 〇ο 〇〇 Example 6 7 G-34 57.1 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 6 8 G-35 57.0 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 6 9 G -36 57. 1 ◎ 〇C 〇 Example 7 0 G-37 57. 1 ◎ 〇C 〇 Example 7 1 G-38 57.2 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 7 2 G 39 57.2 ◎ 0 C 〇 Example 7 3 Fi-40 57.1 〇〇〇Example 7 4 C-41 S6.9 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 7 5 r wide 42 57.0 ◎ 〇〇〇 Example 7 6 G-43 57. 1 ◎ 〇〇〇 Reference Example 1 5 G 44 53,1 Λ XX Δ Reference example 1 6 G-45 53. ! Δ XX Δ 324055 368 201241099

The results show the photoresist materials of Examples 39 to 82 ((^ to 19, G-25 to 43, R-1 to 3, y_j to Gu Xuguang)

1 to the extent of Ό, coating foreign matter, heat resistance, light resistance, solvent resistance are good. In contrast, the photoresist materials of Reference Examples 1G to 16 (g_2q to g_24, G-44 ' 45 , R-4, Y-4) ', as compared with Examples 39 to 82 ((Μ to i9, g- to 43, ΙΜ to 3, η to 3), [Example 83] &lt;Color filter (CF-1)&gt; The black matrix on the glass substrate is processed into an image, and then the red photoresist material (R_n is formed by a spin coater on the substrate to be 640, y=G. _ under the c light source) The film is coated to form a colored film. The film Pwj is covered with a mask, and the ultraviolet light is irradiated at 3 〇〇mj/cm 2 using a super-pressure mercury lamp. Next, the alkali imaging solution composed of a 0.2% by weight aqueous sodium carbonate solution is used. After the spray was developed to remove the unexposed portion, it was washed with ion-exchanged water, and the substrate was heated at 230 ° C for 20 minutes to form a red fish-color piece 324055 369 201241099. In the same manner. Each of the green photoresist materials (G__15) is formed to have a film thickness of x=0.264, y=0.6〇〇, and is formed by a blue photoresist (B-丨) to be χ=0. 150, y=〇膜6〇 film thickness coating, forming green color filter segment, blue color filter segment, to obtain color filter CF-1) 〇 &lt;Production of liquid crystal display device&gt; On the obtained RGB color filter A transparent no-electrode layer is formed, and a polyimide polyimide alignment layer is formed thereon. A three-wavelength CCFL light source of a polarizing plate is combined on the other surface of the glass substrate to form a color display device. Further, a TFT array and a halogen electrode are formed on one surface of the glass substrate (2), and a polarizing plate can be formed on the other surface. Then, the two glass substrates prepared in this manner are placed such that the electrode layers face each other in a face-to-face manner. In the arrangement, the position of the two substrates is adjusted to be fixed at intervals, and then the periphery is sealed with a sealant to remain in the opening for injecting the liquid crystal composition. After the liquid crystal composition is injected from the opening, the opening is opened. The liquid crystal display device produced in this manner is combined with a three-wavelength CCFL light source of a backlight unit to form a color display device. [Embodiments 83 to 87, Reference Examples 19, 20] (Color filter ( CF -2 to 7)) In the same manner as in the production of the color filter (CF-1), the combination of the photoresist material and the three-wavelength CCFL light source as shown in Table 8 was used to make an example to 87. The color filters (CF_2 to 7) of the examples 19 and 20 and the color display device are set. ' After that, on the obtained color display device, the light source is illuminated to display a color portrait, and the brightness of the color filter segment portion of each color (Y It was measured by a microscopic 324055 370 201241099 luminometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus, Japan). The results are shown in Table 8. [Table 49] Table 8

Y (brightness) of the color filter photoresist color segment Y (brightness) of the white color display agent red green blue yellow yellow IH 20.5 - - Example 8 3 CF-1 (H5 - 57.1 - 28.0 B-1 - - 6, 3 R-4 20.2 - - Example 8 4 CF-2 G-15 - 57. 1 - 27.9 BI - - 6.3 Example a 5 ~ΪΓΪ~ 20.5 - - CF - 3 (1-20 - 56. 1 - 26.9 B-1 - - 6.3 Reference example 1 9 R*4 20.2 - - C 4 G-20 - 56. 1 - 26.8 B~] - - 6.3 Rl 20. δ - - - Example 8 6 CF — 5 G -15" - 57.1 - a 43.2 B-1 - 6.3 - Yl - - - 89.3 R&quot;4 20.2 - - - Example 8 7 CF - 6 G-20 - 56.1 1 - Ί 2. 1 »-l * 6. a - Yl - - - 89.3 R-4 20.2 - - - - -, Reference example 2 0 CF — 7 G-20 - 56. 1 - - Ί1.8 B-1 - - 6.3 — Y'4 - - 88. 1 When the examples 84 and 85 were compared with the reference example 19, the color filter formed of the quinophthalone yellow pigment of the present embodiment was compared with at least one color filter segment when compared with the color filter segment using the previous pigment ( In the green or red), the quinoline yellow pigment of the present embodiment is formed. The brightness of the color filter (c F _ 2, 3) can be improved. The result is that the brightness of the white display is increased, and the performance of the color former is improved. The green and red of the embodiment 83 are also included in the embodiment. The color filter (CF-1) formed by the quinoline yellow 324055 371 201241099 can be determined to further increase the brightness, and as a result, the brightness of the white display can be increased. Further, when comparing Example 87 and Reference Example 20, the present embodiment is used. The color former formed by the linsein is formed by containing the quinoline yellow pigment of the present embodiment in at least one color filter segment (yellow) as compared with the color filter segment containing the pigment used previously. The color filter (CF-6) can improve the brightness thereof, and as a result, it is possible to determine the brightness of the white display and improve the performance of the color filter. The green, red, and yellow of the embodiment 86 include the color filter of the embodiment. In the case of pigment (CF-5), it is confirmed that the brightness is further increased, and as a result, the brightness of the white display can be increased. As a result of the above, it is understood that the coloring composition of the present embodiment and the coloring composition can be used to increase the brightness of the color filter, and it is suitable for use without any problem in other physical properties. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a spectroscopic process of a coating film in Example 5 of Embodiment V. Fig. 2 is a view showing the spectrum of the coating film in Reference Example 1 of Embodiment V. Fig. 3 is a spectroscopy of a coating film of Reference Example 3 of Embodiment V. Fig. 4 is a view showing the spectrum of the coating film in Example 1 of the embodiment. Fig. 5 is a view showing the spectrum of the coating film in Reference Example 1 of the embodiment. Fig. 6 is a view showing the spectrum of the coating film of Reference Example 4 in the embodiment. [Main component symbol description] None 324055 372

Claims (1)

201241099 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A coloring composition for a color filter, comprising: a coloring agent, a binder resin, and a solvent, wherein the coloring agent contains a coloring agent represented by the formula (1), Wherein, in the formula (1), R1 to R13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a tooth atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, -SOsH And -C00H, and a monovalent to trivalent metal salt of the acid group, an alkanolammonium salt, a sulfhydryl methyl group which may have a substituent, or an aminesulfonyl group which may have a substituent; R1 to R4, And / or R1. The adjacent group bonds to R13 are integrated to form an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. 2. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the coloring agent represented by the general formula (1) is a coloring agent selected from the general formulae (1A) to (1C), 324055 1 201241099 Wherein, in the general formulae (1A) to (1C), R14 to R28, R29 to R43, and R44 to R6 (1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and may have a substituent Alkoxy group, aryl group which may have a substituent, -S〇3H, -C00H, and a monovalent to trivalent metal salt of the acid group, an alkanolammonium salt, a substituent which may have a substituent The coloring composition for a color filter according to claim 2, wherein the coloring agent further contains the general formulas (8A) and (8B). Selected coloring agent, 324055 2 201241099 Formula (8A) (Xi)rh (Υι)«ι In the formula (8A), 1 to L each independently represent: (4) which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, An alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, a sulfur-burning group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent; Υβ γ4 each independently represents: (iv) a subunit, a ruthenium group, An imine methyl group which may have a substituent, or an aminesulfonyl group which may have a substituent, a hydroxyl group, a gas atom, _〇p(=〇)RiR2, or —〇; Wherein ' Ri JL R5 each independently represents: an argon atom, a thiol group, a green group which may have a substituent, a sulfonyl group, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, R may also be bonded to each other to form a ring; m丨 to nu, mountains to m each independently represent an integer from 〇 to 4, and mi + m, m2 + n2, m3 + n3, m4 + n4 each represent 〇 to 4, Same or different; 324055 3 201241099 General formula (8B) 〇r shank 〇Γ功)m|· Wherein 'X5 to χιζ' in the formula (8Β) each independently represents: a group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent An alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, a sulfur-burning group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent; ^ each independently represents: a halogen atom, a nitro group, a sulfhydryl methyl group which may have a substituent, or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent; L represents: _〇_SiR6R7_〇_, -〇-SiR6R7 _〇_SiR8Rg 〇_, or 0 P(-〇)Rl0-0-; L to R10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a trans group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, Or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent; m5 i mi2, n5 to immortal each independently represent an integer of 〇 to 4 ' ni5 + n5, m6 + n6, m7 + n7, chan + (1), m9 + n9, miD + n ]. , (4) + plus, _ + (10) each means 〇 to 4, which may be the same or different. The coloring composition for a color former according to the second aspect of the invention, wherein the coloring agent further contains a dispersing agent. The colored composition for a color former according to item 4, wherein the dispersion is composed of a hydroxyl group and a diisocyanate of a 324055 4 201241099 olefin polymer (A) having a thiol group at a terminal end portion thereof. The isocyanate group of the urethane prepolymer (E) having an isocyanate group at the both ends of the reaction of the isocyanate group of (B), and the amine compound having at least the polyamine (C) and/or a pigment dispersant obtained by a hydrazine-based reaction, wherein the ethylene polymer (A) contains at least one of an ethylene oxide chain or a pr0pylene oxide chain in a copolymer composition Ethylene unsaturated monomer (al). 6. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the invention, wherein the coloring agent further comprises a coloring agent represented by the general formula (6). Wherein, in the formula (6), hydrazine to hydrazine each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a tooth atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or -0. -R?; and R7 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; however, the case where Ri to ruthenium are not all hydrogen atoms. A coloring composition for a color filter comprising: a coloring agent, a binder resin, and a solvent, wherein the coloring agent contains a coloring agent represented by the formula (6), 324055 5 201241099 Formula (6) Wherein, in the formula (6), L to Re each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a tooth atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or -0. -R7; wherein R7 represents: a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; however, the case where Ri to Re are not all hydrogen atoms. 8. The coloring composition for color filters according to claim 7, wherein the coloring agent further contains a coloring agent selected from the general formulae (8A) and (8B), and the general formula (8A) Wherein, in the formula (8A), 1 to 1 each independently represent a substituent-retrievable group, a aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may be a mercapto group, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, An alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group having a substituent of 324055 6 201241099, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent, and Υι to Y4 each independently represent a halogen atom , nitro, may have a substituent of an imine methyl group, or an aminesulfonyl group which may have a substituent, Z represents: a hydroxyl group, a chlorine atom, _〇P(;:=〇)RiR2, or _〇 _siR3R4R5; wherein, Ri to Rs each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a trans group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or may have a substituent An aryloxy group, each R may be bonded to each other to form a ring; m丨 to nu, m to m each independently represent an integer from 〇 to 4, and im + m, m2 + n2, m3 + n3, nu + m each 〇 to 4, can be the same or different formula (8B) Wherein 'X5 to χ12' in the formula (8B) each independently represent: an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent An alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent; Ys to Yl2 each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitrate a sulfhydryl group which may have a substituent, or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent; L represents: -〇-SiR6R7-〇--0-SiR6R7-0-SiR8R9-〇-, or - 0-P(=〇)Rle-〇-; 匕 to r1d each independently represent: a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy 324055 7 201241099 group, a substituent-containing alkyl group, a substituent-containing aryl group, may have a An alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent; 2, η, 2 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 4, muscle +, m6 + ne: + m, m8 + n8, m9 + N9, πι〗 〇 + η ΐ (), mil + nn, mi2 + each means 0 to 4, can be the same or different. 9. The coloring composition for a color former according to the seventh aspect of the invention, wherein the coloring agent further comprises a formula of the formula / (7) 1 ' In the formula (7), hydrazine to Re each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or _〇_Rn; wherein R&quot; represents: a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; further, h to Rh each independently represent: a hydrogen atom, an atom , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic residue, _s_Ri2 _〇_Ri2, or -COO-R&quot;; further, the heart means a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. 10. A coloring composition for a color filter comprising: a colorant, a binder resin, and a solvent; and the coloring agent contains a coloring agent represented by the formula (7A), 324055 8 201241099 Formula (7A) Wherein, in the general formula (7A), the core to the heart each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an i atom, a substituted or unsubstituted, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or -〇 -Rn; wherein Rn represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; further, r7 to Ri° each independently represent: a hydrogen atom, a # atom , substituted or unsubstituted thiol, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, thiol, substituted or unsubstituted hydrazino, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic residue, - SR丨2, -Ο-%2, or -COO-Ru; further, Ri2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; however, R7 to At least one of the hearts is -O-Ri2. u. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the above-mentioned patent application, wherein the coloring agent represented by the above formula (7A) is a coloring agent represented by the formula (7B), and the formula (7B) 324055 9 201241099 wherein, in the formula (7B), R13 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; and r14 to Rn each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substitution or not a substituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or _0_Rls; further, Ri8 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; however, at least one of r "炱Rn" And 〇-r18. 12. The coloring agent for color formers as described in the Patent Application No. 1, 1 or u, wherein the coloring agent further contains a yellow coloring agent. The coloring agent for a color filter according to the invention, wherein the yellow coloring agent is: c. L pigment yellow 138, c. L pigment yellow, CI pigment yellow 15 、, and c. 丨·pigment yellow 185 The coloring composition for a color filter according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising: a green coloring agent, a blue coloring agent, and a red coloring agent. The colorant selected in the group. 15. If any of the patent applications range from item 丨 to item u The coloring composition for a color filter, further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator. 16. A color filter having any one of 15 items as claimed in the patent application. The color filter is a filter segment formed by a coloring composition. 324055 10